Deltek Costpoint 8.2 Release Notes


Welcome to the Deltek Costpoint 8.2 Release Notes, which describe the new features, enhancements, and software corrections made from Costpoint 8.2.1 up to the present release.

Note: For items labeled with "Next Quarterly Release," the Release Notes are in draft form and will be updated continuously until the release date of the quarterly release. To ensure that you have the most current version, please refresh this page in your browser.


Important NotesRegulatory EnhancementsEnhancementsSoftware Issues ResolvedDatabase Changes


Important Notes


These release notes address all of the modules associated with Deltek Costpoint 8.2.1 up to the current release, some of which your firm may not use. Skip the sections that do not apply to your implementation of Deltek Costpoint.

The Build Deployed In and Dependent Files lines for defects and the list of required files included in enhancement descriptions are meant to support the Pick and Choose deployment model. If your company or system supports Pick and Choose, refer to the Downloading and Deploying Pick and Choose Hot Fixes section of these release notes for more information.

If you do not support Pick and Choose, you may ignore the deployed and dependent files listed in this document.

 

Deltek Learning Hub

With the release of Costpoint 2025.1, we are excited to introduce the Deltek Learning Hub as your new resource center. The Deltek Learning Hub is a comprehensive knowledge center that includes help articles, release notes, learning aids, forums, and more for Costpoint and other Deltek products.

The Deltek Learning Hub offers several key benefits:

The Costpoint 8.2 Release Notes landing page will continue to host On-Premises HTML release notes for Costpoint 2025.1 and future releases until further notice. Cloud release notes, on the other hand, will be available in the Deltek Learning Hub. 

The Deltek Learning Hub  will also replace the Costpoint Cloud Information Center (CCIC). While the CCIC will remain temporarily open, it will not have the latest information for Costpoint 8.2. Users of Costpoint 8.1 will continue to use the Costpoint Information Center (CIC). We encourage you to explore the Deltek Learning Hub for all future updates and resources. Please update your bookmarks to ensure easy access to the latest information.

Watch the Deltek Learning Hub Overview to learn more. You can also view the Deltek Learning Hub FAQs for additional details. 

 

Updated Help Menu

The Help menu has been updated to include a direct link to the Deltek Learning Hub. The previous Costpoint Information Center and Videos and Learning Aids menu items have been removed. This streamlined menu allows for easier and quicker access to the new Learning Hub.

 

Updates to the New Costpoint Release Methodology for On-Premises Customers

This section summarizes updates to the Costpoint Quarterly Release methodology for on-premises customers, first introduced with Costpoint 8.2 (June 2023). This approach helps Deltek deliver features more frequently while maintaining quality and stability.

Deltek delivers Quarterly Releases (QRs) that include new features, defect fixes, and regulatory updates. Calendar Year End (CYE) updates are delivered separately and are compatible with the current year’s Q2 release and later (Q3 and Q4).

Costpoint 8.2 (Deltek’s Innovation Release) follows Deltek’s Product Lifecycle Phases (see Product Lifecycle Phase Descriptions). Each QR is in Active Support for 3 months, then Maintenance Support for 6 months, before moving to Sustaining Support.

Upgrade expectations (on-premises)

To help accelerate upgrades, customers are encouraged to use Deltek-provided or alternative test automation tools. Learn more here.

As part of the Quarterly Release transition, Costpoint version numbers will reflect the year and quarter of release starting with 2025 Q1 (for example, 2025.1, 2025.2, and so on). See Support Lifecycle: Deltek Costpoint Product Family for the full release listing.

 

Downloading and Deploying Pick and Choose Hot Fixes

If your company or system supports the Pick and Choose deployment model, see the following document for instructions on downloading and deploying the Deltek Costpoint 8.2 individual Pick and Choose hot fixes: Deltek Costpoint 8.2 Deploying Pick and Choose Hot Fixes

Note: The Build Deployed In and Dependent Files lines are included in every defect description under the Software Issues Resolved section. These indicate the files that you need to install to apply the fix for the defect. For Regulatory Enhancements and Enhancements, required files are listed towards the end of the feature description. 

 

Checking if the Hot Fix is Installed

Follow this procedure to see if the hot fix is correctly installed:

  1. Open the application that was updated.

  2. Click Help » About from the Costpoint global menu. This will display a screen that shows you the latest hot fix files applied to the application that is open.


Checking if the Feature is Installed

Follow this procedure to see if the feature is correctly installed:

  1. Click Help » About from the Costpoint global menu.

  2. Open the Features subtask and click the feature that was just installed.

  3. Open the Libraries subtask. Check the list of libraries and see if they are correct and have been successfully deployed.

  4. Open the Patches subtask. Check the list of patches and see if they are correct and have been successfully deployed.


Custom Programs Affected

Sometimes, an update can cause custom programs and reports to stop working as expected. Before applying an update, consider whether you have any custom programs or reports in the application area affected by the update. If so, contact Deltek Support Center at https://deltek.custhelp.com before you install the update.


Accessing Deltek Support Center

If you need assistance installing, implementing, or using Deltek Costpoint, you can access Deltek Support Center through the following:

  1. Go to https://deltek.custhelp.com.

  2. Enter your Deltek Support Center Username and Password.

  3. Click Login.

Note: If you forget your username or password, you can click the Login Help? button on the login screen for help.

 

Using These Release Notes

Use the following guidelines in navigating through this page:

For example, you may enter the application name (Manage Project User Flow), the application ID (PJMBASIC), or the hot fix ID number (pjmbasic_001) to quickly locate the specific description for that item.

 

Print These Release Notes or Save as PDF

You can print these release notes or save this page as a PDF. Do one of the following actions:



Regulatory Enhancements


Federal

1099 CSV Format for IRIS Submission
2026.3

Costpoint now has the capability to export 1099 information into a CSV file for submission through IRIS. The IRS Information Returns Intake System (IRIS), introduced in 2025, will be the only intake system for FIRE-related forms once FIRE reaches its targeted retirement schedule on January 2027.

With this enhancement, you can generate IRIS-aligned CSV files for 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC directly from Costpoint using existing 1099 reporting logic, helping you prepare for upcoming IRS filing requirements as the transition away from FIRE approaches.

The export applies standard 1099 thresholds and withholding rules, and validates required recipient information before file creation. When record counts exceed IRS limits, Costpoint automatically generates multiple CSV files, helping ensure the output is ready for IRIS submission.

Note: For more information on IRIS, refer to https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-efile/iris-101-07292025.pdf.

 

Important Notes:

  • The CSV output includes only fields currently available in Costpoint and mapped to IRIS requirements; some optional IRIS fields are not included.

  • Corrections are not supported when creating a 1099 CSV file.

  • If the total number of records exceeds 250, Costpoint generates multiple CSV files.

  • Required recipient information (such as Recipient TIN Type and name) must be complete; missing required data prevents CSV creation.

  • The CSV export uses existing 1099 federal reporting logic and thresholds. State-specific filing is not supported in this feature. View this Important Notice for more information on the removal of the 1099 state filing capability in Costpoint.

  • The CSV file is intended for data submission and does not replace printed 1099 forms or correction workflows.

  

 

Manage Vendors (APMVEND)

Multiple enhancements have been added to the Manage Vendors screen to support the 1099 CSV file creation capability.

The screen has been updated with a new 1099 tab, where the former 1099’s group box from the Header tab has been relocated. In addition, the following recipient information fields have been added to this tab:

  • Recipient TIN Type: Use this field to select the type of tax identification number of the recipient. It has the following options:

  • EIN: A nine-digit taxpayer identification number issued by the IRS to identify business entities, estates, trusts, and other non-individual taxpayers for federal tax reporting purposes

  • QI-EIN: An Employer Identification Number assigned to a foreign entity or certain U.S. branches that have entered into a Qualified Intermediary (QI) agreement with the IRS and assume primary withholding and reporting responsibilities for certain U.S.-source income

  • SSN: A nine-digit taxpayer identification number issued by the Social Security Administration to U.S. citizens and eligible residents, used to identify individuals for employment and federal tax reporting purposes

  • ITIN: A nine-digit taxpayer identification number issued by the IRS to individuals who are required to file U.S. tax returns but are not eligible for a Social Security Number. An ITIN is used for federal tax reporting purposes only.

  • ATIN: A temporary taxpayer identification number issued by the IRS for a child in a pending domestic adoption when the adopting parents are unable to obtain the child’s Social Security Number before filing a federal tax return

  • UND: An indicator used in information return reporting when a recipient’s taxpayer identification number has not been provided or cannot be determined at the time of filing, despite required solicitations. The IRS does not consider this a valid TIN and may assess penalties for missing TINs.

  • Recipient First Name: Use this field to enter the recipient’s given name. This field is required if the Recipient TIN Type represents a person (SSN, ITIN, or ATIN).

  • Recipient Middle Name: Use this field to enter the recipient’s middle name or initial.

  • Recipient Last Name: Use this field to enter the recipient’s family or surname. This field is required if the Recipient TIN Type represents a person (SSN, ITIN, or ATIN).

  • Recipient Suffix: Use this field to enter the suffix associated with the recipient’s name (such as Jr., Sr., or III), if applicable.

Recipient information is required so the IRS can identify the payee, match reported income to the correct taxpayer, and validate the tax information returns during electronic filing. These fields are validated during 1099 CSV creation.

In addition, all recipient information fields, along with the 1099 Type, Name fields, and the Print 1099 Form checkbox, are now available as query parameters. 

 

 

 Import Vendors (AOPUTLVU)

The Import Vendors screen has been enhanced to support importing recipient information required for 1099 CSV creation. The following new fields can now be included when importing vendor data:

Column Name

Costpoint Table/Column

Type

Length

Required or Optional

Format

Recipient TIN Type

S_1099_RECPT_TIN_TYPE

Alphanumeric

10

Optional

 

  • E: EIN

  • Q: QI-EIN

  • S: SSN

  • I: ITIN

  • A: ATIN

  • U: UND

Recipient First Name

S_1099_RECPT_FNAME

Alphanumeric

20

Required if Recipient TIN Type is S, I, or A.

 

Recipient Middle Name

S_1099_RECPT_MNAME

Alphanumeric

20

Optional

 

Recipient Last Name

S_1099_RECPT_LNAME

Alphanumeric

20

Required if Recipient TIN Type is S, I, or A.

 

Recipient Suffix

S_1099_RECPT_SUFFIX

 

 20

Optional

 

  

 

Create 1099 Information (APP1099C)

Enhancements to the Create 1099 Information screen ensure that recipient information are stored with 1099 records to support IRIS-aligned CSV output. The following columns are now populated in the Vendor 1099 Information (VEND_1099) table during the 1099 creation process:

  • Recipient TIN Type (S_1099_RECPT_TIN_TYPE)

  • Recipient First Name (S_1099_RECPT_FNAME)

  • Recipient Middle Name (S_1099_RECPT_MNAME)

  • Recipient Last Name (S_1099_RECPT_LNAME)

  • Recipient Suffix (S_1099_RECPT_SUFFIX)

 

 

Edit 1099 Information (APM1099)

The Edit 1099 Information screen has been updated to display key recipient fields used for 1099 CSV creation. The following read-only fields have been added to help identify missing or incomplete data:

  • Recipient TIN Type

  • Recipient First Name

  • Recipient Last Name

These fields can be queried and sorted to assist with data review prior to CSV generation.

 

 

Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media (APR1099)

The Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen has been enhanced with a new option to create a 1099 CSV file for IRIS filing. The following new screen elements have been added:

  • Create CSV option in the Generate group box

  • Create 1099 CSV File option in the Actions drop-down list

When you select Create CSV:

  • In the Generate group box, the Correction checkbox is disabled.

  • In the Magnetic Media Information group box, all fields except for Location and File Name are disabled.

  • CSV files are generated for 1099 NEC and 1099 MISC using existing 1099 magnetic media creation logic.

  • Multiple CSV files are automatically created when record limits are exceeded.

 

 

Print 1099 Edit Report (APR1099E)

The Print 1099 Edit Report has been updated to include recipient fields required for 1099 CSV creation. The following fields now display on the report:

  • Recipient TIN Type

  • Recipient First Name

  • Recipient Last Name

These additions help identify missing recipient information that could prevent successful CSV file generation.

 

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_12046_001.zip

  • cp82_app1099c_003.zip


401(k) Roth Catch-Up Deduction Sequencing
2026.3

This enhancement enables Costpoint to apply sequenced withholding for 401(k) and 403(b) deductions so that standard contributions are fully applied before any Roth catch-up contributions are applied. This helps you ensure that employees receive the full intended tax benefits of standard retirement contributions and aligns payroll processing more closely with regulatory guidance under SECURE 2.0 Act.

You can enable this new functionality on the Configure Payroll Settings screen. When enabled, Costpoint suppresses catch-up deductions until the standard contribution limit is reached, then automatically routes excess amounts to designated Roth catch-up deductions within the same payroll. This feature applies to 401(k) and 403(b) plans.

Note: W-2 changes are not part of this Costpoint release and will follow in a future release.

 

Configure Payroll Settings (PRMPRSET)

Use this screen to enable and control catch-up deduction sequencing. The screen adds the Enable catch-up deduction sequencing checkbox to the Payroll Computation/Reporting Options group box. When you select the Enable catch-up deduction sequencing checkbox, Costpoint sequences 401(k) and 403(b) deductions so that standard contributions are applied before catch-up contributions.

Field

Description

Enable catch-up deduction sequencing

When selected, 401(k) deductions will automatically transition to Roth catch-up when the statutory limit is reached. This is unchecked by default.

 

Manage Deductions (PRMDED)

You can now define deduction types that support catch-up deduction sequencing. This release updates the Deduction Type field to support new catch-up deduction type codes for both standard and Roth plans. You can now assign deduction types that represent standard and Roth catch-up configurations for 401(k), 403(b), and 457(b) plans.

Deduction Type

Description

401C

401k StdCatchUp Age 50-59,64+

401C+

401k SupCatchUp Age 60-63

401RC

Roth401k StdCatchUp 50-59 64+

401RC+

Roth401k SupCatchUp Age 60-63

403C

403b StdCatchUp Age 50-59,64+

403C+

403b SupCatchUp Age 60-63

403RC

Roth 403b StdCatchUp 50-59 64+

403RC+

Roth 403b SupCatchUp Age 60-63

457C

457b StdCatchUp Age 50-59,64+

457C+

457b SupCatchUp Age 60-63

457RC

Roth 457b StdCatchUp 50-59 64+

457RC+

Roth 457b SupCatchUp Age 60-63

 

Manage Retirement Elections (AOMESSRB)

The application will prevent assigning more than one catch-up deduction for the same plan type. An error will display when multiple catch-up deductions exist for a single 401(k), 403(b), or 457(b) plan type.

A warning will display when a catch-up deduction is assigned without a corresponding base plan deduction.

 

Manage Employee Deductions (PRMEDED)

The application will prevent assigning more than one catch-up deduction for the same plan type. An error will display when multiple catch-up deductions exist for a single 401(k), 403(b), or 457(b) plan type.

A warning will display when a catch-up deduction is assigned without a corresponding base plan deduction.

 

Manage Employee Information (LDMEINFO)

On the Deductions subtask of the screen, the application will prevent assigning more than one catch-up deduction for the same plan type. An error will display when multiple catch-up deductions exist for a single 401(k), 403(b), or 457(b) plan type.

A warning will display when a catch-up deduction is assigned without a corresponding base plan deduction.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The Compute Payroll process will now automatically transition 401(k) and 403(b) deductions to Roth catch-up deductions when you select the Enable catch-up deduction sequencing checkbox on the Configure Payroll Settings screen.

Catch-up deductions remain configured at the employee level but are not calculated until you reach the 401(k) deferral limit on the Manage Federal Taxes (PRMFTI) screen. During the payroll in which the limit is exceeded, only the residual (excess amount) is applied to the catch-up deduction. In subsequent payrolls, the catch-up deduction is calculated based on its configured amount or percentage. This feature does not affect existing deduction calculation logic or limit enforcement, including the group limit.


OBBBA Overtime Report
2026.3

Costpoint now allows you to report Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) overtime information for One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) compliance using the Print Timesheet History Report screen. This enhancement allows you to identify employees’ FLSA overtime hours and premium amounts directly from historical timesheet data, which is useful if your organization does not use Costpoint Payroll.

You can access this functionality if you have appropriate permissions for the Labor module and labor reporting screens. The feature uses existing posted timesheet data and does not require additional setup beyond configuring applicable pay types. It is available to both Payroll and non-Payroll clients, with removed license restrictions for certain pay type settings. The report uses only historical timesheets and excludes recast overtime transactions, so you may need additional analysis for specific state rules.

 

Print Timesheet History Report (LDRTHFR)

This enhancement updates the Print Timesheet History Report application to include new OBBBA-specific report options. To support this feature, the following updates were applied:

  • You can now select the type of report that you want to print from the Report Type options:

Field

Description

Report Type

Select the type of report to print. Valid options are:

  • Timesheet History

  • Summary FLSA Overtime for OBBBA

  • Detail FLSA Overtime for OBBBA

  • The report now filters data to include only pay types with FLSA overtime (OBBBA) enabled.

  • The summary report displays overtime hours and overtime premium amounts aggregated by employee.

  • The detail report displays overtime hours and overtime premium amounts per employee, pay type, and timesheet.

  • The report excludes recast overtime lines and includes only original posted timesheet records. You can include employees with overtime activity only, based on FLSA-qualified pay types.

  • You can select the Include Part-Time Employees and Include Temporary Employees checkboxes when running OBBBA report types. Costpoint disables Show Pay Type Totals when you select either OBBBA report option.

 

Manage Pay Types (LDMPAYTP)

This enhancement updates the Manage Pay Types application to support OBBBA overtime reporting for all users. This means that non-Payroll clients can now configure overtime-related pay types. You can now select the new FLSA overtime (OBBBA) and Exclude hours from overtime recalculation (OBBBA) checkboxes regardless of Payroll license.

Field

Description

Overtime

Select this checkbox if this pay type is an overtime or premium-type of pay type.

Exclude hours from overtime recalculation

When licensed for Payroll, select this checkbox if hours associated with this pay type should be excluded when calculating the FLSA overtime hours for the employees’ W-2 as part of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) changes in 2025. The Recompute Taxable Wages screen uses this checkbox to determine if the pay type’s hours from the timesheet should be included when calculating FLSA overtime hours for states that calculate overtime hours on a daily basis. It is not used if a state calculates overtime based on 40 hours per week.

This checkbox is information only if your company does not have a Payroll license.

FLSA overtime (OBBBA)

Select this checkbox if any overtime hours associated with this pay type are based on a 40-hour work week.

If your company has a Payroll license, this checkbox is used by Recompute Taxable Wages when calculating FLSA overtime premium amounts for employees’ W-2’s as part of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) changes in 2025.

The checkbox is also used by the Timesheet History report to report on FLSA overtime hours and overtime premium amounts.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_12081_001.zip

  • cp82_ldmpaytp_002.zip

  • cp82_ldrthfr_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe



2025 ACA 1094-C and 1095-C Pre-printed Forms
2026.2

Costpoint has been fully tested to support the pre-printed ACA Forms 1094-C and 1095-C from Deltek’s partner form vendors for the 2026 filing. If you encounter alignment issues when you print on pre-printed forms, you may need to adjust the margins on your printer settings or Costpoint’s page setup. Refer to your printer’s documentation for information on how to configure the margins of your printer.

Note: To avoid any alignment issues, you can use the corresponding options on the Process menu of ACA screens to print the forms on PDFs:

  • Print 1095-C Forms with Data on the Print 1095-Cs screen

  • Print 1094-C Forms with Data on the Print 1094-Cs screen

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_hbr1094c_004.zip

  • cp82_hbr1095c_005.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


2025 ACA 1094-C and 1095-C Substitute Form Fillable PDF Update
2026.2

The 2025 PDF template file for 1094-C and 1095-C forms is now available in Costpoint, which will let you create PDF files with data for the calendar year 2025. You can then use the PDF files to print the forms on plain paper.

To support this update, the following screens were updated:

  • 1095-Cs

  • Print 1094-Cs

  • Print 1095-Cs

Attention: For more information, see:


2025 ACA Electronic Filing
2026.2

Costpoint has the ability to generate manifest and data files that comply with the latest tax year 2025 schema for the UI transmission channel. This release updates the Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File screen to support the latest requirements for the data file transmission. The tax year in all applicable namespace references was updated to "ty25" in the manifest and data files.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_hbp1094c_004.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11956_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


2026 Federal Tax Table Updates
2026.2

The federal withholding methods for 2026 were released by the Internal Revenue Service. The changes include the following:

  • The percentage method‘s tax brackets were adjusted.

  • Nonresident alien employee annual additional amount:

  • If employee was first paid wages before 2020 and has not submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later: $11,800 (from $10,700)

  • If employee has submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later or was first paid wages in 2020 or later: $16,100 (from $15,000)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p15t.pdf.

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the following screens:

  • Manage Federal Tax Tables

  • Manage Federal Taxes

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


2026 W-4 Federal Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Costpoint now supports Form W-4 for Payroll Year 2026. The federal taxes updates are:

  • Dependent Credit Amounts – Qualifying Children under 17: $2,200 

  • Deductions Worksheet – Married: $32,200

  • Deductions Worksheet – Head of Household: $24,150

  • Deductions Worksheet – Single: $16,100

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.



1099 Form Updates for 2025
2026.1

Updated Forms 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC in Costpoint now comply with the 2025 IRS format and specifications.

This update ensures accurate reporting of excess golden parachute payments. These payments, previously entered in box 14 of Form 1099-MISC, must now be reported in box 3 of Form 1099-NEC. 

This change aligns with current IRS requirements and helps maintain compliance for year-end tax reporting.

In addition, modifications have been applied to reflect changes to the 2025 CF/SF participating states.

Attention: See Defect 2501723 in the Software Issues Resolved section for more information.


2024 USERRA Make-up Amounts
2026.1

You can now select USERRA make-up amounts for 2024 on the Box 12 subtask of the Manage W-2s and Manage W-2Cs screens. The Code field lookup now lists the following new Box 12 codes:

The following codes and descriptions are added to the Box 12 (S_BOX_12_CD) table:

Box 12 Code

Description

D 24

USERRA 2024 make up elective deferrals to a section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement

E 24

USERRA 2024 make up elective deferrals to a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

F 24

USERRA 2024 make up elective deferrals to a section 408(k)(6) salary reduction agreement

G 24

USERRA 2024 make up elective deferrals and employer contributions (including nonelective deferrals) to a section 457(b) deferred comp plan

H 24

USERRA 2024 make up elective deferrals under a section 501(c)(18)(D) tax-exempt organization plan

S 24

USERRA 2024 make up employee salary reduction contributions under a section 408(p) SIMPLE

Y 24

USERRA 2024 make up deferrals under section 409A nonqualified deferred compensation plan

AA 24

USERRA 2024 make up designated Roth contributions to a section 401(k) plan

BB 24

USERRA 2024 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

EE 24

USERRA 2024 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 457(b) plan

This release also updates the descriptions for Codes F and S. These codes are now described as:

  • Code F: Elective deferrals under a section 408(k)(6) salary reduction SEP (this includes elective deferrals made to a Roth SEP IRA)

  • Code S: Employee salary reduction contributions under a section 408(p) SIMPLE plan (this includes salary reduction contributions made to a Roth SIMPLE IRA)

Note: These changes also apply to the Manage W-2Cs screen.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11857.


2025 ACA 1094-C and 1095-C Substitute Form Fillable PDF Update
2026.1

The 2025 PDF template file for 1094-C and 1095-C forms is now available in Costpoint, which will let you create PDF files with data for the calendar year 2025. You can then use the PDF files to print the forms on plain paper.

To support this update, the following screens were updated:

  • 1095-Cs

  • Print 1094-Cs

  • Print 1095-Cs

Attention: For more information, see:


2026 Federal Tax Table Updates
2026.1

The federal withholding methods for 2026 were released by the Internal Revenue Service. The changes include the following:

  • The percentage method‘s tax brackets were adjusted.

  • Nonresident alien employee annual additional amount:

  • If the employee was first paid wages before 2020 and has not submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later: $11,800 (from $10,700)

  • If the employee has submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later or was first paid wages in 2020 or later: $16,100 (from $15,000)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p15t.pdf.

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the following screens:

  • Manage Federal Tax Tables

  • Manage Federal Taxes

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


2026 Form W-4 Regulatory Updates
2026.1

The 2026 Form W-4 regulatory update ensures Federal W-4 functionality in Employee Self Service matches the latest IRS requirements for employee federal tax withholding. This enhancement updates the wording, amounts, and instructions on the Federal W-4 screen and the tab on the Life Events/New Hires screen to reflect the 2026 IRS changes. The Deductions Worksheet tab has been removed, and direct links to the IRS W-4 form and Tax Withholding Estimator have been added for compliance and user convenience.

Note: The IRS may release further changes before the final 2026 form is published. The application will be updated as needed to maintain compliance. The Deductions Worksheet is now accessed via a link rather than a tab due to expanded worksheet content and interface constraints.

 

Federal W-4 (ESMFEDWH)

The Federal W-4 screen displays the following changes to reflect the 2026 IRS Form W-4 updates:

  • The Deductions Worksheet tab was removed from the screen.

  • On the Step 1 tab, the TIP button was renamed to Caution and Tip Instructions and now opens by default with updated caution and tip text from the IRS.

  • On the Step 3 tab, labels were updated to “(a) Multiply the number of qualifying children under age 17 by $2,200” and “(b) Multiply the number of other dependents by $500.”

  • On the Step 4 tab, the deductions field now instructs users to use the Deductions Worksheet on page 4 of the IRS W-4 form, with a direct link provided.

  • The Exempt from federal taxes checkbox was updated to match 2026 IRS language and now references exemption conditions for 2026.

  • On the Multiple Jobs Worksheet tab, all references to “page 4” were updated to “page 5” per the new IRS form.

Note: These updates are also applicable to the Federal W-4 tab on the Life Events/New Hires screen.


2026 Retirement Plan Limits/ACA Affordability Threshold Rate
2026.1

The following are the 401(k) limits and Roth catch-up wage threshold for 2026:

  • 401(k) Deferral Limit: $24,500 (from $23,500).

  • 401(k) Wage Limit: $360,000 (from $350,000)

  • Roth Catch-Up Wage Threshold for 2025: $150,000 (from $145,000)

  • ACA Affordability Threshold: 9.96% (from 9.02%)

To support the federal updates, this release adds records to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/n-25-67.pdf.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11942.


2026 Social Security Wage Base
2026.1

The Old-Age, Survivors, and Disability Insurance taxable wage base increases from $176,100 to $184,500 in 2026.

To support the federal update, this release adds records to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.ssa.gov/news/en/cola/factsheets/2026.html.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11903.


2026 W-4 Federal Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Costpoint now supports Form W-4 for Payroll Year 2026. The federal tax updates are:

  • Dependent Credit Amounts – Qualifying Children under 17: $2,200 

  • Deductions Worksheet – Married: $32,200

  • Deductions Worksheet – Head of Household: $24,150

  • Deductions Worksheet – Single: $16,100

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


Nebraska 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Nebraska published the latest Nebraska Income Tax Withholding on Wages, Pensions and Annuities, and Gambling Winnings Paid on or after January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The annual state allowance increased from $2,360 to $2,440.

  • The tax brackets have been adjusted with tax rate range of zero to 4.60%, instead of the previous range of zero to 5.37%.

  • The flat supplemental tax rate decreased from 5% to 3.5%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/doc/business/Cir_En_2025/2026cir_en_whole.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


OBBBA Overtime Premium Reporting
2026.1

The 2025 “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” (OBBBA) introduces new federal requirements for reporting and deducting overtime premium pay. This enhancement enables payroll administrators to track, calculate, and report FLSA-compliant overtime premium amounts for non-exempt employees, ensuring compliance with OBBBA and IRS guidance. The enhancement is limited to FLSA overtime premiums; overtime paid under state law or employer policy above FLSA requirements is excluded from the deduction and reporting logic. For 2025, overtime premium amounts are reported in Box 14 of the W-2; for 2026 and beyond, reporting will move to Box 12 with code TT.

 

Manage Pay Types (LDMPAYTP)

A new set of controls enables you to flag pay types for OBBBA overtime exclusion or FLSA compliance, ensuring only eligible overtime is included in premium calculations for W-2 reporting.

To support OBBBA, two new checkboxes were added to the screen to enable you to control which pay types are included in overtime premium calculations for W-2s, ensuring compliance and accurate reporting. The new checkboxes are:

Field

Description

Exclude hours from overtime recalculation (OBBBA)

Select this checkbox if hours associated with this pay type should be excluded when calculating the FLSA overtime hours for the employees’ W-2 as part of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) changes in 2025. The Recompute Taxable Wages screen uses this checkbox to determine if the pay type’s hours from the timesheet should be included when calculating FLSA overtime hours for states that calculate overtime hours on a daily basis. It is not used if a state calculates overtime based on 40 hours per week.

This checkbox is disabled if the pay type is marked as overtime.

Note: You can view this checkbox only if your company has a Costpoint Payroll license.

FLSA overtime (OBBBA)

Select this checkbox if any overtime hours associated with this pay type are based on a 40-hour work week. This checkbox is used by Recompute Taxable Wages when calculating FLSA overtime premium amounts for employees’ W-2s as part of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (OBBBA) changes in 2025.

This checkbox is enabled only for overtime pay types.

Note: You can view this checkbox only if your company has a Costpoint Payroll license.

 

Recompute Taxable Wages (PRPRCOMP)

This enhancement introduces new options to calculate and report overtime premium amounts for W-2s, as required by OBBBA. The overtime premium amounts will be added to the employee payroll records on the Manage Employee Earnings History screen. The new process should be run as part of the year-end process before creating W-2s; it does not need to be run after each payroll. The updates are:

  • A new process type, Calculate Overtime Premium Amounts for W-2s (OBBBA), was added. This enables you to compute FLSA-compliant overtime premium amounts for non-exempt employees, ensuring accurate W-2 reporting and compliance with OBBBA. The following new selection controls were added:

Field

Description

Timesheet Cycle

From the drop-down list, select the range option for the timesheet cycle to include in this report. Valid options are:

  • All: Select this option to include all timesheet cycles on the report.

  • One: Select this option to include only one timesheet period on the report. Enter the timesheet cycle in the Start field.

This field is enabled only when the Process Type selected is Calculate Overtime Premium Amounts W-2s for (OBBBA).

Starting Timesheet Cycle

Enter, or click lookup to select, the timesheet cycle to be included in the report. This field is required if One is selected as your Option.

  • A new Calculate Overtime Premium Amounts (OBBBA) group box with the following options was added:

Field

Description

Calculate overtime premium based on:

Select the basis of the computation of the overtime premium. Options are:

  • FLSA overtime pay types only

  • All overtime pay types

When FLSA overtime pay types only is selected, the process will use only pay types where FLSA overtime (OBBBA) is selected.

For states with a daily overtime basis

In the Manage Overtime Rules by State application, for states where the Overtime Basis is set to Daily, select how the overtime premium amounts will be calculated. Options are:

  • Recalculate overtime based on weekly hours worked: If you select this option, then for weekly timesheet cycles, the application will sum any hours not flagged as Exclude hours from overtime recalculation (OBBBA), and any hours over 40 will be designated as overtime. For non-weekly timesheet cycles, the application will do the same but only for timesheets with timesheet line dates. If there are no timesheet line dates for bi-weekly, semi-monthly, or monthly timesheet cycles, the process will be unable to determine which hours belong to each week and cannot calculate the overtime premium amounts.

  • Calculate overtime premium based on existing overtime: If you select this option, then the application will determine the overtime premium amounts based on the overtime hours that have been already recorded in the timesheet. It will not recalculate the overtime hours.

  • The process inserts calculated overtime premium amounts in the employee earnings records for W-2 reporting.

  • If you enable audit tracking, the application stores the changes on the Employee Overtime Premium Detail Audit table (EMPL_E_OT_PREM_ADT).

  • Exception and summary reports are generated for transparency and audit.

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

A new Overtime Premium Amount subtask enables you to view or edit the FLSA overtime premium amounts that will be added to an employee’s W-2 as a part of the OBBBA (One Big Beautiful Bill Act). The overtime premium amounts can be automatically populated through the Recompute Taxable Wages application. Records may also be manually added, edited, or deleted through this subtask. If you enable audit tracking, the application stores the changes on the Employee Overtime Premium Detail Audit table (EMPL_E_OT_PREM_ADT).

The subtask displays the following fields:

Field

Description

Timesheet Date

This field displays the timesheet date from the associated timesheet.

Timesheet Type

This field displays the timesheet type from the associated timesheet.

Overtime Pay Type

Enter, or click Lookup to select, the overtime pay type for the timesheet line data.

Overtime Hours

Enter the overtime hours for the timesheet.

Overtime Hourly Rate/Weighted Average Rate

Enter the employee’s overtime hourly rate or weighted average rate. This rate will be used to calculate the overtime premium amount.

Pay Type Factor

Enter the pay type factor for the timesheet line data.

Hourly Base Rate

This field displays the regular hourly rate based on the overtime rate/weighted average rate divided by the pay type factor.

Overtime Premium Rate

The overtime premium rate is a calculated field that is equal to half of the employee’s hourly rate.

Overtime Premium Amount

The overtime premium amount is a calculated field that is equal to the overtime premium rate multiplied by the overtime hours.

The Employee Earnings tab displays a new Overtime Premium field which summarizes the total for each paycheck.

Validation ensures that overtime premium amounts are added only when a timesheet exists for the paycheck.

 

Create W-2 Table (PRPCW2)

A new OBBBA Overtime Premium Reporting for 2025 group box has been added to support OBBBA overtime premium reporting for the 2025 payroll year, ensuring compliance with new federal requirements. Costpoint sums the overtime premium amounts from the Overtime Premium Amount field on the Employee Earnings tab in employee records on the Manage Employee Earnings History screen.

Field

Description

Box 14 Line for Overtime Premium

If you have calculated the overtime premium amounts through Recalculate Taxable Wages for the 2025 payroll year, from the drop-down list, select the Box 14 line where they should display on the W-2.

This is only for the 2025 payroll year. The overtime premium amount will display in Box 12 with a code of TT in 2026. Valid options are:

  • Line 1

  • Line 2

  • Line 3

  • Line 4

  • Line 5

Box 14 Description for Overtime Premium

If you have calculated the overtime premium amounts through Recalculate Taxable Wages for the 2025 payroll year, this disabled field displays the description that will be added to Box 14 for the overtime premium amount. If lines 1–5 in Box 14 do not include any localities or deductions, the application sets this field to OTPremium by default.

This is only for the 2025 payroll year. The overtime premium amount will display in Box 12 with a code of TT in 2026.

If you manually add overtime premium amounts to Box 14, use this same code as a description.

Logic ensures that if another deduction or locality is already assigned to the selected Box 14 line, the amounts are summed and a message is displayed.

 

View Employee Earnings (PRQERF)

The screen now displays overtime premium details for each employee, supporting OBBBA compliance and year-end W-2 reporting.

A new Overtime Premium Amount subtask displays the FLSA overtime premium amounts for each employee. The information on this subtask is populated automatically by the Recompute Taxable Wages process and is read-only in this view. This enables payroll administrators to audit and verify the data before W-2 creation, ensuring compliance with OBBBA and IRS requirements. The subtask will be populated if audit tracking is enabled.

The subtask displays the following fields:

Field

Description

Timesheet Date

This field displays the timesheet date from the associated timesheet.

Timesheet Type

This field displays the timesheet type from the associated timesheet.

Overtime Pay Type

This field displays the overtime Pay Type for the timesheet line data.

Overtime Hours

This field displays the overtime hours for the timesheet.

Overtime Hourly Rate/Weighted Average Rate

This field displays the employee’s overtime hourly rate or weighted average rate. This rate will be used to calculate the overtime premium amount.

Pay Type Factor

This field displays the Pay Type Factor for the timesheet line data.

Hourly Base Rate

This field displays the regular hourly rate based on the Overtime Rate/Weighted Average rate divided by the Pay Type Factor.

Overtime Premium Rate

This field displays the overtime premium rate. It is a calculated field that is equal to half of the employee’s hourly rate.

Overtime Premium Amount

This field displays the overtime premium amount. It is a calculated field that is equal to the overtime premium rate multiplied by the overtime hours.

 

Print Data Dictionary (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary screen now reflects new fields in the Pay Type and employee earnings tables, supporting OBBBA overtime premium tracking and reporting. This includes the following:

  • OBBBA_EXCLUDE_FL and FLSA_OT_FL fields on the PAY_TYPE table

  • OT_PREM_TOTAL on the EMPL_EARNINGS table

  • New EMPL_EARN_OT_PREM table for overtime premium

  • OT_PREM_TOTAL field on the EMPL_E_ADT and EMPL_E_OT_PREM_ADT tables

 

This enhancement requires the following patches:

  • dbc_820_11880

  • dbc_820_11923

  • dbc_820_11967


Taxation Requirements for Employer Pickup of Paid Leave Contributions
2026.1

As part of IRS Revenue Ruling 2025-4, employer-paid contributions that cover the employee’s share of paid family and medical leave (PFML) premiums must be treated as additional taxable wages to the employee. This enhancement ensures Costpoint supports the identification and calculation of employer-paid portions of the employee’s required paid leave contributions, especially when the employer pays more than their required share. When you set up local taxes to use this new function, Costpoint flags the excess as taxable compensation and ensures it flows correctly through payroll processing and reporting.

Payroll administrators can configure which tax types (Federal, Social Security, Medicare, FUTA, SUTA, State) will include the employer-paid pickup in the employee’s taxable wages. These settings are available only when the local tax is set as employer paid.

This enhancement is not limited to Minnesota. It applies to all state-mandated PFML programs and similar state programs that meet IRS Revenue Ruling 2025-4 criteria.

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

You can now specify, per local tax code, whether employer-paid pickup amounts are included in the employee’s taxable wages for each major tax type. This ensures that any excess employer-paid contributions are correctly taxed and reported.

To support this new functionality, the following new fields have been added to the screen:

Field

Description

Include employer-paid pickup in Employee’s taxable wages group box

This setting ensures compliance with IRS regulations on the tax treatment of employer pickup contributions for state-mandated paid family and medical leave programs.

This controls which tax types are impacted by the pickup amount (added to employee’s taxable wages for those tax types).

These checkboxes apply only to employer-paid local tax codes.

Select one of the following checkboxes:

  • Federal Income Tax: When you select this checkbox, if the employer pays more than the required share of the employee's contribution, the excess amount (employer pickup) will be added to the employee’s federal taxable wages.

  • Social Security (EE/ER): When you select this checkbox, if the employer pays more than the required share of the employee's contribution, the excess amount (employer pickup) will be added to the employee’s social security taxable wages.

  • Medicare (EE/ER): When you select this checkbox, if the employer pays more than the required share of the employee's contribution, the excess amount (employer pickup) will be added to the employee’s Medicare taxable wages.

  • Federal Unemployment Tax (FUTA): When you select this checkbox, if the employer pays more than the required share of the employee's contribution, the excess amount (employer pickup) will be added to the employee’s FUTA taxable wages.

  • State Income Tax: When you select this checkbox, if the employer pays more than the required share of the employee's contribution, the excess amount (employer pickup) will be added to the employee’s state taxable wages.

  • State Unemployment Tax (SUTA): When you select this checkbox, if the employer pays more than the required share of the employee's contribution, the excess amount (employer pickup) will be added to the employee’s SUTA taxable wages.

Required Employer Share %

This new field is available on the Local Tax Details table.

Enter the statutory employer share of the premium for a state-mandated paid family and medical leave program.

This percentage is used to determine whether the employer is contributing more than the required amount (that is, making a pickup). Any excess will be treated as additional taxable wages to the employee.

This field applies only to employer-paid local tax codes.

The following group boxes were added to organize existing fields:

  • Local Setup

  • W-2 Reporting

  • Tax Type Details

  • Payroll Tax Interface

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

Payroll calculations now automatically include employer-paid pickup amounts in the employee’s taxable wages for configured tax types, ensuring compliance with IRS and state requirements.

The Compute Payroll process now:

  • Calculates the employer pickup amount as the difference between the employer’s actual share and the required employer share.

  • Adds the employer pickup amount to the employee’s taxable wages for each configured tax type (Federal, Social Security, Medicare, FUTA, SUTA, State).

  • Stores taxable wage adjustments per tax type in new database columns.

  • Updates audit tables to record pickup amounts and taxable wage adjustments.

 

Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

Payroll administrators can now view, recalculate, and manually update employer pickup amounts and see how they affect taxable wages for each tax type, directly on the Manage Payroll Records screen.

The Manage Payroll Records screen now displays new fields for employer pickup amounts by tax type alongside exempt pay types and deductions. The screen has the following new fields, which display the portion of the employer-paid amount that is added to taxable wages for the corresponding tax types:

  • Payroll Edit Tab

  • Federal - Employer Pickup

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • Employer Accrual

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • FUTA - Employer Pickup

  • SUTA - Employer Pickup

  • State Taxes subtask

  • State Taxes - Employer Pickup

  • Local Taxes subtask

  • Taxable Employer Pickup

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

Employer pickup amounts are now displayed and recalculated in the employee’s earnings history, ensuring accurate reporting and compliance.

The screen now displays employer pickup amounts for each tax type on the Employee Earnings and Employer Accrual tabs. The screen has the following new fields, which display the portion of the employer-paid amount that is added to taxable wages for the corresponding tax types:

  • Employee Earnings Tab

  • Federal - Employer Pickup

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • Employer Accrual Tab

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • FUTA - Employer Pickup

  • SUTA - Employer Pickup

  • State Taxes Subtask

  • State Taxes - Employer Pickup

  • Local Taxes Subtask

  • Taxable Employer Pickup

 

View Payroll Edit Table (PRQPTF)

Employer pickup amounts and their impact on taxable wages are now visible in the Payroll Edit Table, supporting review and audit needs.

The screen has the following new fields, which display the portion of the employer-paid amount that is added to taxable wages for the corresponding tax types:

  • Payroll Edit Tab

  • Federal - Employer Pickup

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • Employer Accrual Tab

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • FUTA - Employer Pickup

  • SUTA - Employer Pickup

  • State Taxes Subtask

  • State Taxes - Employer Pickup

  • Local Taxes Subtask

  • Taxable Employer Pickup

 

View Employee Earnings (PRQERF)

Employer pickup amounts and their effect on taxable wages are now displayed on the View Employee Earnings screen for easy review.

The screen has the following new fields, which display the portion of the employer-paid amount that is added to taxable wages for the corresponding tax types:

  • Employee Earnings Tab

  • Federal - Employer Pickup

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • Employer Accrual Tab

  • Social Security - Employer Pickup

  • Medicare - Employer Pickup

  • FUTA - Employer Pickup

  • SUTA - Employer Pickup

  • State Taxes Subtask

  • State Taxes - Employer Pickup

  • Local Taxes Subtask

  • Taxable Employer Pickup

 

Post Payroll Journal (PRPPPCLS)

Employer pickup amounts and taxable wage adjustments are now included in the payroll posting process.

 

Recompute Taxable Wages (PRPRCOMP)

Taxable wages are now recalculated to include employer pickup amounts when configured, ensuring compliance with IRS and state rules. The screen now:

  • Adds employer pickup amounts to taxable wages for each of the following configured tax type during recomputation:

  • Federal Income Tax

  • FUTA

  • Social Security

  • Medicare

  • SUTA

  • State Income Tax

  • Stores taxable wage adjustments per tax type in new database columns.

  • Updates audit tables to record the taxable wage adjustments per tax type in new database columns when applicable.

 

Void/Replace Posted Paychecks (PRPAVCK)

The Void/Replace Posted Paychecks screen now updates employee payroll records with the employer-paid pickup amount and the taxable wage adjustments per tax type. The Void/Replace Posted Paychecks Report now displays the employer pickup amounts.

 

Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report (PRRFICA)

The Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report supports the new database columns for employer-paid pickup amounts and taxable wage adjustments per tax type.

 

Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report (PRRFDTAX)

The FICA Summary and FUTA sections of the report now include employer pickup amounts in taxable wage calculations. To support this enhancement, this release:

  • Updates logic for Social Security and Medicare calculations to include employer pickup amounts.

  • Updates dynamic tables to support new database columns for employer pickup and taxable wage adjustments.

 

Print Payroll Edit Report (PRRPTF)

The Print Payroll Edit Report now displays the taxable wage adjustment (from employer pickup) for each tax type.

 

Print Employee Earnings Report (PRRERF)

The Print Employee Earnings Report now displays the taxable wage adjustment (from employer pickup) for each tax type.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report includes the new database columns for employer-paid pickup amounts and taxable wage adjustments per tax type, as well as the new fields for local tax settings. This includes the fields added in the following tables:

  • LOCALITY

  • LOCAL_TAX_HS

  • EMPL_PR_LOCAL

  • EMPL_PR_LOCAL_ADT

  • EMPL_PAYROLL

  • EMPL_PAYROLL_ADT

  • EMPL_PR_STATE

  • EMPL_PR_STATE_ADT

  • EMPL_EARN_LOCAL

  • EMPL_E_LOCAL_ADT

  • EMPL_EARNINGS

  • EMPL_E_ADT

  • EMPL_EARN_STATE

  • EMPL_E_STATE_ADT

 

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11847.


W-2 2025 Blank Stock Forms and PDF Templates
2026.1

The 2025 PDF template file for W-2, W-2c, W-3, and W-3c forms are now available in Costpoint, which will let you create PDF files with data for the calendar year 2025. You can then use the PDF files to print the forms on plain paper. The 2025 data for W-2 (Copy A), W-2c (Copy A), W-3, and W-3c should print correctly on the SSA-provided blank ink PDF templates and on the IRS-provided fillable PDF for copies 1, 2, B, C, and D.

Attention: The 2025 black and white Copy A substitute forms created in Costpoint have been approved by SSA. This allows you to submit the black and white forms printed on plain paper instead of using the official IRS Copy A form (red ink).

For more information on the IRS-provided fillable PDF for copies 1, 2, B, C, and D , see updated forms:

The following screens will now support the updated forms:

  • Print W-2s (PRRW2)

  • W-2s (ESMELECW2)


W-2 Support for Tax Year 2025
2026.1

Costpoint’s Print W-2 screen has been fully tested to support the preprinted forms W-2 and W-2c from Deltek’s partner form vendors for the 2026 filing. If you encounter alignment issues when you print on preprinted forms, you may need to adjust the margins on your printer settings or Costpoint’s page setup. Refer to your printer’s documentation for information on how to configure the margins of your printer.



2025 Federal Poverty Level
2025.3

The 2025 poverty guideline for the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia was set to $15,650 for a one-person family/household.

This release sets the Federal Poverty Level for payroll year 2025 on the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://aspe.hhs.gov/topics/poverty-economic-mobility/poverty-guidelines.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11657_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe



1099 Corrections (Opt-In Available)
2025.2

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.2 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now offers an automated and efficient solution for correcting 1099 forms for calendar year 2023 or later. With this new 1099 corrections feature, you can effortlessly generate and track 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC corrections directly within the software. This streamlines your correction handling process, enhances accuracy, and minimizes the risk of errors.

The automated correction feature eliminates the need for manual marking of correction boxes and physical form submissions, providing significant time savings and reducing the potential for human error. 

An electronic file upload capability for corrections ensures that records are processed efficiently with the IRS system, further enhancing accuracy and convenience. This is available for corrections that affect either only federal reporting or both federal and state reporting. If the corrections apply only to the state level, you must create printed forms and send them directly to the state.

In addition, when you generate 1099 corrections, Costpoint automatically detects the required correction type. Whether it’s a one-transaction correction, two-transaction correction, or a combination of both, Costpoint handles all seamlessly.

Note: For more information on 1099 corrections, see the Corrected Returns section of IRS Publication 1220.

Multiple screens in Costpoint Accounting have been enhanced to support this feature.

 

Create 1099 Information (APP1099C)

The new Record Type group box is now available on this screen, offering two options, 1099s and Correcting 1099s. Use the options to indicate whether you are creating an original 1099 or a correcting 1099. 

The Record Type group box also has the Recreate 1099s checkbox. Select this checkbox to overwrite 1099 information previously created for a taxable entity or pay vendor. This works for both original and correcting 1099s.

If you select 1099s, Costpoint proceeds with the existing functionality for creating 1099 information.

When you select Correcting 1099s, Costpoint sets the Option fields for the Taxable Entity and Pay Vendor to One and disables the End fields. This ensures that you can only create a correction for one taxable entity and pay vendor at a time, making it easier to determine if a correction has been previously made for a taxable entity or pay vendor.

After you set parameters and initiate the creation process for correcting records, Costpoint compares the newly generated correcting 1099 with previously created 1099s. It matches the following details:

  • Taxable Entity

  • Calendar Year

  • Pay Vendor

  • Cash Organization

  • Company ID

If a match is found, Costpoint inserts the correcting 1099 information into the new VEND_1099C and VEND_1099C_STATE tables. This ensures that correction information is stored separately from the original 1099 data, maintaining the integrity and organization of your records.

After you create a correcting 1099, you can easily track or make changes to that record by accessing the Edit 1099 Correction Information screen.

 

Edit 1099 Correction Information (APM1099C)

The new Edit 1099 Correction Information screen has been added to Costpoint to allow you to view, edit, add, delete, and accept correcting information for previously created 1099 records.

Costpoint retrieves correcting 1099 information from the VEND_1099C and VEND_1099C_STATE tables and updates those tables with any modifications you make here.

You can use this screen to enter or modify the Taxable Amount, Address Code, and Foreign Address for a pay vendor. However, if you add new correcting information, you must also select a Pay Vendor, Cash Organization, and 1099 Type.

On the State Detail subtask, you can view, enter, or modify amount corrections to state tax records of each pay vendor.

Because this screen is available only by querying the above-mentioned tables, you must have already created correcting 1099 information on the Create 1099 Information screen. After correcting information is created, use this screen to edit it as many times as necessary.

When you finish making changes, you can then print the 1099 Correction Edit Report as a final check on your correction information. Make sure that you complete all edits before you print forms or create a magnetic media file for the corrections.

Once the correction information is final, use the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen to produce 1099 printed forms or magnetic media files.

After you have printed forms or created the magnetic media file, use the Edit 1099 Correction Information screen to accept the correction records and disable them from further modifications.

To accept corrections, select the records in the Edit 1099 Correction Information Detail table window. You can select multiple records at once, as long as they belong to the same 1099 form type. Ensure that you select either only records reported under 1099-MISC or only those under 1099-NEC.

Once done, click Accept Corrections in the drop-down list of the Default Action button. This finalizes the correction information, saves it to the VEND_1099 and VEND_1099_STATE tables, and selects the Accepted checkbox for the record. Accepted records will no longer be available for creation of printed forms or magnetic media files on the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen.

If you need to enter new corrections to an already accepted correction record, use the Create 1099 Information screen to create a new correction record for it.

 

Print 1099 Edit Report (APR1099E)

The Print 1099 Edit Report screen now has new fields and options to support the inclusion of correction records in your printouts when you generate a 1099 Edit report, providing ease in tracking and reviewing your 1099 corrections. 

A new Print Corrections checkbox has been added to the Print Options group box. When you select this checkbox, Costpoint extracts correction information entered on the Edit 1099 Correction Information screen and prints them on the report.

This feature is available for printing reports with or without state amounts.

When you select the Print Corrections checkbox, Costpoint disables the Include Vendors where payments are below the reportable amount checkbox and automatically includes all amounts, including those below the reporting threshold, in the printout. In addition, selecting Print Corrections will change the report title from 1099 Edit Report to 1099 Correction Edit Report.

A new Print Corrections field has also been added to the report cover page to indicate if the report includes corrections.

A new sorting option, 1099 Form, has also been added to the 1st Sort drop-down list of the Sort By group box. When you select this option, your report records will be organized first by 1099 form type, then by Vendor ID, and finally by Taxable Entity.

In the Optional Page Break group box, a new At 1099 Form checkbox has been added. This allows you to insert page breaks between 1099 forms in your report and is enabled only if you select 1099 Form in the 1st Sort drop-down list.

 

Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media (APR1099)

The Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen now features a new Correction checkbox in the Generate group box. This addition allows you to easily indicate that the 1099 printout or magnetic media file you are creating is a correction to a previously submitted form. 

When you select the Correction checkbox, Costpoint retrieves correction records that have an ACCEPTED_FL of N from the VEND_1099C and VEND_1099C_STATE tables. This corresponds to whether the Accepted checkbox for that record is selected on the Edit 1099 Correction Information screen.

If there are available correction records, Costpoint automatically determines the type of correction, whether it is a one-transaction correction or a two-transaction correction, based on the discrepancy it detects between the original 1099 and the correcting 1099.

Once you generate the output, the printed 1099 forms will display an X mark in the Correction box of the form, and for magnetic media, Costpoint populates the Corrected Return indicator in Record B.

For corrections that affect only federal reporting, you can create a magnetic media file to be directly submitted to the IRS. For corrections that affect both federal and state reporting, you can also use the direct electronic submission, provided that your state is a CF/SF participant. 

If the corrections apply only to state level, you must create printed forms and send them directly to the state.

The creation of magnetic media files is limited to purely original returns or purely correcting returns per file. Combined original and correcting returns in a single file is not supported.

 

New Validations

Condition

Message Type

Message

Correction Handling for Calendar Year 2023 and Beyond: When printing corrections on blank stock, the calendar year must be 2023 or later. Otherwise, an error displays.

Error

To print on blank stock or plain paper, you must enter a year of 2023 or later.

Vendor Name: If multiple 1099 record types associated with a single Vendor ID (PAY_VEND_ID) contains multiple name variations (VEND_LONG_NAME), an error displays and the printout or file creation process is stopped. 

(This validation is for both standard 1099s and Correcting 1099s.)

Error

Error: The 1099 record for Pay Vendor ID [Pay Vendor ID] contains multiple Vendor Name variations. Please ensure that each Vendor ID is associated with a single, consistent Vendor Name before proceeding.

 

Vendor Tax ID: If multiple 1099 record types associated with a single Vendor ID (PAY_VEND_ID) contains multiple Vendor Tax ID (VEND_1099_TAX_ID) variations, an error displays and the printout or file creation process is stopped. 

(This validation is for both standard 1099s and Correcting 1099s.)

Error

Error: The 1099 record for Pay Vendor ID [Pay Vendor ID] contains multiple Vendor Tax ID variations. Please ensure that each Vendor ID is associated with a single, consistent Vendor Tax ID before proceeding.


1099 Updates for 2024
2025.2

The Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen has been enhanced to adhere to the 2024 updates to forms 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC. When you print 1099s, the calendar year now displays in YYYY format, and the print alignment has been optimized for 2024 pre-printed papers.

You can still print 1099s on blank stock or plain paper, but you can print Copy C only if the Calendar Year is 2023.


2024 FUTA Credit Reductions
2025.2

For 2024, employers in California, New York, and U.S. Virgin Islands will be assessed a general FUTA credit reduction on wages paid to employees for work attributed to any of these states and territory. This Costpoint release adds records on the Manage Federal Taxes screen for the corresponding states:

State

Final 2024 FUTA Credit Reduction

California

0.9%

New York

0.9%

U.S. Virgin Islands

4.2%

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


2025 401(k) Limits
2025.2

The following are the 401(k) limits for 2025:

  • 401(k) Deferral Limit: $23,500

  • 401(k) Wage Limit: $350,000

To support the federal update, this release adds records to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/n-24-80.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


2025 ACA Affordability Threshold
2025.2

The IRS sets the 2025 ACA affordability threshold as 9.02%. This release sets the safe harbor affordability rate for payroll year 2025 on the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/rp-24-35.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


2025 Federal Poverty Level
2025.2

The 2025 poverty guideline for the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia was set to $15,650 for a one-person family/household.

This release sets the Federal Poverty Level for payroll year 2025 on the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://aspe.hhs.gov/topics/poverty-economic-mobility/poverty-guidelines.


2025 Federal Tax Table Updates
2025.2

The draft of federal withholding methods for 2025 were released Dec. 2 by the Internal Revenue Service. The changes include the following:

  • The percentage method‘s tax brackets were adjusted.

  • The annual additional amount if the nonresident alien employee was first paid wages before 2020 and has not submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later increases from $10,300 to $10,700.

  • The annual additional amount if the nonresident alien employee has submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later or was first paid wages in 2020 or later increases from $14,600 to $15,000.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-dft/p15t--dft.pdf.

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the following screens:

  • Manage Federal Tax Tables

  • Manage Federal Taxes


2025 Form W-4 Updates
2025.2

Costpoint supports the Form W-4 for Payroll Year 2025. The 2025 itemized deductions in Step 2 of the Deductions Worksheet have been updated:

  • Married: $30,000

  • Head of Household: $22,500

  • Single: $15,000

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.


2025 Social Security Wage Base
2025.2

The Old-Age, Survivors, and Disability Insurance taxable wage base increased from $168,600 to $176,100 in 2025.

To support the federal update, this release adds records to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.ssa.gov/news/press/factsheets/colafacts2025.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


ACA 2024 1094-C/1095-C Substitute Form Fillable PDF Update
2025.2

The 2024 PDF template file for 1094-C and 1095-C forms is now available in Costpoint, which will let you create PDF files with data for the calendar year 2024. You can then use the PDF files to print the forms on plain paper.

To support this update, the following screens were updated:

  • 1095-Cs

  • Print 1094-Cs

  • Print 1095-Cs

Attention: For more information, refer to:

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_esm1095c_002.zip

  • cp82_hbr1094c_001.zip

  • cp82_hbr1095c_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


ACA 2024 Electronic Filing
2025.2

Costpoint now provides the ability to generate manifest and data files that comply with the latest tax year 2024 schema for the UI transmission channel. This release updates the Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File screen to support the following requirements for the data file transmission:

  • The following data was inserted into the S_SOFTWARE_ID system table:

  • CAL_TY_NO = 2024

  • SOFTWARE_ID = 24A0020251

  • FIRST_NAME = <carry over the value from 2023>

  • MID_NAME = <carry over the value from 2023>

  • LAST_NAME = <carry over the value from 2023>

  • NAME_SFX_CD = <carry over the value from 2023>

  • PHONE_ID = <carry over the value from 2023>

  • The tax year in all applicable namespaces was updated to "ty24" in the manifest and data files.

  • The following are used to generate manifest and data files for Calendar Year 2024 if Government Agency is “Federal”:

  • Manifest file from tax year 2024 schema package

  • Form data file from tax year 2024 schema package

  • PaymentYr value “2024”

  • Software ID for 2024

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Allow Selection of Safe Harbor for ACA 1095-C Report
2025.2

When you create your data for the Affordable Car Act (ACA) 1095-C report, Costpoint now allows you to select the Affordable Care Act Safe Harbor method that will be used for all employees or for a category of employees based on employees’ rate type and GLC. The Create 1094-C and 1095-C data screen provides a new Affordability Safe Harbor Option subtask where you can select one or more of the following affordability safe harbors:

  • The W–2 safe harbor

  • The federal poverty line safe harbor

  • The rate of pay safe harbor

 

Affordability Safe Harbor Option Subtask

On the header of the subtask, you can select the affordability safe harbor options that will be used for the taxable entity. All three safe harbors under which an employer can determine affordability for all employees are selected by default. You must select at least one option in the header. This subtask is not available if Reporting Type is 1094-C Data.

 

Affordability Safe Harbor Option by Employee Categories Table

On the Affordability Safe Harbor Option by Employee Categories table, you can select the employees’ rate type/GLC combination to use a safe harbor option for specific employee categories. If this table is blank, the affordability safe harbor selected in the header will be used for all employees, when applicable. Likewise, if you did not select a rate type/GLC combination for an employee category, then the application will also use the affordability safe harbor selected in the header. This subtask is optional.

 

Note: Currently, the Create 1094-C and 1095-C data screen has the following issues which will be fixed in a future release:

  • When you clear all the Affordability Safe Harbor Option checkboxes and click Preview or Print/Process, the screen displays the "You must select at least one of the affordability safe harbors" error message, but it is not clickable.

  • When you query a parameter that does not exist, the screen states that "An action is requested but no row has been selected. Please select a row and re-execute the action." Instead of this message, the screen should state that no rows met your criteria.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Combine Multiple Deductions and Local Taxes for the Same W-2 Box 14 Line
2025.2

You can now combine multiple deductions and local taxes assigned to the same W-2 box 14 line. When you run the Create W-2 Table process, a warning will display if more than one deduction and/or locality are assigned to the same box 14 line. The message will display the list of deduction codes and locality codes assigned to the same box 14 line number and the amounts of these codes will be summed up when W-2s are created. You can opt to manually remove the box 14 line number assignment from a deduction code or locality code listed in the warning message if it should not be included in the summation.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_cye2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Compute Payroll with 2025 Nonresident Additional Amount
2025.2

The Compute Payroll and Manage Payroll Records screens were updated to:

  • Use the 2025 nonresident alien additional amount of 10,700.00 in the federal/territory withholding calculation if the employee’s Form W-4 Revision Year is 2019 or earlier and the check date is from tax year 2025.

  • Use the 2025 nonresident alien additional amount of 15,000.00 from the Manage Federal Taxes screen if the Form W-4 Revision is 2020 and the check date is 2025.

Attention: For more information, see Pub 15-T: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p15t.pdf.


Federal W-2 2024 Electronic Filing
2025.2

For tax year 2024, the layout of the Federal W-2 includes the following record changes:

  • RO (Employee Optional) Record and RU (Total Optional) Record were updated to add Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments (IEMWP-II).

  • RCO (Employee Optional) Record and RCU (Total Optional) Record were updated to add Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments (IEMWP-II).

The Create Federal W-2 File screen now supports the updated record layouts for the EFW2 and EFW2C files.

 

EFW2 File Changes

  • Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments was added to RO Record, positions 144-154.

  • Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments was added to RU Record, positions 190-204.

 

EFW2C File Changes

  • Originally reported Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments was added to RCO Record, positions 277-287.

  • Correct Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments was added to RCO Record, positions 288-298.

  • Originally reported Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments was added to RCU Record, positions 371-385.

  • Correct Box 12 code II Income from Exclusion Of Medicaid Waiver Payments was added to RCU Record, positions 386-400.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpw2f_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Form W-2 Support for Tax Year 2024
2025.2

Costpoint’s Print W-2 screen has been fully tested to support the pre-printed forms W-2 and W-2c from Deltek’s partner form vendors for the 2025 filing. If you encounter alignment issues when you print on pre-printed forms, you may need to adjust the margins on your printer settings or Costpoint’s page setup. Refer to your printer’s documentation for information on how to configure the margins of your printer.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Report Pension-Linked Emergency Savings Account in Form W-2
2025.2

Pension-Linked Emergency Savings Accounts (PLESA) are introduced under the SECURE 2.0 Act, specifically section 127. These accounts allow employers to add emergency savings accounts to a defined contribution plan, such as a 401(k), 403(b), or governmental 457(b) plan. Employees can make designated Roth contributions to these accounts, which can be withdrawn under certain conditions.

Contributions must be reported on Form W-2, box 12 using specific codes, depending on the type of plan.

  • Code AA for 401(k) plans

  • Code BB for 403(b) plans

  • Code EE for governmental 457(b) plans

Contributions to pension-linked emergency savings accounts are also reported in Box 12 of Form W-2.

The existing Emergency Savings Account (ESA) deduction type does not indicate if it was linked to a 401(k), 403(b), or 457(b). To address this issue, the ESA deduction type can no longer be assigned to new deductions or contributions. Instead, three new deduction types for PLESA have been added on the Manage Deductions screen to replace the ESA deduction type.

 

Manage Deductions (PRMDED)

You can now select the following from the Deduction Type field:

  • ESA401 (401(k) linked ESA)

  • ESA403 (403(b) linked ESA)

  • ESA457 (457(b) linked ESA)

An error message will display if you assign the old ESA deduction type to new records. A warning message will be displayed on existing deduction records if the deduction type is ESA.

 

Create W-2 Table (PRPCW2)

The calculation for following Box 12 code amounts were updated:

  • The code AA amount now includes ESA401 deduction types.

  • The code BB amount now includes ESA403 deduction types.

  • The code EE amount now includes ESA457 deduction types.

ESA deduction types will not be included in codes AA, BB, and EE.

The screen will display an error message if there is at least one deduction in employee earnings deduction having an ESA deduction type.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Secure Act 2.0 Updates
2025.2

Under the SECURE Act 2.0, employers can offer participants of Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) and Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE) IRA the option to have their contributions under the respective plan be made to a Roth SEP IRA or a Roth SIMPLE IRA. Salary reduction contributions made to a Roth SEP IRA or a Roth SIMPLE IRA are included on Form W-2 in boxes 1, 3, and 5 (or box 14 for railroad retirement taxes). They are reported in box 12 using code F for a SEP or code S for a SIMPLE IRA.

To support this update, Costpoint adds new retirement plan deduction types which will be included in the calculation of the box 12 amount in the W-2.

 

Manage Deductions (PRMDED)

You can now select the following from the Deduction Type field:

  • RTHSEP (Roth SEP Deferred Comp)

  • RTHSIM (Roth SIMPLE Deferred Comp)

  • 408(P) (408(p) Deferred Compensation)

 

Create W-2 Table (PRPCW2)

The calculation for the Box 12 Code F amount will now include the RTHSEP deduction type. The Box 12 code S amount shall be automatically calculated based on the newly added 408(p) and RTHSIM deduction types.

 

Total Comp/Benefits Statement (ESQCOMPBEN)

The Company Paid Retirement Benefits – Annual Amount will now include the new retirement plan deduction types.

 

Print Employees Eligible for Retirement Catch-Up (PRPCATCHUP)

The deduction type Lookup values will now include the new retirement plan deduction types.

 

Retirement Benefits (ESMRETBEN)

The application includes the new retirement plan deduction types in the retirement plan options/deductions.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • cp82_prpcatchup_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Support for 2024 ACA Forms 1094-C and 1095-C
2025.2

Costpoint has been fully tested to support the pre-printed ACA Forms 1094-C and 1095-C from Deltek’s partner form vendors for the 2025 filing. If you encounter alignment issues when you print on pre-printed forms, you may need to adjust the margins on your printer settings or Costpoint’s page setup. Refer to your printer’s documentation for information on how to configure the margins of your printer.

Note: To avoid any alignment issues, you can use the corresponding options on the Process menu of ACA screens to print the forms on PDFs:

  • Print 1095-C Forms with Data on the Print 1095-Cs screen

  • Print 1094-C Forms with Data on the Print 1094-Cs screen


USERRA Make-up Amounts
2025.2

You can now select USERRA make-up amounts for 2023, 2022, and 2021 on the Box 12 subtask of the Manage W-2s screen. The Code field lookup now lists the following new Box 12 codes:

Box 12 Code

Box 12 Description

D 21

USERRA 2021 make up elective deferrals to a section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement

E 21

USERRA 2021 make up elective deferrals to a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

F 21

USERRA 2021 make up elective deferrals to a section 408(k)(6) salary reduction agreement

G 21

USERRA 2021 make up elective deferrals and employer contributions (including nonelective deferrals) to a section 457(b) deferred comp plan

H 21

USERRA 2021 make up elective deferrals under a section 501(c)(18)(D) tax-exempt organization plan

S 21

USERRA 2021 make up employee salary reduction contributions under a section 408(p) SIMPLE

Y 21

USERRA 2021 make up deferrals under section 409A nonqualified deferred compensation plan

AA 21

USERRA 2021 make up designated Roth contributions to a section 401(k) plan

BB 21

USERRA 2021 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

EE 21

USERRA 2021 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 457(b) plan

D 22

USERRA 2022 make up elective deferrals to a section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement

E 22

USERRA 2022 make up elective deferrals to a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

F 22

USERRA 2022 make up elective deferrals to a section 408(k)(6) salary reduction agreement

G 22

USERRA 2022 make up elective deferrals and employer contributions (including nonelective deferrals) to a section 457(b) deferred comp plan

H 22

USERRA 2022 make up elective deferrals under a section 501(c)(18)(D) tax-exempt organization plan

S 22

USERRA 2022 make up employee salary reduction contributions under a section 408(p) SIMPLE

Y 22

USERRA 2022 make up deferrals under section 409A nonqualified deferred compensation plan

AA 22

USERRA 2022 make up designated Roth contributions to a section 401(k) plan

BB 22

USERRA 2022 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

EE 22

USERRA 2022 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 457(b) plan

D 23

USERRA 2023 make up elective deferrals to a section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement

E 23

USERRA 2023 make up elective deferrals to a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

F 23

USERRA 2023 make up elective deferrals to a section 408(k)(6) salary reduction agreement

G 23

USERRA 2023 make up elective deferrals and employer contributions (including nonelective deferrals) to a section 457(b) deferred comp plan

H 23

USERRA 2023 make up elective deferrals under a section 501(c)(18)(D) tax-exempt organization plan

S 23

USERRA 2023 make up employee salary reduction contributions under a section 408(p) SIMPLE

Y 23

USERRA 2023 make up deferrals under section 409A nonqualified deferred compensation plan

AA 23

USERRA 2023 make up designated Roth contributions to a section 401(k) plan

BB 23

USERRA 2023 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 403(b) salary reduction agreement

EE 23

USERRA 2023 make up designated Roth contributions under a section 457(b) plan

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


W-2 2024 Blank Stock Forms and PDF Templates
2025.2

The 2024 PDF template file for W-2, W-2c, W-3, and W-3c forms are now available in Costpoint, which will let you create PDF files with data for the calendar year 2024. You can then use the PDF files to print the forms on plain paper. The 2024 data for W-2, W-2c, W-3, and W-3c should print correctly on the SSA-provided blank ink PDF templates for copy A and on the IRS-provided fillable PDF for copies 1, 2, B, C, and D.

Attention: For more information, see updated forms:

The following screens will now support the updated forms:

  • Print W-2s (PRRW2)

  • W-2s (ESMELECW2)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


W-4 2025 Updates
2025.2

The IRS added a new TIP section in Step 1 of the W-4 form for 2025. The new information advises employees on how to determine the most accurate withholding numbers. In compliance with government regulations, Costpoint reflects this update on the Federal Withholding screen by adding a TIP button which allows you to view the new tip information from the 2025 W-4.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-dft/fw4--dft.pdf.

To support the 2025 W-4, this release updates the following screens:

  • Federal Withholding (ESMFEDWH)

  • Life Events/New Hires (ESMLIFEEVENTS)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe



1099 Updates for 2024
2025.1

The Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen has been enhanced to adhere to the 2024 updates to forms 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC. When you print 1099s, the calendar year now displays in YYYY format, and the print alignment has been optimized for 2024 pre-printed papers.

You can still print 1099s on blank stock or plain paper, but Copy C printing is available only if the Calendar Year is 2023 and is disabled for 2024 and succeeding years.



1099 Combined Federal/State Filing Program for Participating States (Opt-in Available)
8.2.15

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now allows you to include state income and state withholding amounts in 1099-MISC and 1099-NEC printed forms and magnetic media. This enhancement enables you to submit your 1099 information returns through the IRS Combined Federal/State Filing (CF/SF) program, streamlining the process of handling information returns, ensuring accuracy and compliance, and improving your year-end processing workflow.

The CF/SF program simplifies the filing process by allowing the IRS to forward your electronically filed information returns to participating states, eliminating the need for separate state reporting. For more information, refer to IRS Publication 1220 (for tax year 2024).

Multiple Costpoint screens have been updated to support this feature.

 

Manage State Tax Information (APMSTATE)

The Manage State Tax Information screen is now accessible under Accounting » Accounts Payable » Year-End Processing. This feature enables you to enter and manage state tax information for a company’s taxable entities in Costpoint. Setting up state tax information is crucial for preparing 1099 forms for submission to the CF/SF program, ensuring compliance and accuracy in your year-end tax reporting. This enhancement streamlines the tax preparation process, saving you time and reducing the risk of errors.

The screen has the following fields:

Field

Description

Taxable Entity

Use this field to enter or select the identification code of the taxable entity for which you want to enter state tax information.

Taxable Entity Name

This field displays the name of the taxable entity.

State Code

Use this field to enter or select a state code for the taxable entity. You can only enter valid two-character codes that have been made available in Costpoint.

State Description

This field displays the name of the state.

State Tax ID

Use this field to enter the company state tax identification number. In most cases, the value must be the Federal Tax ID number assigned to your company by the IRS.

This screen loads only the taxable entities that are available for the currently logged-in company.

 

1099 State Field

The new 1099 State field has been added to various screens across different Costpoint domains.

 

Accounting

The following screens in Costpoint Accounting have the new 1099 State field:

  • Manage Vendors (APMVEND ): The 1099 State field is now available in the 1099’s group box. Use this field to enter the default state where a 1099 vendor is required to file state taxes. 

  • Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR): The 1099 State field has been added to the Vendor 1099s group box of the Other Info tab of the A/P Voucher Detail table window. If the corresponding 1099 checkbox is selected, this field defaults to the value of the 1099 State field in Manage Vendors but is editable.

  • Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH): A new Vendor 1099s group box has been added to the Account Distribution subtask of the table window. It contains the relocated 1099 checkbox and 1099 Type field and the new 1099 State field. If the corresponding 1099 checkbox is selected, the 1099 State field reflects the value of the 1099 State field in Manage Vendors but is editable.

  • Manage Vendor History (APMVENDH): The 1099 State field has been added to the Vendor 1099s group box of the Other Info tab of the Voucher Line table window. When you enter a new voucher line and the corresponding 1099 checkbox is selected, this field defaults to the value of the 1099 State field in Manage Vendors but is editable.

  • View Check History Inquiry (APQCKHST): The 1099 State field has been added to two subtasks on this screen: AP Voucher Detail and Accounts. This field will automatically display the relevant 1099 state based on the type of voucher associated with the selected check.

  • For AP Vouchers: The 1099 State field on the AP Voucher Detail subtask will display the 1099 state assigned to the AP voucher.

  • For PO Vouchers: The 1099 State field on the Accounts subtask of the PO Voucher Detail subtask will display the 1099 state assigned to the PO voucher.

  • View Vendor History Inquiry (APQVENDH): The 1099 State field has been added to two subtasks on this screen: AP Voucher Detail and Accounts. This field will automatically display the relevant 1099 state based on the type of voucher associated with the selected vendor.

  • For AP Vouchers: The 1099 State field on the AP Voucher Detail subtask will display the 1099 state assigned to the AP voucher.

  • For PO Vouchers: The 1099 State field on the Accounts subtask of the PO Voucher Detail subtask of will display the 1099 state assigned to the PO voucher.

  • View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH): The 1099 State field has been added to two subtasks on this screen: AP Voucher Detail and Accounts. This field will automatically display the relevant 1099 state based on the type of voucher associated with the selected voucher.

  • For AP Vouchers: The 1099 State field on the AP Voucher Detail subtask will display the 1099 state assigned to the AP voucher.

  • For PO Vouchers: The 1099 State field on the Accounts subtask of the PO Voucher Detail subtask will display the 1099 state assigned to the PO voucher.

On the Post Vouchers (APPPOSTV)  screen, Costpoint now includes the vendor’s 1099 state when you post vouchers for that vendor.

On the Print Vendor Information Report (APRVINFO) screen, a vendor’s 1099 State displays on the output when you generate a report.

 

Projects

The following screens in Costpoint Projects have the new 1099 State field.

  • Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC) and Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC): A new Vendor 1099s group box has been added to the Account Distribution subtask of the table window. It contains the relocated 1099 checkbox and 1099 Type field and the new 1099 State field. If the corresponding 1099 checkbox is selected, the 1099 State field reflects the value of the 1099 State field in Manage Vendors but is editable.

 

1099 State Field Lookup

A Lookup has been configured for the new 1099 State field. It displays only states that have been made available in Costpoint and its contents cannot be modified using any Costpoint screen. It has the following fields:

Field

Description

State

This field displays the name of the state.

State Code

This field displays the two-character abbreviation of the state.

Fed/State Mag Media

This field indicates if the state is a participant of the Combined Federal/State Filing (CF/SF) Program of the IRS.

 

Input File 1099 State Column

The input files for importing vendors or vouchers into Costpoint have also been updated with a new format. You can now use the new 1099 State column, which comes after the 1099 Type column, to enter the 1099 state for a vendor or voucher. For the import to be successful, you must follow this new input file format, and the state code in the input file must match available state codes in Costpoint. This enhancement has been applied to the following screens: 

  • Import Vendors (AOPUTLVU) 

  • For the succeeding screens, a record must have the 1099 Flag set to Y for Costpoint to successfully import its corresponding 1099 State. If the 1099 Flag is N, the 1099 State must be blank. Otherwise, the line will not be processed and will be included in the error report.

  • Import Accounts Payable Vouchers (AOPUTLAP) 

  • Import Accounts Payable Multicurrency Vouchers (AOPUTLAM)  

The Import TE Expenses/Advances (AOPUTLTE) and Import Purchase Order Vouchers (AOPPOVCH) screens have also been updated to automatically retrieve a vendor’s default 1099 State from the Manage Vendors screen and assign it to the imported record if it has the 1099 Flag set to Y for the Pay Vendor. Note, however, that for these screens, the input file format remains the same and you cannot enter a 1099 state in the file.

 

Create 1099 Information (APP1099C) 

The screen now features an automated process for calculating and storing state tax amounts based on the state codes and taxable entities assigned to 1099 vendors. 

This feature ensures that state tax amounts are accurately calculated and stored, and provides you the capability to include them in your reports in printed forms. 

Through this feature, you can easily utilize the Combined State/Federal Filing program to submit your information returns seamlessly, promoting streamlined tax management, reduced manual effort, and enhanced accuracy of your tax reporting.

After you create 1099 information on this screen, you can:

  • Include and print the state taxes on the 1099 Edit Report.

  • View the state taxes on the Edit 1099 Information screen.

  • Include 1099 state taxes on printed 1099 forms and/or magnetic media.

 

Print 1099 Edit Report  (APR1099E)

The Print 1099 Edit Report screen now features a Print Options group box. This includes the relocated Include Vendors where payments are below the reportable amount checkbox and a new Include State Amounts checkbox.

If you select Include State Amounts, Costpoint displays state tax information on the generated report. The report will then include the State and State Tax ID columns, displaying the two-character state code where tax should be filed and the company’s state tax identification number, respectively.

 

Edit 1099 Information (APM1099) 

Enhancements applied to the Edit 1099 Information screen include an upgraded Check Detail subtask and a new State Detail subtask. 

On the Check Detail subtask, the Check Number and Voucher Number columns now display values as clickable links. Clicking a check number opens the View Check History Inquiry screen, automatically showing the check details. Similarly, clicking a voucher number opens the View Voucher History Inquiry screen, displaying the voucher details. A new Void Date field was also added to display the date when a check was marked as void.

Furthermore, the State Detail subtask has been added, giving you the capability to enter, view, or modify state tax information for the Pay Vendor you selected on the Edit 1099 Information Detail table window.

The subtask has the following fields:

Field

Description

Total State 1099 Amount

This field displays the sum of all Amount fields in the table window.

State

This field displays the state where the vendor is required to file state taxes.

State Code

This field displays the two-character code of the state.

State Tax ID

This field displays the company state tax identification number. It defaults to the value assigned to the Taxable Entity/State combination on the Manage State Tax Information screen.

Fed/State Mag Media

This field indicates if the state is a participant of the Combined Federal/State Filing (CF/SF) program.

Amount

This field displays the 1099 amount for the state.

Entry ID

This field displays the ID of the last user who modified the record.

Entry Date

This field displays the date when the record was last modified.

 

 

 

Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media (APR1099)

The Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen has a new checkbox and multiple functionality enhancements to support the capability to generate 1099s for submission to the CF/SF program.

A new Include State Amounts checkbox has been added to the Selection Ranges group box. When this checkbox is selected, Costpoint appends state tax amounts to the generated output based on the option chosen in the Generate group box.

Note: Before you can include state tax amounts on 1099s, you must first set up a vendor’s 1099 State on the Manage Vendors screen and assign a State Code to a Taxable Entity on the Manage State Tax Information screen. 

If you selected Print 1099s

  • If the 1099 Type is 1099-MISC, Costpoint prints state tax information on Boxes 16 (State tax withheld), 17 (State/Payer’s state no.), and 18 (State income) of form 1099-MISC.

  • If the 1099 Type is 1099-NEC, Costpoint prints state tax information on Boxes 5 (State tax withheld), 6 (State/Payer’s state no.), and 7 (State income) of form 1099-NEC.

  • If a payee has a reporting requirement for more than one (1) state, you must print a separate 1099 form for each state.

If you selected Create Magnetic Media:

  • Costpoint enters “1” in position 6 of the Issuer “A” record.

  • Costpoint includes the State Income Tax Withheld in positions 723-734 and the payee’s state code in positions 747-748 of the Payee “B” record. If a payee has a reporting requirement for more than one (1) state, a separate Payee “B” record for each state will be created.

  • If a payee’s state is a participant of the CF/SF program, Costpoint includes the State Total “K” record in the file. This contains the total number of payees and the total of the payment amount fields filed by a given issuer for a given state. If a payee has a reporting requirement for more than one (1) state, a separate State Total “K” record for each state will be created.



2024 Federal Poverty Level
8.2.12

The 2024 poverty guideline for the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia was set to $15,060 for a one-person family/household.

This release updates the Federal Poverty Level for payroll year 2024 on the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information refer to: https://aspe.hhs.gov/topics/poverty-economic-mobility/poverty-guidelines.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11331


Form 941 2024 Q1 Update: Remove Lines Used for COVID-19 Sick and Family Leave Wages
8.2.12

The draft Form 941 for 2024 removes remaining lines reporting COVID-19 federal tax credits. To accommodate the federal update, this release applies the following changes to the Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report screen:

  • The application disables and sets to zero all the fields in the COVID-19 Paid Sick Leave and FMLA group box if the payroll year is 2024 or later.

  • A new report layout will be applied if you generate the report for 01/01/2024 or later. Previous report layouts are retained for generating reports prior to 2024.

Attention: For more information, refer to:

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prrfdtax_001.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


New Box 12 Code II in Form W-2 to Report Medicaid Waiver Payments Excluded from Gross Income
8.2.12

A new code II for box 12 was added for reporting Medicaid waiver payments not included in box 1 of the W-2, under IRS Notice 2014-7.

Attention: For more information, see: http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/iw2w3.pdf

 

Manage W-2s (PRMW2)

You can now select code II (Medicaid waiver payments excluded from gross income under Notice 2014-7) from the Code field on the Box 12 subtask.

 

Manage W-2Cs (PRMW2C)

You can now select code II (Medicaid waiver payments excluded from gross income under Notice 2014-7) from the Previously Reported Code and Correct Information Code fields on the Box 12 subtask.

 

Print W-2s (PRRW2)

The application prints box 12 code II if this code is listed in the employee’s W-2/W-2c.

 

Print W-2 Summary Report (PRRW2R)

The application prints box 12 code in the following reports if the code is listed in the employee’s W-2/W-2c:

  • Box 12 – Code II in the W-2 Summary Report.

  • Box 12 – Code II (Previously Reported) in the W-2c Summary Report

  • Box 12 – Code II (Corrected) in the W-2c Summary Report


View W-2Cs in Employee Self Service
8.2.12

Costpoint now provides employers the option to display the latest W-2c corrected amount instead of the original W-2 amount on the W-2s screen in Employee Self Service. This allows employees to view the corrected amounts when accessing the W-2s screen and when printing W-2 data.

 

Manage Taxable Entity Settings (AOMESSCS)

The screen adds the following checkbox:

Field

Description

Include W-2c data in ESS W-2 screen

Select this checkbox to display corrected data on the ESS W-2 screen.

If Allow Employee to download and email W-2s in official W-2 format is also selected and there is an existing W-2c record, then a W-2c will be downloaded and/or emailed along the employee’s W-2 in official IRS format.

 

W-2s (ESMELECW2)

If the Include W-2c data in ESS W-2 screen checkbox is selected on the Manage Taxable Entity Settings screen, the W-2s screen will now:

  • Display the latest W-2c corrected amount instead of the original W-2 amount on the screen and when printing W-2 Data (Print W-2 Data button).

  • Print the latest W-2c corrected amount instead of the original W-2 amount.

  • Display an information message if Form W-2c has been included in the download and/or email.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report screen now provides information in the new Include W-2c data in ESS W-2 screen column in the ESS_SETTINGS table.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_aomesscs_001.zip 

  • cp82_esmelecw2_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11338_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


View, Print, and Send ACA 1095-C via Email in Employee Self Service
8.2.12

Employees now have the ability to view, print, and send via email their 1095-Cs through a new 1095-Cs screen in Employee Self Service. Employees can generate 1095-Cs in PDF format for the last four years, including the current year. Employees can also opt to download and/or send via email the PDF file.

 

1095-Cs (ESM1095C)

The 1095-Cs screen allows employees to view and download and/or send via email their 1095-C information. Employees can perform the following functions in this application:

  • Select the 1095-C year to display.

  • View 1095-C information.

  • Download and/or send via email 1095-C information in portrait format, if allowed by Benefits administrators.

To access the 1095-Cs screen, go to People » Employee Self Service » Payroll and Benefits » 1095-Cs.

 

Manage Taxable Entity Settings (AOMESSCS)

The screen adds the following checkboxes:

Field

Description

Allow employees to download and email 1095-Cs in portrait format

Select this checkbox to allow employees to download and/or send via email their copies of Form 1095-C in portrait format from the 1095-Cs screen.

Truncate Payee Identification Numbers (Employer and Employee)

Select this checkbox if the Employer Identification Number (EIN) and Employee's Social Security Number (SSN) should be truncated on the printed 1095-C.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report provides information for the following new columns on the ESS_SETTINGS table that were added for this enhancement:

  • ALLOW_1095_PRNTEMAIL_FL: Allow employees to download and send via email 1095-Cs in portrait format

  • ACA_TPIN_FL: Truncate Payee Identification Numbers (Employer and Employees)

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_aomesscs_001.zip

  • cp82_esm1095c_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11325_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



2024 Federal Poverty Level
8.2.10

The 2024 poverty guideline for the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia was set to $15,060 for a one-person family/household.

This release updates the Federal Poverty Level for payroll year 2024 on the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information refer to: https://aspe.hhs.gov/topics/poverty-economic-mobility/poverty-guidelines.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11331


Form 941 2024 Q1 Update: Remove Lines Used for COVID-19 Sick and Family Leave Wages
8.2.10

The draft Form 941 for 2024 removes remaining lines reporting COVID-19 federal tax credits. To accommodate the federal update, this release applies the following changes to the Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report screen:

  • The application disables and sets to zero all the fields in the COVID-19 Paid Sick Leave and FMLA group box if the payroll year is 2024 or later.

  • A new report layout will be applied if you generate the report for 01/01/2024 or later. Previous report layouts are retained for generating reports prior to 2024.

Attention: For more information, refer to:



2024 ACA Affordability Threshold
8.2.8

The IRS set the 2024 ACA affordability threshold to 8.39%. To support this federal update, Costpoint updated the record effective 01/01/24 on the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-drop/rp-23-29.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11297


2024 ESS W-4 Updates
8.2.8

The Federal W-4 screen in Costpoint Employee Self Service was updated to reflect the 2024 W-4. This release updates the instructions and wording in the following sections of the W-4:

  • Instructions for Steps 2-4 on Step 1 tab

  • Federal W-4 Step 2 (a)

  • Federal W-4 Step 2 (b)

  • Exempt from federal taxes checkbox years on Step 4 tab

  • Deductions Worksheet tab

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw4.pdf.


Compute Payroll with 2024 Nonresident Additional Amount
8.2.8

The Compute Payroll and Manage Payroll Records screens were updated to:

  • Use the 2024 nonresident alien additional amount of $10,300.00 in the federal/territory withholding calculation if the employees Form W-4 Revision Year is 2019 or earlier and the check date is from tax year 2024.

  • Use the 2024 nonresident alien additional amount of $14,600.00 from the Manage Federal Taxes screen if the Form W-4 Revision is 2020 and the check date is 2024.

Attention: For more information, see:



2023 FUTA Credit Reductions
8.2.7

For 2023, employers in California, New York, and U.S. Virgin Islands will be assessed a general FUTA credit reduction on wages paid to employees for work attributed to any of these states and territory. This Costpoint release adds records on the Manage Federal Taxes screen for the corresponding states:

State

Final 2023 FUTA Credit Reduction

California

0.6%

New York

0.6%

US Virgin Islands

3.9%

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11271


2024 Federal Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The 2024 federal income tax withholding methods were released by the Internal Revenue Service.

  • The percentage method’s tax brackets were adjusted.

  • The annual additional amount if the nonresident alien employee was first paid wages before 2020 and has not submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later, increases from $9,550 to $10,300.

  • The annual additional amount if the nonresident alien employee has submitted a Form W-4 for 2020 or later or was first paid wages in 2020 or later, increases from $13,850 to $14,600.

To support the federal requirements, the following screens were updated:

  • Manage Federal Tax Tables

  • Manage Federal Taxes

Attention: For more information, see:

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11283


2024 Form W-4 Updates
8.2.7

Costpoint supports the Form W-4 for Payroll Year 2024. The basic form was updated with minimal changes, most of which are regarding the use of an estimator. The 2024 itemized deductions in Step 2 of the Deductions Worksheet have been updated:

  • Married: $29,200

  • Head of Household: $21,900

  • Single: $14,600

To support the federal requirements, updates were applied to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11283


Form W-2c Support for Tax Year 2023
8.2.7

Costpoint has been fully tested to support the pre-printed Form W-2c from Deltek’s partner form vendors for the 2024 filing. If you encounter alignment issues when you print on pre-printed forms, you may need to adjust the margins on your printer settings or Costpoint’s page setup. Refer to your printer’s documentation for information on how to configure the margins of your printer.



2024 401(k) Limits
8.2.6

The following are the 401(k) limits for 2024:

  • 401(k) Deferral Limit: $23,000.00

  • 401(K) Wage Limit: $345,000.00

To support the federal update, this release adds records to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.


2024 Social Security Wage Base
8.2.6

The Old-Age, Survivors, and Disability Insurance taxable wage base increases from $160,200 to $168,600 in 2024.

To support the federal update, this release adds records to the Manage Federal Taxes screen.


ACA 2023 1094/1095-C Substitute Form Fillable PDF Update
8.2.6

The 2023 PDF template file for 1094-C and 1095-C forms are now available in Costpoint, which will let you create PDF files with data for the calendar year 2023. You can then use the PDF files to print the forms on plain paper.

 

Print 1094-Cs

The 2023 Form 1094-C PDF template was added to the application. The following updates were applied to the Print and Preview menus:

  • The Print 1094-Cs Prior Report Layout option was removed.

  • The existing Print 1094-Cs Current Report Layout option is now the Print 1094-Cs Report Layout option.

 

Print 1095-Cs

The 2023 Form 1095-C PDF template was added to the application. The following updates were applied to the Print and Preview menus:

  • The Print 1095-Cs Prior Report Layout option was removed.

  • The existing Print 1095-Cs Current Report Layout option is now the Print 1095-Cs Report Layout option.


ACA 2023 Electronic Filing
8.2.6

Costpoint now provides the ability to generate manifest and data files that comply with the latest tax year 2023 schema for the UI transmission channel. This release updates the Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File screen to support the following federal requirements:

  • The system table S_SOFTWARE_ID was inserted with the following data:

  • CAL_TY_NO = 2023

  • SOFTWARE_ID = 23A0017797

  • FIRST_NAME = <carry over the value from 2022>

  • MID_NAME = <carry over the value from 2022>

  • LAST_NAME = <carry over the value from 2022>

  • NAME_SFX_CD = <carry over the value from 2022>

  • PHONE_ID = <carry over the value from 2022>

  • The tax year in all applicable namespaces was updated to "ty23" in the manifest and data files.

  • The following are used to generate manifest and data files for calendar year 2023 if Government Agency is “Federal”:

  • Manifest file from tax year 2023 schema package

  • Form data file from tax year 2023 schema package

  • PaymentYr value “2023”

  • Software ID for 2023

  • The generated XML files must be validated against the schemas provided by the IRS by running the manifest and form files through an XML Schema validator.

Attention: For more information, refer to:


Form W-2 Support for Tax Year 2023
8.2.6

Costpoint has been fully tested to support the pre-printed Form W-2 from Deltek’s partner form vendors for the 2024 filing. If you encounter alignment issues when you print on pre-printed forms, you may need to adjust the margins on your printer settings or Costpoint’s page setup. Refer to your printer’s documentation for information on how to configure the margins of your printer.


Func APR1099 - Print 1099s Forms (MISC, NEC, Self Mailer, and so on)
8.2.6

Plain Paper Printing and Alignment Enhancements for 1099 Forms

You can now print recipient statements (copies 1, B, 2, and C) of 1099 forms directly onto plain paper or blank stock. This feature eliminates the need for pre-printed forms, and at the same time, enhances convenience and reduces costs.

The recipient statements you can print in Costpoint are fully compliant with the specifications outlined in IRS Publication 1179: General Rules and Specifications for Substitute Forms. This ensures that your printed forms meet all necessary legal requirements.

In addition, print alignment settings on the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen have been enhanced to ensure optimal output quality, simplify your 1099 printing process, and reduce the risk of errors.

To support this feature, multiple updates were implemented for the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen. These enhancements are designed to provide a more user-friendly interface and improve the overall functionality of the feature. This means a more efficient and seamless experience for you when managing your tax forms.

 

Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media Screen Updates (APR1099)

The Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media interface has been revamped to support blank paper printing. This update includes the addition of several new elements, relocation of existing ones, and the removal and replacement of others. 

Taxable Entity Field

Since you can only print or create 1099 magnetic media for one entity at a time, the taxable entity selection ranges have been removed from the interface and replaced with a straightforward Taxable Entity field. You can directly enter the entity in this text field or use the Lookup function to select the entity for which you want to print or create 1099 magnetic media.

1099 Types to Include Group Box

The 1099 Types to Include group box, which allows you to select the types of 1099 to be included in the magnetic media file, has been relocated. Previously part of the Selection Ranges group box, it now resides in the Magnetic Media Information group box. The elements and functionality remain the same, providing you with a familiar experience in a more accurate location.

Print Options Group Box

The previous Options group box has been upgraded to the Print Options group box. This new box is a hub for various group boxes, each serving a unique purpose. 

Some of these boxes contain settings for the newly introduced blank paper printing feature, others house elements that have been relocated from different sections of the screen, while the Copy B Options group box and the NEC Pre-Printed Copy to Print group box, formerly named NEC Copy to Print, continue to hold their elements and functionality from the former Options group box.

The following are the new contents of the Print Options group box.

1099 Type

Use the options in this group box to select the type of 1099 form that you want to print:

  • 1099-MISC

  • 1099-NEC

1099 Paper

This new group box now integrates the functionalities of the previous Print Option drop-down list in the Generate group box and the former Print Format group box. In addition, it introduces the ability to print 1099s on plain paper or blank stock.

Use the options in this group box to select the print media for your 1099.

  • Test

  • Self-Mailer Test

  • Pre-Printed

  • Self-Mailer

  • Blank Stock / Plain Paper

Blank Stock/Plain Paper Group Box

Use the fields in this group box to configure the settings for printing on plain paper. The fields in this group box are enabled only if you select Blank Stock / Plain Paper in the 1099 Paper group box.

This group box contains the following elements:

  • Copy B: Select this option to print Copy B - For Recipient.

  • Copy C: Select this option to print Copy C - For Payer.

  • Copy 1: Select this option to print Copy 1 - For State Tax Department.

  • Copy 2: Select this option to print Copy 2 - To be filed with recipient's state income tax return, when required.

  • Copy B and Copy 2: Select this option to print both copies B and 2.

  • One PDF File per Vendor: Select this checkbox to create a separate PDF file for each vendor.

  • File Location: Enter or select the directory where the PDF file will be saved.

 

Global Toolbar Updates 

The new Create 1099 Forms option has been added to the drop-down menu of the Default Action button on the Global Toolbar. This option displays only if you access the toolbar from the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen. 

If you selected the Blank Stock / Plain Paper option, you must use the Create 1099 Forms process to generate the PDF file for printing 1099s on blank paper. You can also run this process in batch mode.



Func: APR1099 - Add Proper Calculation of Fed Withholding for NEC on 1099 - 8.2
8.2.4

Calculation of Federal Income Tax Withheld for Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC

Costpoint now automatically calculates Federal Income Tax Withheld for Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC. 

In the previous process, you must manually enter a negative amount for voucher lines which correspond to federal withholding tax, but the negative amounts are not included when calculating the amount for Box 4 of Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC. You must then manually convert the negative amount to a positive amount on the Edit 1099 Information screen for the federal withholding tax to be correctly calculated when you print Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC.

To simplify this process and eliminate manual adjustment, the Create 1099 Information screen has been updated to automatically process and calculate federal withholding tax amounts, and the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen has been updated to automatically convert the negative federal withholding tax amounts and display them as positive values when you print 1099 forms or create magnetic media files.

The new 1099 Type, FEDMIS, has also been added to multiple screens for easier identification and tracking of miscellaneous federal withholding tax, while the existing FED type remains for non-employee compensation federal withholding tax.

The following Accounting screens have been updated to support these enhancements.

 

Manage Vendors (APMVEND)

In the 1099s group box, the Print 1099-MISC Form has been renamed to Print 1099 Form, and the new FEDMIS option has been added to the Type drop-down list. 

 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

The new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field.

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

On the Account Distribution subtask, the new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field.

 

Manage Vendor History (APMVENDH)

The new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field of the Voucher Line table window.

 

Create 1099 Information (APP1099C)

This screen has been updated to automatically process and calculate federal withholding tax and include them in 1099 reports and printed forms, and to include partial payments, voided or reissued checks, and voucher discounts when calculating the Total 1099 Amount and Total Taxable Amount for the Taxable Entity or Pay Vendor, and Calendar Year you entered.

 

Edit 1099 Information (APM1099)

The new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field of the Edit 1099 Information Detail table window.

 

Print 1099 Edit Report (APR1099E)

This screen has been updated to display the following information on the 1099 Edit Report:

  • Total Amount Paid for <Pay Vendor>: This is the total 1099 amount paid by the Taxable Entity to a specific vendor minus federal withholding taxes (FED and FEDMIS amounts).

  • Total Federal WH Amount: This is the sum of the amounts under the FED and FEDMIS 1099 types. This field always displays on the report even if the amounts are below the 1099 box threshold and the Include Vendors where payments are below the reportable amount checkbox is cleared. However, this field does not display if the FED or FEDMIS amount is zero. If you selected Taxable Entity as the sorting method, a single Total Federal WH Amount displays for the Taxable Entity. If you selected Pay Vendor, the Total Federal WH Amount for each Pay Vendor displays on the report.

  • Total Taxable Amount: This is the total amount paid for all 1099 types including FED and FEDMIS amounts.

 

Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media (APR1099)

When you print 1099s or create magnetic media, Costpoint now uses either the FED or FEDMIS code to populate the 1099 forms or magnetic media, depending on the other options you select. In addition, you can no longer print or create 1099 magnetic media using the old formats and calculation method for calendar years prior to 2023.

The following updates have been applied to the 1099 Types to Include group box to support the new 1099 calculation process when you create a magnetic media with a File Code of NE in the Issuer ‘A’ Record:

  • If you select Non-Employee Compensation, Costpoint uses the FED (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate field positions 91-102 for the B (Payee) Record and populates positions 70-87 of Record C with the sum of the amounts in positions 91-102 of the B (Payee) Record.

  • If you select All Other Types, Costpoint uses the FEDMIS (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate field positions 91-102 for the B (Payee) Record and populates positions 70-87 of Record C with the sum of the amounts in positions 91-102 of the B (Payee) Record.

The following updates have also been applied to the Print Format group box to support the new 1099 calculation process when you print 1099s:

  • If you select 1099-MISC Standard or 1099-MISC Self-Mailer, Costpoint uses the FEDMIS (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate Box 4 of Form 1099-MISC.

  • If you select 1099-NEC or 1099-NEC Self-Mailer, Costpoint uses the FED (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate Box 4 of Form 1099-NEC.



Calculation of Federal Income Tax Withheld for Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC
8.2.3

Costpoint now automatically calculates Federal Income Tax Withheld for Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC. 

In the previous process, you must manually enter a negative amount for voucher lines which correspond to federal withholding tax, but the negative amounts are not included when calculating the amount for Box 4 of Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC. You must then manually convert the negative amount to a positive amount on the Edit 1099 Information screen for the federal withholding tax to be correctly calculated when you print Forms 1099-NEC and 1099-MISC.

To simplify this process and eliminate manual adjustment, the Create 1099 Information screen has been updated to automatically process and calculate federal withholding tax amounts, and the Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media screen has been updated to automatically convert the negative federal withholding tax amounts and display them as positive values when you print 1099 forms or create magnetic media files.

The new 1099 Type, FEDMIS, has also been added to multiple screens for easier identification and tracking of miscellaneous federal withholding tax, while the existing FED type remains for non-employee compensation federal withholding tax.

The following Accounting screens have been updated to support these enhancements.

 

Manage Vendors (APMVEND)

In the 1099s group box, the Print 1099-MISC Form has been renamed to Print 1099 Form, and the new FEDMIS option has been added to the Type drop-down list. 

 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

The new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field.

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

On the Account Distribution subtask, the new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field.

 

Manage Vendor History (APMVENDH)

The new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field of the Voucher Line table window.

 

Create 1099 Information (APP1099C)

This screen has been updated to automatically process and calculate federal withholding tax and include them in 1099 reports and printed forms, and to include partial payments, voided or reissued checks, and voucher discounts when calculating the Total 1099 Amount and Total Taxable Amount for the Taxable Entity or Pay Vendor, and Calendar Year you entered.

 

Edit 1099 Information (APM1099)

The new 1099 type, FEDMIS, has been added to the lookup of the 1099 Type field of the Edit 1099 Information Detail table window.

 

Print 1099 Edit Report (APR1099E)

This screen has been updated to display the Total Amount Paid, Total Federal Withholding Tax Amount, and Total Tax Amount on the 1099 Edit Report for the Taxable Entity you entered. 

 

Print/Create 1099s and Magnetic Media (APR1099)

If you enter 2023 or later as the Calendar Year, Costpoint uses either the FED or FEDMIS code to populate the 1099 forms or magnetic media, depending on the other options you select. 

In the 1099 Types to Include group box:

  • If you select Non-Employee Compensation, Costpoint uses the FED (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate field positions 91-102 for the B (Payee) Record in the 1099-NEC magnetic media file (File Code NE in Issuer 'A' Record).

  • If you select All Other Types, Costpoint uses the FEDMIS (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate field positions 91-102 for the B (Payee) Record in the 1099-MISC magnetic media file (File Code A in Issuer 'A' Record).

In the Print Format group box:

  • If you select 1099-MISC Standard or 1099-MISC Self-Mailer, Costpoint uses the FEDMIS (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate Box 4 of Form 1099-MISC.

  • If you select 1099-NEC or 1099-NEC Self-Mailer, Costpoint uses the FED (Federal Income Tax Withholding) code to populate Box 4 of Form 1099-NEC.



State


Arkansas 2026 Withholding Tax
2026.4 (Next Quarterly Release)

Arkansas released the updated Withholding Tax Employer’s Instructions effective January 1, 2026. The update issued on May 29, 2026 supersedes previously issued 2026 withholding guidance. The changes include:

  • The tax brackets have been adjusted with the highest tax rate decreased from 3.9% to 3.7%, and the bottom two rows were removed. The last row starts at $97,601 of annual income instead of $97,801.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 3.9% to 3.7%.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state tax updates, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSDD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_12155_001.zip

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Georgia 2026 Withholding Tax
2026.4 (Next Quarterly Release)

Georgia revised the Employer’s Tax Guide in June 2026. The changes effective January 1, 2026 are:

  • The tax rate was reduced from 5.19% to 4.99%.

  • The standard deductions were increased from $24,000 to $30,000 annually for the married filing jointly status and from $12,000 to $15,000 annually, for other statuses.

  • The dependent allowance increased from $4,000 to $5,000 annually.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 5.19% to 4.99%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

To support the state tax updates, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSDD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_12162_001.zip

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Michigan Q2 2026 SUTA Electronic Filing: MiUI EFW2 Updates
2026.4 (Next Quarterly Release)

This enhancement updates Michigan SUTA electronic filing to comply with Version 2 of the MiUI EFW2 file format. The update ensures that employee-level reporting aligns with the revised Employee Detail Record (RS) requirements, particularly for adjustment reason handling and out-of-state wages formatting.

Compared to version 1, version 2 introduces three related updates:

  • Reason or Adjustment Code (RS 344-345) defaulting logic: Blank Reason or Adjustment Codes now default to:

  • 00 for original submissions

  • 01 for adjustment submissions replacing the v1 behavior where blank adjustment records defaulted to 10 (Out of State Wages)

  • Explicit definition of Reason or Adjustment Code 00: The description of code 00 has been updated to explicitly state that it represents an original submission that does not include out-of-state wages.

  • Out of State Wages (RS 348-358) field formatting: If there are no out-of-state wages to report, the Out of State Wages field must contain exactly eleven (11) blank spaces.

Attention: For more information, see: MiUi EFW2 File Format Employer Reference Document.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

Use this screen to generate the quarterly SUTA tax file for Michigan with the updated EFW2 Version 2 format.

  • The screen sets the File Layout to EFW2 and disables the field to prevent changes.

  • The Adjustment Reason Code field in the file was updated so that it will use 10 and not 00 if there are out-of-state wages.

  • When no out-of-state wages exist, the application will fill Out of State Wages field with exactly eleven blank spaces.

  • Informational messages display during processing when:

  • There are no QTD out-of-state wages but Adjustment Reason Code is 10.

  • There are QTD out-of-state wages but Adjustment Reason Code is not 10.

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

The system uses the Adjustment Reason value from this screen when determining the correct RS 344-345 output for Michigan filings. The Adjustment Reason Description of 00 was updated from “Original submission” to “Original submission of a record that does not include out of state wages.”

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpsmm_014.zip

  • cp82_bundle_cye2025_002.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Vermont Q2 2026 SUTA Electronic Filing
2026.4 (Next Quarterly Release)

This enhancement updates Vermont Quarterly SUTA electronic filing to align with the state’s current ICESA file layout requirements for the modernized UI system. It updates Vermont-specific processing on the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File and Manage SUTA Tax File Data screens so you can generate files that match the revised state format and reporting rules. The update also changes how Vermont employer account numbers, total hours worked, business status indicators, and other file elements are reported.

For Vermont, some controls are now unavailable because the state no longer requires or accepts those values in the same way. This enhancement applies only when the filing state is Vermont.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The Manage SUTA Tax File Data screen now applies Vermont-specific behavior for fields that are no longer used in the updated Vermont ICESA file layout. When you select VT (Vermont) as the filing state, the screen:

  • Disables the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT controls.

  • No longer validates Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT as numeric.

  • No longer reports the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT value in the Vermont Code A Authorization Code field.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen now includes Vermont-specific updates that support the revised ICESA file layout and reporting requirements. When you select VT (Vermont) as the filing state, the screen:

  • Sets the default value of the Computer Manufacturer field to DELTEK.

  • Enables the Amended checkbox.

  • Updates the Business Status (Vermont) drop-down list under Other Filing Info with Vermont-specific filing options.

  • Uses the latest Vermont file layout which includes the following updates:

  • Code A 141-153 Original or Amended: Added field and source is the Amended checkbox

  • Code A 208-213 Authorization Code: No longer report the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT fields

  • Code A 243-250 File Creation Date: Renamed field name

  • Code E 173-179 VT Employer Account Number: Must be right -justified and zero-filled

  • Code S 155-161 VT Employer Account Number: Must be right -justified and zero-filled

  • Code S 235-238 Total Hours Worked: Now applies to all employees (previously hourly employees only)

  • Code S 239-244 Filler: No longer report the hourly wage, must be zero-filled

  • Code T 2-8 Total Number of Employees: Corrected data type to numeric

  • Code C 2-18 VT Employer Account Number: Must be right-justified and zero-filled

  • Code C 243-250 Unemployment Contribution Amount Due: Renamed field name

  • Code C 112 Employer no longer has employees/Discontinued operations in Vermont: Renamed field name, updated source

  • Code C 113 Out of Business: Renamed field name, updated source

  • Code C 114 Employer change in address or name: Renamed field name, updated source

  • Code C 115 Employer change in payroll service provider: Renamed field name, updated source

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_cye2025_002.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_014.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe



Arkansas 2026 Withholding Tax
2026.3

Arkansas released the updated Withholding Tax Employer’s Instructions effective January 1, 2026. The update issued on May 29, 2026 supersedes previously issued 2026 withholding guidance. The changes include:

  • The tax brackets have been adjusted with the highest tax rate decreased from 3.9% to 3.7%, and the bottom two rows were removed. The last row starts at $97,601 of annual income instead of $97,801.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 3.9% to 3.7%.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state tax updates, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_12155.


California 2025 Pay Data Reporting Updates
2026.3

Costpoint updates the California Pay Data Report output generated through the Print EEO-1 Report screen so that you can meet the 2025 filing requirements by reporting employee groups using the additional attributes now required for the reporting year.

The changes to the Print EEO-1 Report are:

  • The file layout was updated and new data fields required for 2025 reporting were added.

  • The calculation of existing data fields was updated to factor exemption status and employment type into the employee group.

  • The selection criteria was updated so employees with gender other than male, female, and non-binary are included in data selection to support warning-report output.

  • All employee types (Part Time, Regular, and Temporary) are now included in the report outputs.

  • A legend was added to the report layout to clarify report labels and values.

  • In the California Pay Data Warning Report, the existing warning message regarding unknown race/ethnicity was removed. New warning messages were added in cases when an employee was excluded from the report because race/ethnicity or gender cannot be identified.

This enhancement requires:

  • cp82_hareeo1_005.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Georgia 2026 Withholding Tax
2026.3

Georgia revised the Employer’s Tax Guide in June 2026. The changes effective January 1, 2026 are:

  • The tax rate was reduced from 5.19% to 4.99%.

  • The standard deductions were increased from $24,000 to $30,000 annually for the married filing jointly status and from $12,000 to $15,000 annually for other statuses.

  • The dependent allowance increased from $4,000 to $5,000 annually.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 5.19% to 4.99%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

To support the state tax updates, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_12162.


Michigan Q2 2026 SUTA Electronic Filing: MiUI EFW2 Updates
2026.3

This enhancement updates Michigan SUTA electronic filing to comply with Version 2 of the MiUI EFW2 file format. The update ensures that employee-level reporting aligns with the revised Employee Detail Record (RS) requirements, particularly for adjustment reason handling and out-of-state wages formatting.

Compared to version 1, version 2 introduces three related updates:

  • Reason or Adjustment Code (RS 344-345) defaulting logic: Blank Reason or Adjustment Codes now default to:

  • 00 for original submissions

  • 01 for adjustment submissions replacing the v1 behavior where blank adjustment records defaulted to 10 (Out of State Wages)

  • Explicit definition of Reason or Adjustment Code 00: The description of code 00 has been updated to explicitly state that it represents an original submission that does not include out-of-state wages.

  • Out of State Wages (RS 348-358) field formatting: If there are no out-of-state wages to report, the Out of State Wages field must contain exactly eleven (11) blank spaces.

Attention: For more information, see: MiUi EFW2 File Format Employer Reference Document.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

Use this screen to generate the quarterly SUTA tax file for Michigan with the updated EFW2 Version 2 format.

  • The screen sets the File Layout to EFW2 and disables the field to prevent changes.

  • The Adjustment Reason Code field in the file was updated so that it will use 10 and not 00 if there are out-of-state wages.

  • When no out-of-state wages exist, the application will fill Out of State Wages field with exactly 11 blank spaces.

  • Informational messages display during processing when:

  • There are no QTD out-of-state wages but Adjustment Reason Code is 10.

  • There are QTD out-of-state wages but Adjustment Reason Code is not 10.

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

Costpoint uses the Adjustment Reason value from this screen when determining the correct RS 344-345 output for Michigan filings. The Adjustment Reason Description of 00 was updated from “Original submission” to “Original submission of a record that does not include out of state wages.”

 

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_12151.


Texas SUTA Electronic Filing: TxUS ICESA File Layout
2026.3

Texas is transitioning to the TxUS unemployment insurance system, and Costpoint now supports generating the Texas wage report file using the new TxUS ICESA specifications. This enhancement helps you prepare Texas quarterly SUTA electronic filings that align with the updated TxUS layout while still supporting the existing ICESA format during the transition.

For Texas processing, Costpoint adds the TxUS ICESA file layout option and keeps ICESA as the default so you can continue filing during the transition period.

Note: The Texas Workforce Commission specifications are subject to change, and clients may still use the old format for Q1 2026 reporting depending on TxUS rollout timing.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

On the Manage SUTA Tax File Data screen, you maintain Texas SUTA setup values used to generate ICESA output files, including transmitter contact details. When you select TX (Texas) as the SUTA State, the screen enables the E-mail field so you can provide the submitter email address used by the TxUS ICESA output file.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

On this screen, you generate the quarterly SUTA tax file for Texas and choose the file layout used for ICESA output. The following are the updates for Texas processing:

  • When SUTA State is TX, the screen enables File Layout field and adds the TxUS ICESA option so you can select either the existing ICESA layout or the TxUS ICESA layout for Texas filing. The File Layout is set to ICESA by default. Cumulative out-of-state taxable wages functionality was added.

  • When you set File Layout to TxUS ICESA, Costpoint generates the quarterly SUTA tax file using the TxUS ICESA specifications for Texas.

  • Costpoint enables the Amended checkbox so you can generate an amendment file for Texas.

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

The Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data screen provides the following updates:

  • Texas adjustment reason codes were added to the S_SUTA_ADJ_RSN_CD table so you can select valid Texas amendment reasons for TxUS ICESA filing.

  • The screen now validates that when Adjustment Reason Code is 12, you must specify Incorrect SSN Reported.

  • The screen limits the Adjustment Explanation field to District of ColumbiaMarylandNorth Carolina, and South Carolina. The screen validates and enables the Adjustment Explanation field only when Adjustment SUTA State is DCMDNC, or SC and Adjustment Reason Code is 10.


Utah 2026 Tax Table Update
2026.3

Utah updated the Withholding Tax Guide, which introduced the following changes for payroll periods beginning on or after June 1, 2026:

  • The tax rate decreased from 4.5% to 4.45%.

  • The base allowance used in the formulas increased to $485 for single employees or $970 for married employees, up from $450 or $900.

  • The amounts subtracted from wages in the formulas increased to $9,348 for single employees or $18,696 for married employees, up from $9,107 or $18,213.

Attention: For more information refer to:

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)


Vermont Q2 2026 SUTA Electronic Filing
2026.3

This enhancement updates Vermont Quarterly SUTA electronic filing to align with the state’s current ICESA file layout requirements for the modernized UI system. It updates Vermont-specific processing on the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File and Manage SUTA Tax File Data screens so you can generate files that match the revised state format and reporting rules. The update also changes how Vermont employer account numbers, total hours worked, business status indicators, and other file elements are reported.

For Vermont, some controls are now unavailable because the state no longer requires or accepts those values in the same way. This enhancement applies only when the filing state is Vermont.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The Manage SUTA Tax File Data screen now applies Vermont-specific behavior for fields that are no longer used in the updated Vermont ICESA file layout. When you select VT (Vermont) as the filing state, the screen:

  • Disables the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT controls.

  • No longer validates Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT as numeric.

  • No longer reports the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT value in the Vermont Code A Authorization Code field.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen now includes Vermont-specific updates that support the revised ICESA file layout and reporting requirements. When you select VT (Vermont) as the filing state, the screen:

  • Sets the default value of the Computer Manufacturer field to DELTEK.

  • Enables the Amended checkbox.

  • Updates the Business Status (Vermont) drop-down list under Other Filing Info with Vermont-specific filing options.

  • Uses the latest Vermont file layout which includes the following updates:

  • Code A 141-153 Original or Amended: Added field and source is the Amended checkbox

  • Code A 208-213 Authorization Code: No longer report the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT fields

  • Code A 243-250 File Creation Date: Renamed field name

  • Code E 173-179 VT Employer Account Number: Must be right -justified and zero-filled

  • Code S 155-161 VT Employer Account Number: Must be right -justified and zero-filled

  • Code S 235-238 Total Hours Worked: Now applies to all employees (previously hourly employees only)

  • Code S 239-244 Filler: No longer report the hourly wage, must be zero-filled

  • Code T 2-8 Total Number of Employees: Corrected data type to numeric

  • Code C 2-18 VT Employer Account Number: Must be right-justified and zero-filled

  • Code C 243-250 Unemployment Contribution Amount Due: Renamed field name

  • Code C 112 Employer no longer has employees/Discontinued operations in Vermont: Renamed field name, updated source

  • Code C 113 Out of Business: Renamed field name, updated source

  • Code C 114 Employer change in address or name: Renamed field name, updated source

  • Code C 115 Employer change in payroll service provider: Renamed field name, updated source


West Virginia 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.3

West Virginia reduces personal income tax rates for the 2026 tax year effective January 1, 2026, retroactively. The percentage method withholding tables have been updated, reducing the tax rates from a range of 2.22% - 4.82% to 2.11% - 4.58%.

To support the state tax updates, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, see:



2026 SUTA Wage Base
2026.2

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2026, on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2026.

 

Alaska

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $51,700 to $54,200.

 

Hawaii

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $62,000 to $64,500.

 

Idaho

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $55,300 to $58,300.

 

Kentucky

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $11,700 to $12,000.

 

Louisiana

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $7,700 to $7,000.

 

Minnesota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $43,000 to $44,000.

 

Montana

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $45,100 to $47,300.

 

New Mexico

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $33,200 to $34,800.

 

New York

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $12,800 to $17,600.

 

North Carolina

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $32,600 to $34,200.

 

North Dakota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $45,100 to $46,600.

 

Oklahoma

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $28,200 to $25,000.

 

Rhode Island

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $29,800 to $30,800.

 

Utah

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $48,900 to $50,700.

 

Virgin Islands

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $31,100 to $32,100.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11958_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11963_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11966_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11976_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11978_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11992_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Arkansas 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Arkansas released the Withholding Tax Formula Method effective January 1, 2026. The changes include:

  • The standard deduction used in the formula increased from $2,410 to $2,470.

  • The tax brackets for the percentage method have been adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.dfa.arkansas.gov/wp-content/uploads/whformula_2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


California Emergency Contact Opt-In for Arrest/Detention Notifications
2026.2

California regulations require employers to let employees indicate whether their emergency contacts should be notified if the employee is arrested or detained during work hours. This enhancement adds an opt-in/opt-out choice for each emergency contact so you can record that preference and support compliance.

Access to this information follows your existing security and privacy controls. For example, only administrators should have access to the Manage Employee Information screen and the View Employee Information screen, while employees should have access to their own data on the Emergency Contacts screen and the Life Events/New Hires screen. Managers should have access to their direct/indirect reports’ data on the Emergency Contacts screen.

The new checkboxes default to unchecked for new entries, and existing records default to “N” upon conversion.

Attention: For more information on California regulations, see:

 

Manage Employee Information (LDMEINFO)

The Address/Contact tab now includes Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained and Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes so you can select the preference for each of the employee’s contact. The new checkboxes default to unchecked when you enter a new record.

Field

Description

Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained

Select the checkbox if the primary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained

Select the checkbox if the secondary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

 

View Employee Information (PRQEINFO)

The Address/Contact tab now displays Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained and Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes so you can view the employee’s preference for each contact. The new checkboxes display as disabled checkboxes when you query an employee record.

Field

Description

Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained

If selected, this checkbox indicates that the primary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained

If selected, this checkbox indicates that the secondary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

 

Emergency Contacts (ESMEMERCON)

You can specify whether each emergency contact should be notified if you are arrested or detained during work hours. Emergency contacts now include Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes for the primary and secondary contact so you can select a notification preference for each contact.

Field

Description

Primary Contact - Notify if arrested or detained

Select the checkbox if the primary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

Secondary Contact - Notify if arrested or detained

Select the checkbox if the secondary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

Note: The updates on the Emergency Contacts screen also apply to the Emergency Contacts tab on the Life Events/New Hires (ESMLIFEEVENT) screen.

 

Emergency Contacts (HTMEMERGENCYCONTACT)

Managers can record and review whether each emergency contact should be notified if an employee is arrested or detained during work hours, based on your organization’s access rights. Emergency contacts now include Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes so you can select a preference for each of the employee’s contact.

Field

Description

Contact 1 - Notify if arrested or detained

Select the checkbox if the primary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

Contact 2 - Notify if arrested or detained

Select the checkbox if the secondary contact should be notified if the employee is either arrested or detained while at work.

 

Manage Change Requests (HTMCHANGES)

You can review emergency contact change requests for the arrest/detention notification preferences. The screen now displays proposed updates to the Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained and Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes in Field 7 and 11.

 

Activate Pending Change Requests (HTPCHANGES)

You can activate pending emergency contact preference updates submitted through change requests. The activation process now supports updating the Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained and Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes from the change request table.

 

Manage Employee Import User-Defined Format (AOMSUEBP)

The import format now supports including the Contact 1 Notify if arrested or detained and Contact 2 Notify if arrested or detained checkboxes in the import process. To support this functionality, the new fields were added to the file layout for Record 5.

 

Import Employee Data (AOPUTLEL)

You can import the new emergency contact preference values along with other employee information. The following new fields on the EMPL table have been added to Record 5 for both fixed length and comma-separated file layouts:

  • CONT_NOTIFY_1_FL

  • CONT_NOTIFY_2_FL

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report screen now provides information for the new emergency contact preference fields. The data dictionary output now includes the new fields added to the Employee (EMPL) and Employee Info Audit (EMPL_ADT) tables.

  • CONT_NOTIFY_1_FL

  • CONT_NOTIFY_2_FL


California Paid Sick Leave: Apply Cap on Annual Used Leave
2026.2

Costpoint now supports the following California Paid Sick Leave accrual and used paid sick leave policies:

  • Up-Front Policy

  • For new hires, 24 hours or 3 days are available for use by the 120th calendar day of employment and 40 hours or 5 days must be available for use by the 200th calendar day of employment.

  • For existing employees, 40 hours or five days of paid sick leave per year and the full amount of this leave is made available for the employee’s use from the beginning of each year of employment, calendar year, or 12-month period.

  • You may limit each employee to use only 40 hours or 5 days of paid sick leave within a 12-month period.

  • You can zero-out the employee’s paid sick leave balance at the end of the 12-month period.

  • The 12-month period may be based on the employee’s hire date, the leave year, or a date you specify.

  • Accrual Policy

  • Employees will each earn 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours worked.

  • Each employee may accrue up to 80 hours or 10 days in a 12-month period. Once this limit is reached, no additional hours will be accrued for the rest of the 12-month period.

  • You may limit each employee to use only 40 hours or 5 days of paid sick leave within a 12-month period (note that the employee may accrue up to 80 hours or 10 days and carry a balance up to 80 hours or 10 days, but only use 40 hours or 5 days).

  • You may limit the paid sick leave carryover balance to 80 hours or 10 days at the end of the 12-month period.

  • The 12-month period may be based on the employee’s hire date, the leave year, or a date you specify.

You can now cap how much paid sick leave an employee can use within a 12-month period (leave year or anniversary year), even when the employee’s available balance is higher. This helps you comply with California paid sick leave rules that allow employees to accrue more than the annual usage cap while still limiting annual usage.

Users who already have access to leave setup, leave processing, and timesheet screens can configure and enforce these caps through new used-leave setup options and validations. If you use accrual schedules other than the 1:30 schedule (one hour of paid sick leave for each 30 hours of work), Costpoint does not automatically adjust accruals to meet California’s 120/200-day minimums; you must enter a manual adjustment and post it. Also, timesheet validations only apply used-leave limits when the leave type is configured to limit annual usage.

Attention: For more information on California Paid Sick Leave, see:

 

Manage Leave Types (LDMLVTP)

You can now define whether and how Costpoint limits annual used leave for a leave type.

  • You can configure whether the leave type applies an annual usage limit and how Costpoint measures that limit (leave year or anniversary year).

  • You can control anniversary-year timing behavior used when applying annual used leave limits.

  • Costpoint validates mismatched setup between accrual limits and used leave limits to help prevent inconsistent configurations.

  • The screen provides a new Used Leave group box where you can establish the rules for applying an annual limit to the leave an employee can use/charge on their timesheets. The settings in this group box can be used to do either or both of the following:

  • Limit the leave an employee can use/charge in the leave year.

  • Limit the leave an employee can use/charge in their anniversary year.

  • If you are limiting leave based on anniversary year, these settings allow you to specify how the anniversary year dates should be derived should the year end on the employee’s anniversary date or start on the anniversary date.

The new fields are:

Field

Description

Used Leave Limitation Method

Use this setting if you need to limit the leave an employee can use in a year, regardless of their balance. For example, California Paid Sick Leave regulations state that an employee may accrue more than 40 hours or 5 days of paid sick leave, but the law allows employers to limit an employee’s use of paid sick leave to 40 hours or 5 days during a year.

Valid options are:

  • Limit an employee’s annual usage: Select this option to limit the leave an employee can use in a year. A validation will prevent users from using/charging more leave than the specified Annual Limit on Used Leave. The Annual Limit on Used Leave is established on the Manage Leave Codes screen and can vary based on an employee’s months of service.

  • No annual limit on used leave: Select this method if there is no limit on how much leave an employee can charge/use in a year.

Annual Used Leave Limit Basis

If you are limiting an employee’s used leave for the year, use these options to specify whether the Annual Limit on Used Leave (specified in Manage Leave Codes) should be applied to the leave year dates assigned to the employee’s leave cycle or the employee’s anniversary year. Valid options are:

  • Limit used leave per leave year: Select this option to cap the total leave an employee can take within the current leave year. The leave year dates are defined on the Manage Leave Periods screen, and the leave year linked to the open leave period is regarded as the current leave year. When entering or importing a timesheet, an error message will display if the used leave exceeds the employee’s annual limit. This limit, known as the Annual Limit on Used Leave, is set on the Manage Leave Codes screen and depends on the employee’s months of service.

  • Limit used leave per anniversary year: Choose this option to restrict the total leave an employee can take during their anniversary year. The dates for an employee’s anniversary year are determined by their Current Hire Date and the Anniversary Year Timing assigned to the leave type. If a Leave Hire Date is specified for the employee/leave type combination on the Manage Employee Leave screen, that date will override the Current Hire Date. When applying the annual limit to the employee’s anniversary year, an Anniversary Year Timing method must be selected and will be implemented as follows:

  • If the Anniversary Year Timing is set to Ends on anniversary date, the anniversary year will begin on the day following the employee’s anniversary date and will conclude on their next anniversary date.

  • If the Anniversary Year Timing is set to Starts on anniversary date, the anniversary year will begin on the employee’s anniversary or hire date and will conclude on the day before their next anniversary date.

  • Not Applicable: This method will automatically be selected if the Used Leave Limitation Method is No annual limit on used leave.

Anniversary Year Timing

This setting is required if you are limiting the leave an employee can use during their anniversary year (Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year). Use this setting to specify whether the employee’s anniversary year starts or ends in the period containing their anniversary date. Valid options are:

  • Ends on anniversary date: Select this option if the employee’s anniversary year will end on their anniversary date. The start date for that year will be the day that followed their prior anniversary date or hire date. For example, if the employee’s Hire Date is 07/12/2019 and the current open leave period is 05/01/2026 to 05/15/2026, the employee’s current anniversary year dates would be 07/13/2025 to 07/12/2026.

  • Starts on anniversary date: Select this option if the employee’s anniversary year will start on their anniversary date or hire date. The end date for that year will be the day before their next anniversary date. For example, if the employee’s Hire Date is 07/12/2019 and the current open leave period is 05/01/2026 to 05/15/2026, the employee’s current anniversary year dates would be 07/12/2025 to 07/11/2026.

  • Not Applicable: This method will automatically be selected if the Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is not based on the employee’s anniversary year.

 

Manage Leave Codes (LDMLVTAB)

You can now enter the annual used leave limits by months of service and configure new compute methods that support California Paid Sick Leave requirements. The changes are:

  • The screen supports new compute methods that help model California up-front rules, including accruals based on days of employment and annual accrual in the first period:

  • DE1-Leave period including Days of Employment: This method provides the employee with a lump sum accrual in the leave period which includes the specified Days of Employment. If you select this option, you must enter at least one record on the Days of Employment Computation Schedule subtask.

  • DE2-Leave period prior to Days of Employment: Using this method, employees will accrue hours in the leave period before the one that includes the specified days of employment. This method is beneficial when compliance with a law requires a certain number of hours be available to the employee by a specific number of days of employment. If you select this option, you must enter at least one record on the Days of Employment Computation Schedule subtask.

  • FRSTPD-Annually in first period: This method provides employees with a lump sum accrual at the start of each year. If you select this option, you must use the Annual Accrual Limit Basis setting on the Manage Leave Types screen for the corresponding leave type to specify whether the year is based on the Leave Cycle’s open leave year or the employee’s anniversary year.

  • Screen labels were updated.

  • A new Used Leave Limits subtask allows you to maintain annual used leave limits by months of service when annual usage limits apply. The subtask contains the following fields:

Field

Description

Months of Service

Enter the number of months of completed service for which the used leave limit rule applies. This column determines which line of the table will be used to determine the limit amount. After an employee completes the designated months of service, the employee’s used leave for the leave year or anniversary year will be limited by the specified Annual Limit on Used Leave when timesheets are entered or imported

An employee’s months of service is based on the Leave Hire Date if it’s assigned to the employee and leave type on the Manage Employee Leave screen. It is also based on the Months of Service Calculation method selected on the Configure Leave Settings screen.

If the method is Leave Period Start Date and the employee completed the designated months of service on or before the open leave period start date, then the corresponding accrual rate and ceiling amounts will be applied. If the method is Leave Period End Date and the employee completes the designated months of service on or before the open leave period end date, then the corresponding accrual rate and ceiling amounts will be applied.

For example, if you enter 12 in this field, the employee accrues the leave rate after completing 12 months of service. The table below shows the possible period when the new accrual rate takes effect.

Hire Date

Method

12 Months

Leave Period in which employee completes designated months of service

02/01/17

Start

02/01/18

02/01/18 – 02/14/18

02/10/17

Start

02/10/18

02/15/18 – 02/28/18

02/01/17

End

02/01/18

02/01/18 – 02/14/18

02/10/17

End

02/10/18

02/01/18 – 02/14/18

Note: Costpoint uses calendar months when determining time periods that are fractions of a year (for example, 1/31/00 to 2/28/00 = 1 month, as does 01/28/00 to 02/28/00, 02/28/00 to 03/31/00 = 1 month, and so on). This does not apply to the deferral of leave because days, rather than months, are entered in the Days to Defer Leave Usage field.

When you select Leave Period Start Date in the Months of Service Calculation group box on the Configure Leave Settings screen, the start dates for semi-monthly payroll periods are the 1st and the 16th of the month.

If a leave hire date is assigned to the employee and leave type on the Manage Employee Leave screen, then months of service is based on the specified leave hire date. Otherwise, if no leave hire date is specified, the months of service is based on the employee’s current hire date from the Manage Employee Information screen.

Annual Limit on Used Leave

If the leave type is tracked by hours and is set up to apply a limit to the leave an employee may use in a year, use this field to specify the maximum number of hours an employee may use. The timesheet entry and import applications will impose a limit on the annual used leave. If leave is tracked by amount, enter the maximum amount an employee may charge in a year.

Rules for used leave limitations can be set up on the Manage Leave Types screen.

  • A new Days of Employment Computation Schedule subtask becomes available for day-based compute methods (DE1 and DE2) and stores the schedule rows used by those methods.

Field

Description

Months of Service

This column displays the Months of Service from the parent Leave Computation Settings record.

Days of Employment

Use this field to specify the days of employment that will trigger the specified accrual.

Table 1 Example:

Months of Service

Compute Method

Days of Employment

Accrual Rate

0

DE1-Leave period including Days of Employment

45

20.0000

With this setup, employees will get 20.00 hours of accrual in the leave period that includes the employee’s 45th day of employment.

This field will only be enabled if the Compute Method is DE1-Leave period including Days of Employment or DE2- Leave period prior to Days of Employment.

Accrual Rate

Enter the accrual rate for the specified compute method. Enter the value in hours if the leave type is tracked by hours. Otherwise, enter the value as an amount if the leave type is tracked by amount. This field is only needed for the following compute methods:

  • If the Compute Method is DE1-Leave period including Days of Employment, the Compute Leave Accruals process will grant the accrual rate to the assigned employees in the leave period which includes the specified days of employment. For example, if the employee’s Current Hire Date is 08/11/2024 and the Days of Employment is 90, the employee will receive the accrual in the leave period which includes 11/08/2024, which is 90 days following the employee’s hire date.

  • If the Compute Method is DE2- Leave period prior to Days of Employment, the Compute Leave Accruals process will grant the accrual rate to the assigned employees in the leave period prior to the period which includes the specified days of employment. For example, if the employee’s Current Hire Date is 08/11/2024, the Days of Employment is 90, and the leave cycle is Semi-Monthly, the employee will receive the accrual in the 10/16/2024 – 10/31/2024 leave period which precedes the period that includes 11/08/2024, which is 90 days following the employee’s hire date.

Notes

This free-form field allows you to enter notes relating to the accrual.

 

Manage Employee Leave (LDMELV)

The Manage Employee Leave screen now allows you to view anniversary-year used leave details when the leave type uses anniversary-year annual usage limits. The changes are:

  • The screen displays anniversary-year used leave information for employees when the leave type limits annual used leave by anniversary year.

  • The screen calculates and populates the anniversary-year used leave values dynamically based on employee and leave selections.

  • The anniversary-year used leave values are display-only and are not stored in the database.

To support these new features, the following fields were added:

Field

Description

Annual used limit is based on anniversary year

This will be a display-only checkbox that will indicate if the leave type’s annual used leave limit is applied to the employee’s anniversary year. If this checkbox is selected, the user should expect to see the employee’s Anniversary Year Accrual dates and total displayed on the screen.

Anniversary Year Used Leave Group Box

If the leave type is configured to impose a limit on the anniversary year used leave, this section will show the anniversary dates for the employee/leave type combination and the total used leave from the anniversary start date to the open leave period. If the leave type is configured to impose a limit on the annual used leave during the leave year, rather than the anniversary year, the fields in this group box will not be populated.

Start Date

This field displays the beginning of the employee’s anniversary year. This field will only be populated if the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year on the Manage Leave Types screen. The date is determined by the leave type’s configuration on the Manage Leave Types screen:

  • If the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is set to Limit used leave per leave year, the leave type used leave limitation is based on the leave year so this field will not be populated

  • If the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year and the Anniversary Year Timing is Ends on anniversary date, the start date is the day after the employee’s previous anniversary date or hire date.

  • If the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year and the Anniversary Year Timing is Starts on anniversary date, the start date is the employee’s anniversary date or hire date.

If the leave type’s annual used leave limit is based on the employee’s anniversary year, this field updates when you enter the Employee and Leave Type for a new record. If you specify a Leave Hire Date, it will be used to calculate the employee’s anniversary year dates instead of the employee’s Current Hire Date. Since this value is not stored in the database, Costpoint will dynamically use the Employee, Leave Type, and Leave Hire Date values to determine the anniversary year start date when an existing record is queried.

End Date

This field displays the end of the employee’s anniversary year. This field will only be populated if the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year on the Manage Leave Types screen. The date is determined by the leave type’s configuration in Manage Leave Types:

  • If the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is set to Limit used leave per leave year on the Manage Leave Types screen, the leave type used leave limitation is based on the leave year so this field will not be populated.

  • If the Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year and the Anniversary Year Timing is Ends on anniversary date on the Manage Leave Types screen, the end date is the employee’s anniversary date.

  • If the Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year and the Anniversary Year Timing is Starts on anniversary date on the Manage Leave Types screen, the end date is the day before the employee’s next anniversary date.

If the leave type’s annual used leave limit is based on the employee’s anniversary year, this field updates when you enter the Employee and Leave Type for a new record. If you specify a Leave Hire Date, it will be used to calculate the employee’s anniversary year dates instead of the employee’s Current Hire Date. Since this value is not stored in the database, Costpoint will dynamically use the Employee, Leave Type, and Leave Hire Date values to determine the anniversary year end date when an existing record is queried.

Anniversary Year Used

This field displays the employee’s total used leave between the specified anniversary year start and end dates.

If the leave type is tracked by hours, this will be the employee’s total used leave hours from the View Leave History table where the Leave Period End Date falls within the anniversary year, from the anniversary year start date through anniversary year end date. Otherwise, if the leave type is tracked by amount, this will be the employee’s total used leave amount from the View Leave History table where the Leave Period End Date falls within the anniversary year, from the anniversary year start date through the anniversary year end date.

This field will only be populated if the leave type’s Annual Used Leave Limit Basis is Limit used leave per anniversary year on the Manage Leave Types screen. If the leave type’s annual used leave limit is based on the employee’s anniversary year, this field updates when you enter the Employee and Leave Type for a new record. If you specify a Leave Hire Date, it will be used to calculate the employee’s anniversary year dates instead of the Current Hire Date. Since this value is not stored in the database, Costpoint will dynamically use the Employee, Leave Type, and Leave Hire Date values to determine the anniversary dates when an existing record is queried, and it will use those dates to determine the employee’s total accrual for the year.

Note: The changes on the Manage Employee Leave screen are also applied to the Leave subtask on the Manage Employee Information screen.

 

Compute Leave Accruals (LDPCLHF)

The Compute Leave Accruals screen now has the ability to calculate employee accrual based on the new leave code compute methods:

  • DE1-Leave period including Days of Employment: With this method, employees will receive the assigned Accrual Rate in the period in which they attain the specified days of employment

  • DE2-Leave period prior to Days of Employment: With this method, employees will receive the assigned Accrual Rate in the period prior to the leave period in which the specified days of employment falls.

  • FRSTPD-Annually in first period: With this method, employees will receive the assigned Accrual Rate in the first period of each year. Users will need to specify whether the accrual should be attained in the first period of the leave year or the first period of the employee’s anniversary year. They will also need to specify whether the anniversary year starts or ends on the employee’s anniversary date.

The Annual Accrual Limit logic was updated to include the annual accrual limits from the new leave code compute methods.

 

Export Data to Deltek Time and Expense (LDPDTC)

The Export Data to Deltek Time and Expense screen now exports annual used leave limit information and the date range used to evaluate year-to-date usage. The updates include the following:

  • The export includes annual used leave limit values and the applicable start/end dates used to determine year-to-date used leave.

  • When no annual used leave limit applies, the exported usage limit and date values default to NULL.

  • The export logic includes performance-related updates to employee leave handling.

 

Manage Timesheets (LDMTIME)

The Manage Timesheets screen now validates used leave charges against annual used leave limits when the leave type is configured to apply annual usage limits. The screen applies the used leave ceiling only when the leave type is set up to limit annual usage. If the leave type is not configured to limit annual usage, the screen ignores used leave limit setup on related leave code configuration.

Note: The updates on the Manage Timesheets screen for this feature also apply to the Manage Correcting Timesheets screen.

 

Import Timesheets from Deltek Time and Expense (LDPUPET)

The Import Timesheets from Deltek Time and Expense screen now validates imported used leave charges against annual used leave limits when annual usage limits apply. The import logic recognizes used-leave ceilings and triggers errors when imported charges exceed the annual used leave limit and the leave type is configured to limit annual usage.

 

Import Timesheets (AOPUTLTS)

The Import Timesheets screen now validates imported used leave charges against annual used leave limits when annual usage limits apply. The import logic recognizes used-leave ceilings and triggers errors when imported charges exceed the annual used leave limit and the leave type is configured to limit annual usage.


Guam 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

The tax tables of Guam were updated to align with the 2026 federal percentage method tables.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11992_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Hawaii 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Hawaii published the latest Employer’s Tax Guide for tax withholding starting January 1, 2026. The extra lump sum withholding allowance amount increased from $1,650 to $4,350.

Attention: For more information, see: https://files.hawaii.gov/tax/news/pubs/25BkltA.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


Illinois 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Illinois released the 2026 Withholding Tax Tables. The value of a state allowance increases from $2,850 to $2,925.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.illinois.gov/content/dam/soi/en/web/tax/forms/withholding/documents/currentyear/il-700-t.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11988_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Indiana 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Indiana’s state income tax rate decreases from 3.00% to 2.95%.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


Louisiana 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Louisiana released the 2026 tax withholding tables. The following are the updates:

  • The standard deductions for Single or Married-Separate filing statuses increased from $12,500 to $12,875.

  • The standard deductions for Married-Joint, Qualified Surviving Spouse, or Head of Household filing statuses increased from $25,000 to $25,750.

Attention: For more information, see: https://doa.louisiana.gov/media/0uafjmat/2601emr014.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11988_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Maryland Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Maryland released the latest income tax rates and brackets. The changes are:

  • Two Maryland counties adjusted their income tax rates for 2026:

  • Allegany County, from 3.03% to 3.20%

  • Kent County, from 3.20%. to 3.30%

  • The standard deduction increases from $3,350 to $3,400.

 

Percentage Method

Each local income tax percentage rate in the calculation associated with a jurisdiction listed at the right either matches or closely approximates the listed local tax rate for that jurisdiction, without going below the actual tax rate.

To find the proper calculation, click on the jurisdiction where the employee lives.

For lump sum distribution or annual bonus, select the jurisdiction and use the rate listed at the bottom of that page.

For employees who are not residents of Maryland, use the Nonresident link which does not include local tax. However, the calculation provides for the special nonresident tax, which is calculated using the lowest local tax rate in effect for the tax year.

For employees who are residents of Maryland, but are working in Delaware or other nonreciprocal states, use the link labeled Delaware. The calculation for the Delaware link includes the local tax and credit for income taxes paid to another state.

Local Tax Area

2025 Tax Year

2026 Tax Year

Allegany County

.0303 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Anne Arundel County

.0270 (PDF) (I)
.0294 (PDF) (I)
.0320 (PDF) (I)

.0270 (PDF) (III)
.0294 (PDF) (III)
.0320 (PDF) (III)

Baltimore City

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Baltimore County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Calvert County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Caroline County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Carroll County

.0303 (PDF)

.0303 (PDF)

Cecil County

.0274 (PDF)

.0274 (PDF)

Charles County

.0303 (PDF)

.0303 (PDF)

Dorchester County

.0330 (PDF)

.0330 (PDF)

Frederick County

.0225 (PDF) (II)
.0275 (PDF) (II)
.0296 (PDF) (II)
.0320 (PDF) (II)

.0225 (PDF) (IV)
.0275 (PDF) (IV)
.0296 (PDF) (IV)
.0320 (PDF) (IV)

Garrett County

.0265 (PDF)

.0265 (PDF)

Harford County

.0306 (PDF)

.0306 (PDF)

Howard County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Kent County

.0320 (PDF)

.0330 (PDF)

Montgomery County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Prince George's County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Queen Anne's County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

St. Mary's County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Somerset County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Talbot County

.0240 (PDF)

.0240 (PDF)

Washington County

.0295 (PDF)

.0295 (PDF)

Wicomico County

.0320 (PDF)

.0320 (PDF) 

Worcester County

.0225 (PDF)

.0225 (PDF)

Nonresidents

.0225 (PDF)

.0225 (PDF)

Delaware (PDF)

 

 

Attention: For more information, see: Maryland Income Tax Rates and Brackets.

 

This enhancement requires:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe

  • cp82_dbc_820_12021_001.zip


Massachusetts 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Massachusetts provided the draft of Circular M (Income Tax Withholding Tables at 5.0% Effective January 1, 2026. Percentage Method Tables updated to include 4% Surtax.) The inflation-adjusted threshold for the surtax increased from $1,083,150 to $1,107,750.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.mass.gov/doc/draft-massachusetts-circular-m-income-tax-withholding-tables-at-50-effective-january-1-2026/download.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11988_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Michigan 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Michigan released the latest Income Tax Withholding Guide. The value of a state allowance increases from $5,800 to $5,900.

Attention: For more information, see: 2026 Michigan Income Tax Withholding Guide.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11988_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Minnesota 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Minnesota released the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Instruction Booklet and Tax Tables effective January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,200 to $5,300.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.revenue.state.mn.us/sites/default/files/2025-12/wh-inst-26.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11978.


Mississippi 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Mississippi released the Computer Payroll Accounting – For Periods in 2026. The withholding tax rate has decreased from 4.4% to 4.0%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.dor.ms.gov/sites/default/files/business/Computer%20Payroll%20Flowchart%20-%20updated%208-13-25.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11988_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Missouri 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Missouri released the 2026 withholding tax formula with the following changes:

  • The state’s standard deductions have increased for all filing statuses.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.mo.gov/forms/Withholding%20Formula_2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11958.


Montana 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Montana released the latest withholding tax tables with the following updates:

  • The top marginal rate reduced from 5.9% to 5.65%.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted for all filing statuses.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenuefiles.mt.gov/files/Forms/Montana_Employer_and_Information_Agent_Guide_with_Tax_Tables.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


Nebraska 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Nebraska published the latest Nebraska Income Tax Withholding on Wages, Pensions and Annuities, and Gambling Winnings Paid on or after January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The annual state allowance increased from $2,360 to $2,440.

  • The tax brackets have been adjusted with tax rate range of zero to 4.60%, instead of the previous range of zero to 5.37%.

  • The flat supplemental tax rate decreased from 5% to 3.5%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/doc/business/Cir_En_2025/2026cir_en_whole.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


New Deduction/Contribution Type for New York Paid Family and Medical Leave Reporting
2026.2

This enhancement adds a new system deduction type for New York Paid Family and Medical Leave (NYPFML) so you can track and report these amounts separately from other deductions, especially for W-2 Box 14 and third-party payroll processors such as ADP. By using a distinct deduction type, you can clearly identify New York PFML deductions and contributions without sharing the MISC deduction type with unrelated items, which reduces mapping errors and improves reporting accuracy.

 

Manage Deductions (PRMDED)

You can now select the dedicated deduction type for New York, NYPFML (New York Paid Fam & Med Lv) from the Deduction Type field lookup on the Manage Deductions screen.

When you select NYPFML from the Deduction Type field, the Contributions checkbox on the deduction record is enabled which allows you to track employer contributions.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11989_001.zip

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


New Mexico 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

New Mexico published the withholding tax and tax tables for the percentage method of withholding effective January 1, 2026. The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.newmexico.gov/all-nm-taxes/current-historic-tax-rates-overview/withholding-tax-rates/.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11942.


North Carolina 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

North Carolina released the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Tables and Instructions for Employers. The changes are:

  • The withholding tax rate decreased from 4.35% to 4.09%.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 4.35% to 4.09%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.ncdor.gov/income-tax-withholding-tables-and-instructions-employers/open.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11976.


North Dakota 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

North Dakota released the Income Tax Withholding Rates and Instructions for wages paid in 2026. The tax brackets for the percentage method have been adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.nd.gov/sites/www/files/documents/forms/individual/2026-iit/2026-income-tax-withholding-rates-booklet.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11992_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Ohio Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Ohio provided the latest employer withholding guidelines for 2026. The supplemental tax rate decreased from 3.5% to 2.75%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.ohio.gov/business/employer-withholding.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe

  • patch dbc_820_12021


Oregon 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Oregon released the latest Withholding Tax Formulas effective January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The federal tax adjustment amount increased from $8,500 to $8,750 for an employee with annual wages up to $50,000.

  • The federal tax adjustment phase out amounts table for an employee with annual wages $50,000 or greater has changed in 2025.

  • The tax table has changed for an employee with annual wages up to $50,000.

  • The tax table has changed for an employee with annual wages $50,000 or higher.

  • The allowance amount increased from $256 to $263.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $2,835 to $2,910 for an employee filing “Single” with fewer than 3 allowances.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $5,670 to $5,820 for an employee filing “Single” with 3 or more allowances.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $5,670 to $5,820 for an employee filing “Married”.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.oregon.gov/dor/forms/FormsPubs/withholding-tax-formulas_206-436_2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11988_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe


Rhode Island Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Rhode Island released the latest Employer’s Income Tax Withholding Tables. The updates are:

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted for all filing statuses.

  • The annual wage threshold above which the value of an allowance becomes zero increased from $283,250 to $290,800.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.ri.gov/sites/g/files/xkgbur541/files/2025-12/2026%20Withholding%20Tax%20Booklet.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


Vermont 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

Vermont released the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Instructions, Tables, and Charts, effective January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,300 to $5,400 annually.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.vermont.gov/sites/tax/files/documents/GB-1210-2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11978.


Vermont Q1 2026 SUTA Electronic Filing
2026.2

Under Vermont’s new Unemployment Insurance system, ICESA will be the only file format accepted for SUTA quarterly reporting. The 80-byte formats (Format 1 and Format 2) and the SSA format will no longer be supported.

Note: The rollout of the new system does not have a go-live date yet but is being targeted for spring/summer this year.

Costpoint has been updated to support this requirement.

Attention: For more information, see:

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

If you enter VT (Vermont) in the State field, the application applies the following:

  • Enable the following:

  • Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT field

  • Contact Name field

  • Telephone Number field

  • Ext field

  • Employee Count Method drop-down list

  • EnablePay Types Excluded in Hours Worked subtask

  • Display an error if the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT field value is not numeric.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

To support Vermont’s requirements, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen adds a Business Status (Vermont) drop-down field in the Other Filing Info group box:

Field

Description

Business Status (Vermont)

Select the appropriate business status for Vermont.

  • Not applicable

  • No employees/discontinued operations

  • Change in ownership

  • Change in address or name

  • Change in payroll service provider

Not applicable shall be displayed by default.

 

If you enter VT in the State field, the screen enables the following:

  • Computer Manufacturer field

  • File Layout field

  • ICESA option from the File Layout drop-down list

  • Business Status (Vermont) drop-down field

  • Employee Count group box


Virgin Islands 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.2

The tax tables of Virgin Islands were updated to align with the 2026 federal percentage method tables.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2025_002.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11992_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_2025.2.0.5023.exe



2025 FUTA Credit Reductions
2026.1

For 2025, employers in California and U.S. Virgin Islands will be assessed a general FUTA credit reduction on wages paid to employees for work attributed to this state or territory. This Costpoint release adds records on the Manage Federal Taxes screen for the corresponding states:

State

Final 2025 FUTA Credit Reduction

California

1.2%

U.S. Virgin Islands

4.5%

Attention: For more information, see:

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11931.


2026 SUTA Wage Base
2026.1

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2026, on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2026.

 

Alaska

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $51,700 to $54,200.

 

Colorado

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $27,200 to $30,600.

 

Connecticut

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $26,100 to $27,000.

 

Delaware

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $12,500 to $14,500.

 

Hawaii

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $62,000 to $64,500.

 

Idaho

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $55,300 to $58,300.

 

Illinois

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $13,916 to $14,250.

 

Iowa

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $39,500 to $20,400.

 

Kansas

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $14,000 to $15,100.

 

Kentucky

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $11,700 to $12,000.

 

Louisiana

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $7,700 to $7,000.

 

Minnesota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $43,000 to $44,000.

 

Missouri

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $9,500 to $9,000.

 

Montana

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $45,100 to $47,300.

 

Nevada

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $41,800 to $43,700.

 

New Jersey

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $43,300 to $44,800.

 

New Mexico

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 33,200 to $34,800.

 

New York

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $12,800 to $17,600.

 

North Carolina

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $32,600 to $34,200.

 

North Dakota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $45,100 to $46,600.

 

Oklahoma

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $28,200 to $25,000.

 

Oregon

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $54,300 to $56,700.

 

Rhode Island

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 29,800 to $30,800.

 

Utah

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $48,900 to $50,700.

 

Vermont

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $14,800 to $15,400.

 

Washington

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $72,800 to $78,200.

 

Wyoming

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $32,400 to $33,800.

 

This enhancement requires the following patches:

  • dbc_820_11856

  • dbc_820_11913

  • dbc_820_11908

  • dbc_820_11934

  • dbc_820_11942

  • dbc_820_11958

  • dbc_820_11963

  • dbc_820_11976

  • dbc_820_11978


Arkansas 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Arkansas released the Withholding Tax Formula Method effective January 1, 2026. The changes include:

  • The standard deduction used in the formula increased from $2,410 to $2,470.

  • The tax brackets for the percentage method have been adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.dfa.arkansas.gov/wp-content/uploads/whformula_2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


California 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

California provided the following tax updates effective January 1, 2026:

  • The annual low-income exemption threshold increased to $18,896 or $37,791, up from $18,368 or $36,736, depending on the employee’s filing status and, for married employees, the number of allowances claimed.

  • The annual standard deduction increased to $5,706 or $11,412, up from $5,540 or $11,080, depending on the employee’s filing status and, for married employees, the number of allowances claimed.

  • The value of a state allowance increased to $168.30 annually, up from $163.90.

  • The tax brackets in Method B were adjusted.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11942.


Colorado 2026 Tax Table Update
2026.1

Colorado released the 2026 Withholding Worksheet for Employees. The 2026 Colorado tax table update increases deduction amounts and adds guidance for payroll calculation.

  • The standard deduction amount for Married filing jointly or Qualifying surviving spouse increased from $10,000 to $11,000.

  • The standard deduction amount for all other filing statuses increased from $5,000 to $5,500.

  • The following guidance was added: “Do not adjust Colorado withholding outside of this calculation. An employee must use form DR 0004 if they want to account for federal deductions because they may have limits and required addbacks.”

  • Overtime pay is now part of taxable wages.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.colorado.gov/sites/tax/files/documents/DR_1098_Colorado_Withholding_Worksheet_for_Employees.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11924.


Hawaii 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Hawaii published the latest Employer’s Tax Guide for tax withholding starting January 1, 2026. The extra lump sum withholding allowance amount increased from $1,650 to $4,350.

Attention: For more information, see: https://files.hawaii.gov/tax/news/pubs/25BkltA.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


Indiana 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Indiana’s state income tax rate decreased from 3.00% to 2.95%.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11966.


Iowa Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Iowa released the withholding tables and withholding formula for wages paid beginning January 1, 2026. The deduction amounts have increased across all filing statuses.

Attention: For more information, see: Iowa Withholding Tax Information | Department of Revenue.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11934.


Kentucky Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Kentucky published the 2026 Withholding Tax Formula with the following updates:

  • The standard deduction increased from $3,270 to $3,360.

  • The flat income tax rate decreased from 4% to 3.5%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.ky.gov/Forms/2026%20Withholding%20Formula.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11908.


Maine 2025 W-2 Electronic Filing (Maine-Specific RT Record)
2026.1

Maine Revenue Services (MRS) released the electronic W-2 specifications for tax year 2025, which introduces a new Maine-specific RT record. The specification clarifies formatting requirements for record totals and monetary fields. The filing due date for submitting Forms W-2 for tax year 2025 is February 2, 2026.

This enhancement updates Costpoint’s state W-2 file to comply with these changes to ensure accurate reporting for Maine employees.

 

Create State W-2 File (PRPW2S)

Costpoint now includes a Maine-specific RT record, aligning your electronic file with the 2025 specification.

The Maine-specific RT record now includes the following fields. Each of these fields is right-justified and zero-filled according to the draft specification.

  • Number of Employees

  • State Taxable Wages

  • State Income Tax Withheld


Maine 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Maine Revenue Services provides the latest of Withholding Tables for Individual Income Tax. Costpoint updated all Maine state tax tables to reflect the latest state-mandated values effective January 1, 2026. This includes the following changes:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,150 to $5,300.

  • The maximum standard deduction increased from $12,150 to $12,450 for single employees and from $27,150 to $27,750 for married employees.

  • The standard deduction decreases according to a formula for single employees who earn more than $102,250 annually, up from $100,000, or for married employees who earn more than $204,550 annually, up from $200,050.

  • The deduction reaches zero when a single employee earns at least $177,250 annually, up from $175,000, or when a married employee earns at least $354,550 annually, up from $350,050.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.maine.gov/revenue/sites/maine.gov.revenue/files/inline-files/26_wh_tab_instr.pdf.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11908.


Michigan 2025 SUTA EFW2 File Format Update
2026.1

Costpoint now supports the EFW2 file format for Michigan State Unemployment Tax Act (SUTA) quarterly wage reporting, aligning with the Michigan Unemployment Insurance Agency’s (UIA) transition to the MiUI system. This enhancement enables you to generate and submit quarterly wage reports in the EFW2 format, which is required for all filings beginning December 15, 2025.

The EFW2 file format is available by default when you set the State to MI (Michigan), and no additional setup is required beyond standard SUTA configuration. During the transition period (Q4 2025–Q1 2026), both the legacy 72-byte Wage Report File Format and the new EFW2 format are available. The legacy format will be removed in a future release once it is no longer accepted by the state.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen now enables you to generate Michigan SUTA quarterly wage reports in the EFW2 file format, ensuring compliance with new MiUI requirements and supporting a smooth transition from the legacy 72-byte format.

  • The EFW2 file layout option has been added to the File Layout drop-down list when the State is set to Michigan.

  • The legacy Wage Report File Format (72 byte) remains available during the transition period, so both formats can be used for Q4 2025 and Q1 2026.

  • The following new checkboxes have been added to the screen:

Field

Description

Is this a final return

Select this checkbox to mark this filing as the final SUTA quarterly report for terminating business. This is applicable to Michigan only.

Active Apportionment Program

Select this checkbox if the business is participating in Michigan’s Apportionment Program for the first quarter. This applies to Q1 filings for Michigan only.

  • A new Other Filing Info group box now holds the following fields:

  • Computer Manufacturer

  • Weeks Worked

  • Include SOC Code/Job Title

  • Is this a final return?

  • Active Apportionment Program

  • New adjustment reason codes for Michigan are now supported in the Adjustment Reason Code field.

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

The Active Apportionment Program new adjustment reason codes for Michigan are now supported in the Adjustment Reason Code field.

Adjustment SUTA State

Adjustment Reason Code

Adjustment Reason Description

MI

0

Original submission

MI

01

Employment and Wages adjusted because of incorrectly reported wages

MI

02

Wages adjusted because worker(s) were mistakenly included/excluded

MI

03

Employment and Wages adjusted to correct computer system, data entry or accounting errors

MI

04

Employment and Wages adjusted because they were reported to the wrong Michigan

MI

05

Employment and Wages adjusted because the workers performed services for a different business

MI

06

Employment details adjusted to reflect correct 12th of the month employment information

MI

07

SSN or name changed

MI

08

Other

MI

09

Employment and wages adjusted as a result of an audit

MI

10

Out of state wages

 

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11876.


Minnesota 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Minnesota released the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Instruction Booklet and Tax Tables effective January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,200 to $5,300.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.revenue.state.mn.us/sites/default/files/2025-12/wh-inst-26.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11978.


Missouri 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Missouri released the 2026 withholding tax formula with the following changes:

  • The state’s standard deductions have increased for all filing statuses.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.mo.gov/forms/Withholding%20Formula_2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11958.


Montana 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Montana released the latest withholding tax tables with the following updates:

  • The top marginal rate reduced from 5.9% to 5.65%.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted for all filing statuses.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenuefiles.mt.gov/files/Forms/Montana_Employer_and_Information_Agent_Guide_with_Tax_Tables.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


New Deduction Type to Track Employer Contributions to Trump Account in Payroll for 2026 Reporting
2026.1

Costpoint introduces a new deduction type, Trump Account, to support tracking and reporting of employer contributions to Trump accounts for 2026 payroll reporting. The Trump account is a new tax-advantaged individual retirement account (IRA) for individuals under 18, with annual contribution limits and specific IRS reporting requirements (Box 12, Code TA on the 2026 Form W-2). This update ensures compliance with anticipated IRS regulations and enables accurate payroll processing and reporting for employer contributions to Trump accounts.

 

Manage Deductions (PRMDED)

A new deduction type, TA (Trump Account), is now available from the Deduction Type field to track employer contributions for 2026 payroll reporting. This change enables payroll administrators to designate deduction codes for Trump account contributions, ensuring compliance with IRS requirements for the 2026 tax year.


New York 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

New York released the withholding tax tables and methods effective January 1, 2026. The annual tax rate tables used in the exact calculation method (Method II) were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.ny.gov/pdf/publications/withholding/nys50_t_nys.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11931.


North Carolina 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

North Carolina released the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Tables and Instructions for Employers. The changes are:

  • The withholding tax rate decreased from 4.35% to 4.09%.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 4.35% to 4.09%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.ncdor.gov/income-tax-withholding-tables-and-instructions-employers/open.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11976.


Ohio 2025 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Ohio published the Employer Withholding Taxes: Optional Computer Formula, effective October 1, 2025. Updates include:

  • The number of withholding brackets has been reduced from six to three.

  • The new tax rates are 1.775%2.99%, and 3.64%, replacing the previous range of 0.501% to 3.8%.

Attention: For more information, see https://dam.assets.ohio.gov/image/upload/tax.ohio.gov/employer_withholding/2025%20Withholding%20Tables/WHT_OptionalComputerFormula_2025.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11860_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Oklahoma 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Oklahoma published the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Tables, effective January 1, 2026. Tax rates in withholding methods now range from zero to 4.5%, instead of zero to 4.75%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://oklahoma.gov/content/dam/ok/en/tax/documents/resources/publications/businesses/withholding-tables/WHTables-2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11942.


Rhode Island Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Rhode Island released the latest Employer’s Income Tax Withholding Tables. The updates are:

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted for all filing statuses.

  • The annual wage threshold above which the value of an allowance becomes zero increased from $283,250 to $290,800.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.ri.gov/sites/g/files/xkgbur541/files/2025-12/2026%20Withholding%20Tax%20Booklet.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11963.


South Carolina 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

South Carolina released the formula for computing the 2026 withholding tax. The updates are:

  • The value of state allowance increased from $4,860 to $5,000.

  • The maximum standard deduction increased from $7,300 to $7,500.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted, with 6.0% as the highest rate, from 6.2%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.sc.gov/sites/dor/files/forms/WH1603F_2026.pdf.

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11924.


Vermont 2026 Tax Table Updates
2026.1

Vermont released the 2026 Income Tax Withholding Instructions, Tables, and Charts, effective January 1, 2026. The changes are:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,300 to $5,400 annually.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.vermont.gov/sites/tax/files/documents/GB-1210-2026.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires patch dbc_820_11978.


Vermont Q1 2026 SUTA Electronic Filing
2026.1

Under Vermont’s new Unemployment Insurance system, ICESA will be the only file format accepted for SUTA quarterly reporting. The 80-byte formats (Format 1 and Format 2) and the SSA format will no longer be supported.

Note: The rollout of the new system does not have a go-live date yet but is being targeted for spring/summer this year.

Costpoint has been updated to support this requirement.

Attention: For more information, see:

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

If you enter VT (Vermont) in the State field, the application applies the following:

  • Enable the following:

  • Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT field

  • Contact Name field

  • Telephone Number field

  • Ext field

  • Employee Count Method drop-down list

  • Enable Pay Types Excluded in Hours Worked subtask

  • Display an error if the Media Transmitter/Auth. No./Suffix Code/EFT field value is not numeric.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

To support Vermont’s requirements, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen adds a Business Status (Vermont) drop-down field in the Other Filing Info group box:

Field

Description

Business Status (Vermont)

Select the appropriate business status for Vermont.

  • Not applicable

  • No employees/discontinued operations

  • Change in ownership

  • Change in address or name

  • Change in payroll service provider

Not applicable shall be displayed by default.

If you enter VT in the State field, the screen enables the following:

  • Computer Manufacturer field

  • File Layout field

  • ICESA option from the File Layout drop-down list

  • Business Status (Vermont) drop-down field

  • Employee Count group box



2026 SUTA Wage Base
2025.4

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2026, on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2026.

 

Colorado

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $27,200 to $30,600.

 

Delaware

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $12,500 to $14,500.

 

Illinois

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $13,916 to $14,250.

 

Iowa

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $39,500 to $20,400.

 

Nevada

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $41,800 to $43,700.

 

New Jersey

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $43,300 to $44,800.

 

New York

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $12,800 to $13,000.

 

Washington

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $72,800 to $78,200.

 

Wyoming

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $32,400 to $33,800.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11856_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


California Pay Data Reporting Race/Ethnicity Category Updates
2025.4

To comply with the latest guidance from the California Civil Rights Department (CRD) and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Costpoint has been updated to support the revised race and ethnicity classifications for the 2024 California Pay Data Reporting cycle.

A new category, Middle Eastern or North African (MENA), has been added to reflect updated federal standards. This category is now recognized separately from the White category

The term “Multiracial and/or Multiethnic” replaces “Two or More Races.” The term “Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander” no longer includes “Other.”

When an employee’s race is recorded as MENA, the California Pay Data – Payroll Employee Report and Labor Contractor Employee Report will now display one of the following codes in the Race/Ethnicity/Sex column:

  • B70 – Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino – Male – Middle Eastern or North African

  • C70 – Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino – Female – Middle Eastern or North African

  • D70 – Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino – Non-Binary – Middle Eastern or North African

Note: You must use the MENA code on the Manage Race and Ethnicity Codes (LDMRACE) screen to enable this functionality.

For EEO-1 reporting purposes, MENA will continue to be mapped to the White category until further guidance is issued by the EEOC.

 

Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1)

The Payroll Employee Report has been enhanced to support the new MENA classification and updated terminology for California Pay Data Reporting.

  • The report now includes the new MENA codes (B70, C70, D70) for employees identified as Middle Eastern or North African.

  • “Two or More Races” has been replaced with “Multiracial and/or Multiethnic.”

  • “Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander” has been updated to remove “Other.”

  • A new record for MENA has been added to the RACE_ETHNIC database table.

  • A mapping entry has been added to the MAP_EEO_RACE database table to associate MENA with the White category for EEO-1 reporting.

Attention: For more information on California Pay Data Reporting, see:

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_cye2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11727_001.zip

  • cp82_hareeo1_004.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Georgia 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.4

The Georgia Department of Revenue published the latest Employer’s Tax Guide with the following updates effective July 1, 2025:

  • The flat tax rate decreased from 5.39% to 5.19%.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 5.39% to 5.19%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11763_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Maryland 2025 Revised Tax Tables
2025.4

The Maryland Employer Withholding Guide was updated following the Budget Reconciliation and Financing Act of 2025. The updates are:

  • The standard deduction is now $3,350, replacing the previous 15% of gross income calculation with a minimum of $1,850 and a maximum of $2,800.

  • Two new top withholding tax brackets have been added to the tax tables.

  • A new rate bracket of 3.30% has been added.

  • The withholding rate for Maryland resident employees who work in Delaware has increased from 3.20% to 3.30%.

  • Dorchester County’s local tax rate for 2025 has been revised from 3.20% to 3.30%.

  • Supplemental income tax rates have increased. For lump sum distribution of annual bonus, the withholding amount should be calculated at the highest State tax rate (6.50%) and the highest local tax rate for the county of residence.

Attention: For more information, see:

In addition, this release adds a missing $225,000 row for the FREDERICK-MARRIED filing status in Maryland's tax table.

To support the state requirements, this release updates the records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11799_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11805_001.zip

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Ohio 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.4

Ohio published the Employer Withholding Taxes: Optional Computer Formula, effective October 1, 2025. Updates include:

  • The number of withholding brackets has been reduced from six to three.

  • The new tax rates are 1.775%2.99%, and 3.64%, replacing the previous range of 0.501% to 3.8%.

Attention: For more information, see https://dam.assets.ohio.gov/image/upload/tax.ohio.gov/employer_withholding/2025%20Withholding%20Tables/WHT_OptionalComputerFormula_2025.pdf.

To support state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11860_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Virginia 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.4

The Virginia Department of Taxation published the latest Income Tax Withholding Guide for Employers. Effective July 1, 2025, the standard deduction in the formula increased from $8,500 to $8,750.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.virginia.gov/sites/default/files/vatax-pdf/employer-withholding-instructions.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11763_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe



California Pay Data Reporting Race/Ethnicity Category Updates
2025.3

To comply with the latest guidance from the California Civil Rights Department (CRD) and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Costpoint has been updated to support the revised race and ethnicity classifications for the 2024 California Pay Data Reporting cycle.

A new category, Middle Eastern or North African (MENA), has been added to reflect updated federal standards. This category is now recognized separately from the White category

The term “Multiracial and/or Multiethnic” replaces “Two or More Races.” The term “Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander” no longer includes “Other.”

When an employee’s race is recorded as MENA, the California Pay Data – Payroll Employee Report and Labor Contractor Employee Report will now display one of the following codes in the Race/Ethnicity/Sex column:

  • B70 – Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino – Male – Middle Eastern or North African

  • C70 – Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino – Female – Middle Eastern or North African

  • D70 – Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino – Non-Binary – Middle Eastern or North African

Note: You must use the MENA code on the Manage Race and Ethnicity Codes (LDMRACE) screen to enable this functionality.

For EEO-1 reporting purposes, MENA will continue to be mapped to the White category until further guidance is issued by the EEOC.

 

Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1)

The Payroll Employee Report has been enhanced to support the new MENA classification and updated terminology for California Pay Data Reporting.

  • The report now includes the new MENA codes (B70, C70, D70) for employees identified as Middle Eastern or North African.

  • “Two or More Races” has been replaced with “Multiracial and/or Multiethnic.”

  • “Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander” has been updated to remove “Other.”

  • A new record for MENA has been added to the RACE_ETHNIC database table.

  • A mapping entry has been added to the MAP_EEO_RACE database table to associate MENA with the White category for EEO-1 reporting.

 

Attention: For more information on California Pay Data Reporting, see:


Delaware Paid Family Leave Reporting
2025.3

The Export Payroll Taxes screen now supports reporting out-of-state Social Security (FICA) taxes to comply with Delaware's requirements.

Delaware has introduced paid family leave and a new method for calculating local taxes to determine the Delaware percentage of Social Security (FICA) taxes. This includes out-of-state Social Security (FICA) taxes in the calculation.

Payroll administrators can now report the out-of-state portion of Social Security (FICA) taxes through the Export Payroll Taxes screen to comply with Delaware Paid Family Leave reporting requirements.

 

Export Payroll Taxes (PRPEXTAX)

When the local tax calculation is based on State % of SS Taxable Wages (the state percentage of Social Security taxable wages), the application will report the out-of-state taxable wages in the following fields of the LCEE and LCER local tax types:

  • Field 92: Check combined Social Security (FICA) out-of-state wages

  • Field 93: Quarter-to-date (QTD) combined Social Security (FICA) out-of-state wages

  • Field 94: Year-to-date (YTD) combined Social Security (FICA) out-of-state wages

Other tax types will have the same fields but will contain no (NULL) values.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpextax_006.zip

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Georgia 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.3

The Georgia Department of Revenue published the latest Employer’s Tax Guide with the following updates effective July 1, 2025:

  • The flat tax rate decreased from 5.39% to 5.19%.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 5.39% to 5.19%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)


Idaho 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.3

The Idaho State Tax Commission has published updated withholding computations effective January 1, 2025, retroactively. The changes include:

  • The flat tax rate decreased from 5.695% to 5.3%.

  • The zero-percent tax bracket’s upper threshold increased from $14,600 to $15,000 for single/head of household employees and from $29,200 to $30,000 for married employees.

  • The tax rate for supplemental payments decreased from 5.695% to 5.3%.

  • The value of the state allowance also increased from $3,600 to $3,868 annually.

To support the state requirements, this release adds/updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSDD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11705_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Idaho Quarterly Unemployment Tax Reporting (Electronic Filing)
2025.3

Employers registered for unemployment insurance coverage in Idaho must report and pay unemployment insurance taxes quarterly. Reports and payments are due on the last day of the month following the end of each calendar quarter (for example, the quarter including January, February, and March is due April 30). There is no grace period, and if the last day falls on a weekend or holiday, the next workday is the due date. Late filings may incur penalties.

All employers are required to file online at labor.idaho.gov/e-services. Employers can create an account or log in to their existing account in the Employer Portal. Online reporting is available 24/7, allowing employers to view account activity, upload employee wages, calculate taxes, and communicate directly with the department via instant messaging. For assistance, refer to the Quick Guide to Online Unemployment Reporting or contact a local tax representative.

To continue filing paper forms (TX20, TX26), employers must submit a written request explaining their inability to comply with online reporting. Upon approval, report forms can be obtained by contacting the nearest Idaho Department of Labor tax representative or by writing to the Idaho Department of Labor, Compliance Bureau, 317 W. Main St., Boise, Idaho 83735-0760. Employers are still responsible for filing reports even if forms do not arrive by mail. Quarterly reports must be filed even if no wages were paid in the quarter.

The following formats are approved for importing wages:

  • Byte 100

  • Byte 128 (1S2S)

  • Byte 275

  • Tab or Comma-Separated

For online filing, Costpoint supports the Comma-Separated file format accepted by Idaho.

Attention: For more information, see:

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The application now supports Idaho. From the State field, you can select ID (Idaho).

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now supports Idaho. When ID (Idaho) is selected from the State field, the application will create the quarterly SUTA tax file in Comma-Separated Values (CSV) format.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prmsmm_005.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_010.zip

  • cp82_bundle_cye2024_003.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Maine 2025 Paid Family Leave
2025.3

Effective January 1, 2025, Maine employers must contribute to the Maine Paid Family Medical Leave (PFML) program on behalf of their workforce. This program provides up to 12 weeks of paid leave for family leave, medical leave, transitioning a family member's pending military deployment, or staying safe after abuse or violence.

Employers with 15 or more employees will contribute 1% of subject wages with no more than 0.5% coming from the employee. Employers with 14 or less employees will contribute 0.5% of wages and may deduct the entire amount from employee wages.

The PFML law, which went into effect in October 2023, has major components that will be implemented in 2025 and 2026. The Maine Department of Labor (MDOL) is responsible for implementing this new program.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.maine.gov/paidleave/docs/2024/BulkuploadInstructionsPFML.pdf.

 

Maine PFML Setup

Before you can report PFML for Maine, you need to:

  1. On the Manage Local Taxes screen, you must create a local tax with the following settings and assign the local tax to Maine employees:

  • State: Maine

  • Tax Type: Family Leave Insurance

  • Tax Based on: SUTA Subject Wages

  1. On the Manage SUTA Tax File Data screen, ensure to set up your employer contact information.

 

Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File (LDPPFML)

You can now select Maine from the State drop-down list to generate the file and report for the state.

To support the new report, the following field has been added to the screen:

Field

Description

Were there 15 or more employees for at least 20 weeks between 10/1 of the prior year and 9/30 of the current year?

Select the checkbox if your company employed at least 15 people for 20 weeks between October 1 of the previous year and September 30 of the current year. Clear the checkbox if your company employed 14 or fewer people during that time period.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The Email field label was updated. An email address is required for Maine Paid Family Leave reporting.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_ldppfml_003.zip

  • cp82_prmsmm_004.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Massachusetts SUTA Electronic Filing: Support Amendment Filing
2025.3

Costpoint now supports amendment filings for Massachusetts SUTA electronic submissions. You can now designate an employee's adjustment reason code through the Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data application. Previously, only original submissions were supported, with the Adjustment Reason Code reported as 0 (Original Submission) in the ICESA S record.

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

Adjustment reason codes for Massachusetts have been added to the S_SUTA_ADJ_RSN_CD table.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application will populate Position 46 in the S Record with the appropriate adjustment reason code if:

  • The Adjustment SUTA State is MA.

  • The Adjustment Reason Code is not blank or NULL for the reporting Payroll Year/Quarter.

Otherwise, it will populate Position 46 with 0 (Original Submission).

Attention: For more information, see: EMT Solution Wage File Uploads TPA Instruction Set V2.0.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11680_001.zip

  • cp82_prmqrd_001.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_010.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


New York SUTA File Layout Update and Addition of File Layouts for Supported States
2025.3

Effective March 2025, the New York 128-Byte file layout will be replaced by the Employee Wage Record Flat File Layout. The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen has been updated to support this change as of March 1, 2025.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

To improve the clarity on the use of supported file formats, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen now displays only the file format applicable to the state for which you are generating the file. This update ensures that you view only the relevant file formats for your state. This feature includes the following changes:

  • Instead of the default value, the File Layout field now displays the selected state’s file layouts that are supported by Costpoint. This field also displays a state’s new file format with a future effective date, which enables you to immediately use the new file format upon its effective date without waiting for a Costpoint release.

  • If the reporting state is New York, the File layout field displays Employee Wage Record Flat File Format (RS record).

  • The District of Columbia’s file layout names were updated to:

  • ESSP Employer ICESA

  • DCETS Employer ICESA (for use when DCETS goes live)

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_009.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Rhode Island Electronic Filing
2025.3

Rhode Island accepts only the following values for the Magnetic Tape Reporter Code in the T and W records.

  • CDFILEWGR (for CD filers)

  • INTERNWGR (for internet filers)

The Magnetic Tape Reporter Code is based on the Reporting Method selected on the Manage SUTA Tax File Data screen. To comply with Rhode Island requirements, you can now only select CD or Internet from the Reporting Method drop-down list. The following options are no longer available:

  • Cartridge

  • Diskette

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prmsmm_005.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Utah 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.3

The Utah State Tax Commission updated Publication 14, Withholding Tax Guide, with the following changes effective June 1, 2025:

  • The tax rate decreased from 4.55% to 4.5%.

  • The base allowance used in the formulas increased from $440 to $450 for single employees or from $880 to $900 for married employees.

  • The amounts subtracted from wages in the formulas increased from $8,826 to $9,107 for single employees or from $17,652 to $18,213 for married employees.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.utah.gov/forms/pubs/pub-14.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds/updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_003.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11699_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Virginia 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.3

The Virginia Department of Taxation published the latest Income Tax Withholding Guide for Employers. Effective July 1, 2025, the standard deduction in the formula increased from $8,500 to $8,750.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.virginia.gov/sites/default/files/vatax-pdf/employer-withholding-instructions.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)



2025 SUTA Wage Base
2025.2

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2025, on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2025.

 

Alaska

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $49,700 to $51,700.

 

Colorado

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $23,800 to $27,200.

 

Connecticut

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $25,000 to $26,100.

 

Delaware

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $10,500 to $12,500.

 

Hawaii

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $ 59,100 to $62,000.

 

Idaho

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $53,500 to $55,300.

 

Illinois

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $13,590 to $13,916.

 

Iowa

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 38,200 to $39,500.

 

Kentucky

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $11,400 to $11,700.

 

Michigan

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $9,500 to $9,000.

 

Minnesota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $42,000 to $43,000.

 

Missouri

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $10,000 to $9,500.

 

Montana

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $43,000 to $45,100.

 

Nevada

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $40,600 to $41,800.

 

New Jersey

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $42,300 to $43,300.

 

New Mexico

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $31,700 to $33,200.

 

New York

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $12,500 to $12,800.

 

North Carolina

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $31,400 to $32,600.

 

North Dakota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $43,800 to $45,100.

 

Oklahoma

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $27,000 to $28,200.

 

Oregon

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $52,800 to $54,300.

 

Rhode Island

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $29,200 to $29,800. For employers at the highest tax rate, the UI taxable wage base increased from $30,700 to $31,300.

 

Utah

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $47,000 to $48,900.

 

Vermont

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $14,300 to $14,800.

 

Virgin Islands

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $31,000 to $31,100.

 

Washington

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $68,500 to $72,800.

 

West Virginia

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreased from $9,521 to $9,500.

 

Wyoming

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $30,900 to $32,400.


Alabama Overtime Exemption Reporting in Accordance with the FLSA
2025.2

In 2023, Alabama passed a law exempting overtime compensation from state income taxes from Jan. 1, 2024, to June 30, 2025. The exemption applies to overtime compensation paid during the exemption period to employees paid on an hourly basis for work performed in excess of 40 hours in a week.

Starting October 1, the exemption will instead apply to any overtime compensation provided in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), under HB 407. This change will remain in effect until the exemption expires on June 30, 2025.

HB 407 also amends employer reporting requirements to conform with the exemption modification.

When reporting Alabama’s overtime paid beginning October 1, 2024, the Print State Overtime Wages Report will only include employees with an FLSA Classification of Non-Exempt on the Manage Employee Salary Information screen regardless of their rate type. In addition, the report will no longer check the employee eligibility setting on the Manage Pay Types screen.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prrsotw_003.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Alabama Overtime Exemption Reporting in Accordance with the FLSA in Export Payroll Taxes
2025.2

In 2023, Alabama passed a law exempting overtime compensation from state income taxes from Jan. 1, 2024, to June 30, 2025. The exemption applies to overtime compensation paid during the exemption period to employees paid on an hourly basis for work performed in excess of 40 hours in a week.

Starting October 1, the exemption will instead apply to any overtime compensation provided in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), under HB 407. This change will remain in effect until the exemption expires on June 30, 2025.

HB 407 also amends employer reporting requirements to conform with the exemption modification.

The Export Payroll Taxes application will now report overtime exempt wages in the STEE tax type to use the FLSA rule effective Oct 1, 2024. The following fields were updated for this functionality:

  • Field 88: CHECK Alabama Overtime Exempt Wages

  • Field 89: QTD Alabama Overtime Exempt Wages

  • Field 90: YTD Alabama Overtime Exempt Wages

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpextax_003.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Arkansas 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Arkansas released the latest Withholding Tax Formula Method effective January 1, 2025, with the following changes:

  • The standard deduction used in the formula increased to from $2,340 to $2,410:

  • The tax brackets for the percentage method have been updated.

Attention: For more information, see https://www.dfa.arkansas.gov/wp-content/uploads/whformula_2024_1.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


California 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

California provided the following tax updates effective January 1, 2025:

  • The annual low-income exemption threshold increased to $18,368 or $36,736, up from $17,769 or $35,538, depending on the employee’s filing status and, for married employees, the number of allowances claimed.

  • The annual standard deduction increased to $5,540 or $11,080, up from $5,363 or $10,726, depending on the employee’s filing status and, for married employees, the number of allowances claimed.

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $158.40 to $163.90 annually.

  • The tax rates used in Method B continue to range from 1.1% to 14.63%. Tax brackets in Method B were adjusted.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Delaware 2025 Paid Leave Calculation
2025.2

Delaware requires employers to report quarterly paid family leave information and calculate the contribution based on the Delaware percentage of FICA wages. To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds a calculation method to properly compute contribution amount. This has been added to the Manage Local Taxes screen and in all payroll calculations/recalculations.

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

You can now select a new State % of SS Taxable Wages option from the Tax Based on drop-down list. The application will calculate the percentage of Social Security wages that belong to the local tax state and then use that as the tax calculation basis.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The application will now use the new State % of SS Taxable Wages calculation method for local tax calculations, if applicable.

 

Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

The application will now use the new State % of SS Taxable Wages calculation method for local tax calculations, if applicable.

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

The application will now use the new State % of SS Taxable Wages calculation method for local tax calculations, if applicable.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Delaware Paid Family and Medical Leave Reporting
2025.2

Beginning January 1, 2025, Delaware employers will be required to make contributions on behalf of their workforce for Delaware Paid Family Leave. Paid Family Leave is composed of three different parts, and employers may choose to have employees contribute up to 50% of the contribution. The tax will be based on the employee’s percentage of their Social Security wages for Delaware. If the employee is taxed in a state other than Delaware, that state’s percentage of Social Security wages will not be included in the taxable amount. Premiums are capped at the Social Security cap for the current year. Employers will have to set up local taxes for Delaware Paid Family Leave with the Social Security limit. It is recommended that separate taxes are set up for each type below:

  • Parental Leave: 0.32%

  • Medical Leave: 0.40%

  • Family Caregiver / Qualified Exigency Leave: 0.08%

  • Total rate: 0.80% of Delaware Social Security wages

In Costpoint, Delaware employers must:

  • Set up least two local tax statuses for Delaware PFML, one with the actual tax rate for employers and one with a 0% tax rate for those employees with waivers. The 0.0% tax rate will still calculate taxable wages and will allow the employees to be submitted in the wage and hour report without withholding any taxes for them.

  • Set up a Delaware PFML tax for employee contributions if they choose to have employees also contribute to paying part of the tax. Employers should send in the appropriate forms to Delaware when an employee has a waiver.

 

Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File (LDPPFML)

You can now select Delaware from the State drop-down list to generate the file and report for Delaware.

To support this new function, the following fields have been added to the screen:

Field

Description

Weeks Worked

This field is enabled when the state is Delaware. Enter the default number of weeks worked in the quarter. Any employees who did not work the standard number of weeks should be entered in the Manage SUTA “Weeks Worked” Override application for that Fiscal Year/Quarter for Delaware.

Employer Contribution %

This field is enabled when the state is Delaware. Employers should enter the percentage of the Delaware Paid Family Leave contribution that they cover.


District of Columbia DCETS Wage File Format (SUTA File) Activation Date Removal
2025.2

Currently, there is no indication when the District of Columbia will transition to the new file format (DCETS Wage File Format) from the old ESSP Wage File Format. For now, the Costpoint Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen has been updated to continue supporting the ESPP Wage File Format.

Prior to this release, the new DCETS Wage File Format was scheduled to be automatically supported in Costpoint for payroll year 2025. Since the DCETS Wage File Format is yet to be implemented, this release updates Costpoint so that the new format will not be applied automatically in 2025.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Guam 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

The tax tables of Guam were updated to align with the 2025 federal percentage method tables.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Hawaii 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Hawaii provided the latest Employer’s Tax Guide with the following updates effective January 1, 2025:

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted by increasing the income limits in each bracket.

  • An extra lump sum withholding amount of $1,650 was added to the withholding method.

Attention: For more information, see: https://files.hawaii.gov/tax/news/pubs/25BkltA.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Illinois 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Illinois released withholding tax tables effective January 1, 2025. The value of a state allowance increased from $2,775 to $2,850.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.illinois.gov/content/dam/soi/en/web/tax/forms/withholding/documents/currentyear/2025_il_700_t.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Illinois Pay Data Reporting
2025.2

Private businesses with 100 or more employees in the State of Illinois are required to submit an application to obtain an Equal Pay Registration Certificate (EPRC) by providing certain pay, demographic, and other data to the Illinois Department of Labor (IDOL) by March 24, 2024, and to recertify every two years after the first submission.

The report shall include the following information:

  • First Name* : Employee first name

  • Last Name* : Employee last name

  • Last 4 of SSN* : Final 4 digits of employee SSN

  • Gender*: Employee gender

  • Race*: Employee race

  • Ethnicity*: Employee ethnicity

  • Wages* : Wages paid in previous calendar year, rounded to nearest hundred dollar

  • Hire Date*: Date employee started in this position

  • Termination Date: Date employee stopped working in this position, for any reason (resignation, promotion, etc.)

  • Job Classification*: EEO-1 Job Classification for employee’s position Job

  • Title*: Payroll title for employee’s position

  • Hours Worked*: Total Hours worked by that employee in the position.

  • County*: Illinois county in which employee performs the majority of their work

Attention: For more information, see: https://labor.illinois.gov/laws-rules/conmed/eprc-faqs.html#faq-1whatisanequalpayregistrationcertificate-faq.

Costpoint now allows you to generate the Illinois Pay Data report by county. To use this new feature, you must use a state code of “IL” for Illinois on the Manage States and Provinces application.

 

Manage Labor Locations (LDMLLOC)

A new County field has been added to the application. This is enabled if you select IL (Illinois) as the State and have a Human resources license.

Field

Description

County

The County field is currently only available when the state is Illinois and you have a Human Resources license. The County field is currently only used for reporting Illinois Pay Data information by county. The lookup results will display only the counties for Illinois.

 

Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1)

The application provides the ability to generate the Illinois Pay Data report and file. You can now select the Illinois Pay Data option from Report Type drop-down list:

Field

Description

Report Type

Depending on your company's requirements, select whether you want to include pay data in your EEO-1 report.

  • Component 1 Data: Select this option to print an EEO-1 report that includes demographic data only. This option applies to federal contractors and subcontractors with 50-99 employees, which are companies that are required to submit the EEO-1 Report but do not need to submit summary pay data.

  • Component 2 Pay Data: Select this option to print an EEO-1 report that includes demographic and summary pay data. This option applies to private employers including federal contractors and subcontractors with 100 or more employees.

  • Additional Employee Data: Select this option to print the Additional Employee Data report. This report will display the data for non-binary employees needed for Component 1 or Component 2 reports. Non-Binary employees are not included in the Component 1 or 2 reports at this time since the government has not specified this in the EEO-1 report.

  • California Pay Data: Select this option to print the California Pay Data report. This report contains information on the pay and hours-worked data by establishment, job category, sex, race, and ethnicity for the State of California.

You must enter the start date of the “Snapshot Period” (single pay period between October 1 and December 31) in the Effective Date - Start field and the end date of the “Snapshot Period” in the Effective Date - End field.

The following Job Category codes are used in the report:

  • 1: Executive senior level officials and managers

  • 2: First or mid-level officials and managers

  • 3: Professionals

  • 4: Technicians

  • 5: Sales workers

  • 6: Administrative support workers

  • 7: Craft workers

  • 8: Operatives

  • 9: Laborers and helpers

  • 10: Service workers

The following Race-Ethnicity-Sex codes are used in the report:

  • A10: Hispanic/Latino - Male

  • A20: Hispanic/Latino - Female

  • A30: Hispanic/Latino - Non-Binary

  • B10: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Male - White

  • B20: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Male - Black or African American

  • B30: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Male - Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander

  • B40: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Male - Asian

  • B50: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Male - American Indian or Alaskan Native

  • B60: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Male - Two or more races

  • C10: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - White

  • C20: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Black or African American

  • C30: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander

  • C40: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Asian

  • C50: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - American Indian or Alaskan Native

  • C60: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Two or more races

  • D10: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary - White

  • D20: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary - Black or African American

  • D30: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander

  • C40: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Asian

  • C50: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - American Indian or Alaskan Native

  • C60: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Female - Two or more races

  • D10: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary - Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander

  • D40:Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary - Asian

  • D50: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary - American Indian or Alaskan Native

  • D60: Non-Hispanic/Non-Latino - Non-Binary - Two or more races

The following numerical Pay Bands codes are used in the report:

  • 1: $19,239 and under

  • 2: $19,240 - $24,439

  • 3: $24,440 - $30,679

  • 4: $30,680 - $38,999

  • 5: $39,000 - $49,919

  • 6: $49,920 - $62,919

  • 7: $62,920 - $80,079

  • 8: $80,080 - $101,919

  • 9: $101,920 - $128,959

  • 10: $128,960 - $163,799

  • 11: $163,800 - $207,999

  • 12: $208,000 and over

  • Illinois Pay Data: Select this option to print the Illinois Pay Data report. This report contains information on the pay and hours-worked data by county, hire date, job title, gender, and race.

Note: Counties must be set up on the Manage Labor Locations screen for the Illinois Pay Data report to function properly.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

A new hidden system table was added to hold Illinois county information. It will be used to report Illinois Pay Data information in the Print EEO-1 Report.


Indiana 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Indiana published the Departmental Notice #1 with the following updates effective Jan. 1, 2025:

  • The state withholding rate decreased to 3.00% (from 3.05%).

  • The following six counties adjusted their tax rates:

  • Floyd County: from 1.39% to 1.89%

  • Gibson County: from 0.9% to 1.3%

  • Jay County: from 2.45% to 2.5%

  • Monroe County: from 2.035% to 2.14%

  • Rush County: from 2.1% to 2.15%

  • Switzerland County: from 1.25% to 1.45%

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.in.gov/dor/files/dn01.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Iowa 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Iowa released the individual income tax withholding formula effective January 1, 2025. The updated formula includes the following changes:

  • A flat rate of 3.8% will be used

  • The standard deduction will now depend on the following:

  • The version of the state’s withholding certificate an employee has filed

  • The employee’s filing status (previously the amount of state allowances claimed)

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.iowa.gov/media/61/download?inline.

 

State Filing Status Table

The State Filing Status table was updated.

  • A new filing status MARRIED FILE JOINT DUAL INCOME (Married filing jointly, spouse with earned income) was added.

  • The description of MARRIED filing status was updated to “Married filing jointly, spouse no earned income.”

 

Iowa W-4 Setup in Costpoint

For employees with an IA W-4 from 2024 or 2025 on file and who have selected “Married filing jointly or qualified surviving spouse” and “Yes” for “Does your spouse also have earned income?”, you must update their filing status to MARRIED FILE JOINT DUAL INCOME (Married filing jointly, spouse with earned income). By default, all married employees are currently set to MARRIED (Married filing jointly, spouse no earned income).

For employees with an IA W-4 from 2023 or earlier, calculate the Credit Amount on the Manage Employee Taxes screen by multiplying the number of allowances claimed on the IA W-4 by $40. For instance, if an employee claims 6 allowances, enter a credit amount of $240 (6 x $40).

 

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Kansas Q1 2025 SUTA Electronic Filing
2025.2

The Kansas Employer Account Number (EAN), located in RS record positions 248-267, has been updated from 6 digits to 10 digits. According to the Kansas Department of Labor (KDOL), employers can keep their current EAN and add a 0 on the front and three zeros (0) at the end.

Note: For those using the NASWA file format, the EAN has been updated from 6 digits to 10 digits in fields E 173-187 and S 147-156.

MMREF-1 RS Record

Field

Start Position

Length

Type

Decimal

Field Detail

Remarks

EAN

248

20

N

No

Employer’s 10-digit EAN followed by spaces

Left justified, space filled

Attention: For more information, refer to:

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The following updates were applied for Kansas:

  • When you select KS (Kansas) as the SUTA State, the E-mail field becomes enabled.

  • The validation that requires the Reporting ID/UI Account Number field value to be 6 digits has been removed.

  • An error message displays if the value in the Contact Name field or Telephone Number field is a space.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The following updates were applied for Kansas:

  • When you generate a file for Kansas, the application now formats the 6-digit Employer Account Number from the Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM) into a 10-digit number by adding a 0 at the beginning and three zeros (000) at the end when populating the RS Record (Positions 248-267).

  • You can now generate a zero wage report. If all employees have zero subject wages, a single RS record will be inserted after the RE record, with the Zero Wage field in the RS Record (Position 341) set to 1.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prmsmm_003.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Kentucky 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Kentucky released the 2025 withholding tax formula. The standard deduction increased from $3,160 to $3,270.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.ky.gov/Forms/Withholding%20Computer%20Formula.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Louisiana 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Louisiana released the latest Income Tax Withholding Tables effective January 1, 2025, with the following updates:

  • Personal exemptions and credits have been replaced with the following standard deductions:

  • Single Individual or Married-Separate: $12,500

  • Married-Joint, Qualified Surviving Spouse, or Head of Household: $25,000

  • The bracket system has been replaced with a new withholding rate of 3.09%.

The following are the filing status changes based on the 2025 Form L-4:

  • MARRIED (Married-Joint, Surviving Spouse, Head of Household): Select this filing status if the employee is married, filing a joint return, a qualified surviving spouse, or head of household, and claiming the standard deduction.

  • SINGLE (Single or Married-Separate): Select this filing status if the employee is single or married, filing a separate return, and claiming the standard deduction.

  • NO EXEMPTIONS (Not claiming a standard deduction): Select this filing status if the employee is not claiming a standard deduction.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.louisiana.gov/LawsPolicies/ER_61.I.1501_Withholding%20Tables%20(Clean%20Copy).pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)/Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

The special programming for Louisiana was removed. Costpoint will now use the state standard calculation method for Louisiana.


Maine 2024 W-2 Electronic Filing
2025.2

Maine Revenue Services updated the specifications and instructions for electronically filing original wage and withholding information (Forms W-2) with Maine Revenue Services (MRS). This includes the following RS Record Changes for Tax Year 2024:

  • Employee Zip Code Extension will be reported in positions 146-149.

  • Blank location changed to 150-154.

  • Foreign State/Province will be reported in positions 155-177.

  • Foreign Postal Code will be reported in positions 178-192.

Previously (Tax Year 2023), RS record, positions 146-192 were blank.

To support the state requirements, this release updates the Create State W-2 File screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.maine.gov/revenue/sites/maine.gov.revenue/files/inline-files/W-2_2024_Final_Specifications.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_cye2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Maine 2025 Paid Family Leave
2025.2

Effective January 1, 2025, Maine employers must contribute to the Maine Paid Family Medical Leave (PFML) program on behalf of their workforce. This program provides up to 12 weeks of paid leave for family leave, medical leave, transitioning a family member's pending military deployment, or staying safe after abuse or violence.

Employers with 15 or more employees will contribute 1% of subject wages with no more than 0.5% coming from the employee. Employers with 14 or less employees will contribute 0.5% of wages and may deduct the entire amount from employee wages.

The PFML law, which went into effect in October 2023, has major components that will be implemented in 2025 and 2026. The Maine Department of Labor (MDOL) is responsible for implementing this new program.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.maine.gov/paidleave/docs/2024/BulkuploadInstructionsPFML.pdf.

 

Maine PFML Setup

Before you can report PFML for Maine, you need to:

  1. On the Manage Local Taxes screen, you must create a local tax with the following settings and assign the local tax to Maine employees:

  • State: Maine

  • Tax Type: Family Leave Insurance

  • Tax Based on: SUTA Subject Wages

  1. On the Manage SUTA Tax File Data screen, ensure to set up your employer contact information.

 

Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File (LDPPFML)

You can now select Maine from the State drop-down list to generate the file and report for the state.

To support the new report, the screen adds the following field:

Field

Description

Were there 15 or more employees for at least 20 weeks between 10/1 of the prior year and 9/30 of the current year?

Select the checkbox if your company employed at least 15 people for 20 weeks between October 1 of the previous year and September 30 of the current year. Clear the checkbox if your company employed 14 or fewer people during that time period.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The Email field label was updated. An email address is required for Maine Paid Family Leave reporting.


Maine 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Maine provided the following state tax updates effective 01/01/2025:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,000 to $5,150.

  • The maximum standard deduction increased from $11,750 to $12,150 for single employees and from $26,350 to $27,150 for married employees.

  • The standard deduction decreased according to a formula for single employees who earn more than $100,000 annually, up from $97,150, or for married employees who earn more than $200,050 annually, up from $194,300.

  • The deduction reaches zero when a single employee earns at least $175,000 annually, up from $172,150, or when a married employee earns at least $350,050 annually, up from $344,300.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.maine.gov/revenue/sites/maine.gov.revenue/files/inline-files/25_wh_tab_instr.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_CYE2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Maryland 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Maryland released the 2025 withholding guide. The minimum and maximum standard deductions have increased to $1,850 and $2,800 annually from $1,800 and $2,700, respectively.

The following Maryland counties adjusted their income tax rates for 2025:

  • Anne Arundel County, the local tax rates for taxable year 2025 are as follows:

  • For taxpayers with filing statuses of Single, Married Filing Separately, or Dependent, the local tax rates are as follows:

(1) .0270 of Maryland taxable income of $1 through $50,000;

(2) .0294 of Maryland taxable income of $50,001 through $400,000; and

(3) .0320 of Maryland taxable income of over $400,000

  • For taxpayers with filing statuses of Married Filing Jointly, Head of Household, or Qualified Surviving Spouse, the local tax rates are as follows:

(1) .0270 of Maryland taxable income of $1 through $75,000;

(2) .0294 of Maryland taxable income of $75,001 through $480,000; and

(3) .0320 of Maryland taxable income of over $480,000

  • Calvert County, to 3.20% from 3.00%

  • Cecil County, to 2.74% from 2.75%

  • St Mary’s, to 3.20% from 3.00%

Although Cecil's rate decreased to 2.74%, the rate brackets applied will remain unchanged at 2.75%. For 2025, following brackets will be used: 2.25%, 2.40%, 2.65%, 2.75%, 3.00%, 3.05%, 3.10%, and 3.20%.

Attention: For more information, see:


Massachusetts 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Massachusetts provided the draft of Circular M with income tax withholding tables effective January 1, 2025. In the instruction for the Percentage Methods for Wages Paid from January 1, 2025, the inflation-adjusted threshold for the surtax increased from $1,053,750 to $1,083,150.

Attention: For more information, see: Circular_M_2025_Massachusetts_DRAFT.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Michigan 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Michigan released the 2025 Income Tax Withholding Guide. The value of a state allowance increased from $5,600 to $5,800.

Attention: For more information, see: 446 Michigan Income Tax Withholding Guide.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Minnesota 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Minnesota released the Income Tax Withholding Instruction Booklet and Tax Tables effective January 1, 2025, with the following changes:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,050 to $5,200.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.revenue.state.mn.us/sites/default/files/2024-12/wh-inst-25_0.pdf.


Mississippi 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Mississippi released the Computer Payroll Accounting for periods in 2025. The withholding tax rate decreased from 4.7% to 4.4%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.dor.ms.gov/sites/default/files/Business/Computer%20Payroll%20Flowchart%20-%2009-26-23.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)


Missouri 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Missouri released the 2025 Missouri Withholding Tax Formula with the following updates:

  • The withholding formula uses tax rates of zero to 4.7%, instead of the previous range of zero to 4.8%.

  • The state’s standard deductions have increased for all filing statuses.

  • The state’s supplemental tax rate decreased to 4.7%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.mo.gov/forms/Withholding%20Formula_2025.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Montana 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

In the latest Montana Employer and Information Agent Guide, the tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted for all filing statuses.

Attention: For more information, see: Montana Employer and Information Agent Guide.

To support the state requirements, this update changes the description of MARRIED to “Married filing jointly or qualifying surviving spouse” in the STATE_FILING_STATUS table. This update also adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


Nebraska 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Nebraska released Circular EN with the following updates effective January 1, 2025:

  • The annual state allowance increased from $2,250 to $2,360.

  • The tax brackets have been adjusted with a tax rate range of zero to 5.37%, instead of the previous range of zero to 6.10%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/doc/business/Cir_En_2024/2025cir_en_whole.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


New Hampshire Q4 2024 SUTA Electronic Filing Updates
2025.2

Starting with the fourth quarter 2024 tax filing (period ending 12/31/24, due 1/31/25), the New Hampshire Employment Security revised the wage filing requirements. All wage entries must now include the employee's full first name.

Old NHES Format

New NHES Format

All data records must be a fixed length of 47 bytes. Each record shall contain the following data elements:

[image]

All data records must be a fixed length of 62 bytes.

Each record shall contain the following data elements:

[image]

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.nhes.nh.gov/.


New Mexico 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

New Mexico provided following state tax updates effective 01/01/2025:

  • The lowest nonzero tax rate used in the formula decreased from 1.7%, to 1.5%, while the highest rate remained at 5.9%.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.newmexico.gov/all-nm-taxes/current-historic-tax-rates-overview/withholding-tax-rates/.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


New York City Pay Data Reporting
2025.2

Due to the pending status of the New York City pay data reporting bill, Costpoint has not yet implemented the functionality to generate the applicable pay data reports. However, you can now link labor locations to specific New York City boroughs in preparation for future pay data reporting requirements.

Attention: For more information, see: https://legistar.council.nyc.gov/LegislationDetail.aspx?ID=6788483&GUID=CDAAC0E3-EEC3-4CBA-8467-476D863BB303&Options=ID|Text|&Search=int.+982-2024

Costpoint now allows you to set up the data for New York City pay data reporting by county. To use this new feature, you must use a state code of “NY” for New York on the Manage States and Provinces application.

Manage Labor Locations/Locals (LDMLLOC)

The application adds a new County field. This is enabled if you select NY (New York) as the state and have a Human resources license.

Field

Description

County

The County field is currently only available when the state is Illinois or New York and there is an HR license. The County field is currently only used for reporting Pay Data information by county/borough in the EEO-1 Report application. The lookup for New York will display only the five counties within New York City: Bronx, Kings, New York, Queens, and Richmond.


New York Electronic Reporting of Quarterly Wage and Withholding Tax Information
2025.2

The changes to New York’s quarterly withholding and unemployment tax return, including the ability to file amended returns online, are planned to launch in March 2025. These include the following:

  • On Form NYS-45, Quarterly Combined Withholding, Wage Reporting, and Unemployment Insurance Return, you must file all parts together as a single return.

  • This includes Part A – Unemployment insurance (UI) information, Part B – Withholding tax (WT) information, and Part C – Quarterly employee/payee wage reporting and withholding information. You no longer have the option to file the three parts separately. In addition, if you are required to report both Wages and Other wages, you must submit this information on one return.

  • On Form NYS-45 Part C, you must separately report New York State, New York City, and Yonkers tax withheld for each employee.

  • Part C – Employee wage and withholding information will be uploaded in the NYS-45 Web File application.

  • The Web application will accept files with a .csv, .zip, .txt, or .rpt extension.

 

Wage Reporting Web Upload: Electronic Reporting Format

The following is the Employee Wage record-flat file layout, using the .zip, .txt, or .rpt extension:

Position

Element name

Length

Remarks

1-2

Record identifier

2

Constant RS

3-4

State code

2

Constant 36

5-9

Filler

5

Blanks

10-18

Social Security number (SSN)

9

Numeric; right-justify and zero-fill

19-33

Employee first name

15

Left-justify and fill with blanks; commas not permitted

34-48

Employee middle name or initial

15

Left-justify and fill with blanks; commas not permitted

49-68

Employee last name

20

Left-justify and fill with blanks, commas not permitted

69-72

Suffix

4

Left-justify and fill with blanks

73-194

Filler

122

Blanks

195

Wage type

1

Wages type identifier; applies only to quarterly wages
1 Alpha character: or O

196-202

Filler

7

Blanks

203-213

State quarterly UI remuneration (column g)

11

Wages subject to UI in New York State; right-justify, zero-fill, dollars and cents, implied decimal

214-275

Filler

62

Blanks

276-286

Gross federal wages or distribution subject to withholding (column f)

11

Wages, tips and other compensation subject to New York State withholding tax; right-justify, zero-fill, dollars and cents, implied decimal

287-297

Total NYS tax withheld (column h)

11

NYS income tax withheld; right-justify, zero fill, dollars and cents, implied decimal

298-319

Filler

22

Enter blanks.

320-330

Total NYC tax withheld (column i)

11

NYC income tax withheld; right-justify, zero-fill, dollars and cents, implied decimal

331-346

Filler

16

Enter blanks.

347-357

Total Yonkers tax withheld (column j)

11

Yonkers income tax withheld; right-justify, zero-fill, dollars and cents, implied decimal

358-512

Filler

155

Blanks

Attention: For more information, refer to instructions: https://www.tax.ny.gov/e-services/wcwf/#upload-specs.

 

Forms and Publications Changes

Change

Publication

New (Coming soon)

 

Publication 72.5, Electronic Reporting of Form NYS-45 Information (This replaces Publication 72, Electronic Reporting of Form NYS-45 Information, and Publication 911, Electronic Reporting of Quarterly Wage and Withholding Tax Information Based on Federal Formats.)

Updating (Coming Soon)

Publication 50, Employer's Guide to Unemployment Insurance, Wage Reporting, and Withholding Tax

Form NYS-45, Quarterly Combined Withholding, Wage Reporting, and Unemployment Insurance Return, and instructions

Retiring

 

Publication 69, Electronic Reporting of Quarterly Combined Wage and Withholding Tax Information

Publication 72, Electronic Reporting of Form NYS-45 Information

Publication 911, Electronic Reporting of Quarterly Wage and Withholding Tax Information Based on Federal Formats

Attention: For more information, see the forms and publications changes for withholding: https://www.tax.ny.gov/bus/wt/changes-2025/forms-pubs.htm.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now provides you with the option to select the Employee Wage record flat-file layout effective March 2025, which separately reports New York State, New York City, and Yonkers tax withheld. A new File Layout Options group box contains the following field:

Field

Description

File Layout

From the drop-down list, select the format of the file that will be generated. For New York, you can select the following options:

  • 128-Byte

  • Employee Wage Record Flat File (RS)

For the District of Columbia, you can select the following options:

  • DCETS Employer EFW2 (for use when DCETS goes live)

  • ESSP Employer EFW2

For other states, this field displays a non-editable Default value.


New York SUTA File Layout Update and Addition of File Layouts for Supported States
2025.2

Effective March 2025, the New York 128-Byte file layout will be replaced by the Employee Wage Record Flat File Layout. The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen has been updated to support this change as of March 1, 2025.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

To improve the clarity on the use of supported file formats, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen now displays only the file format applicable to the state for which you are generating the file. This update ensures that you view only the relevant file formats for your state. This feature includes the following changes:

  • Instead of the default value, the File Layout field now displays the selected state’s file layouts that are supported by Costpoint. This field also displays a state’s new file format with a future effective date, which allows you to immediately use the new file format upon its effective date without waiting for a Costpoint release.

  • If reporting state is New York, the File layout field displays Employee Wage Record Flat File Format (RS record).

  • The District of Columbia’s file layout names were updated to:

  • ESSP Employer ICESA

  • DCETS Employer ICESA (for use when DCETS goes live)


North Carolina 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

North Carolina provided the 2025 Income Tax Withholding Tables and Instructions for Employers, which includes the following updates:

  • The rate used for withholding decreased from 4.6% to 4.35%.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 4.6% to 4.35%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.ncdor.gov/income-tax-withholding-tables-and-instructions-employers/open.

To support the state requirements, the descriptions of North Carolina’s state filing statuses were updated to match the filing statuses in North Carolina’s Employee’s Withholding Allowance Certificate (NC-4). This update also adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


North Dakota 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

North Dakota released the Income Tax Withholding Rates and Instructions for wages paid in 2025. The following are the changes:

  • The value of an allowance used with Forms W-4 before 2020 increased from $4,300 to $5,050 annually.

  • The tax brackets for the percentage method have been updated.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.nd.gov/sites/www/files/documents/misc-discuss-folder/Final_2025%20Income%20Tax%20Withholding%20Rates%20%20Instructions.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)


Ohio EFW2 File for RITA Municipal Tax Reporting
2025.2

Employers need to submit W-2 forms to both the Ohio Department of Taxation and the Regional Income Tax Agency (RITA) if:

  • The employer is located in or has employees working in municipalities that are part of the RITA system.

  • The employer withholds municipal income tax for municipalities that RITA administers.

Beginning with Tax Year 2024, RITA requires the following:

  • Electronic submission of W-2s for employers issuing 10 or more Forms W-2 during a calendar year

  • RITA-specific fields, including the municipality code, municipality name, taxable wages, and the corresponding tax withheld

In this release, Costpoint adds the ability to generate the local EFW2 file that meets the RITA W-2 reporting requirements.

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

If you enter OH (Ohio) in the State field and select City Income Tax (Residence Only) from the Tax Type drop-down list, the Jurisdiction Code field changes to City Code (OH).

If you enter OH (Ohio) in the State field and select R.I.T.A. from the Ohio Tax Collection Agency drop-down list, enter a valid three-digit RITA municipality code in the City Code (OH) field. For the three-digit RITA municipality code, please refer to the following link: https://www.ritaohio.com/TaxRatesTable.

 

Create State W2 File (PRPW2S)

The application can now generate the new EFW2 file for Ohio RITA filing and a new Local W-2 File Report. To support this new functionality, the screen adds the following drop-down list:

Field

Description

OH Tax Reporting Agency

This field will be enabled only if the reporting state is Ohio.

From the drop-down list, select the tax agency where you will file the W-2 information. The file layout will depend on the selected tax agency.

The valid values are:

  • Ohio Department of Taxation: Select this option to print the State W-2 File Report and to generate the state EFW2 file.

  • Regional Income Tax Agency: Select this option to print the Local W-2 File Report and to generate the local EFW2 file.

The default value will be Ohio Department of Taxation for state filing.


Oregon 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Oregon released the Withholding Tax Formulas effective January 1, 2025, with the following changes:

  • The federal tax adjustment amount increased from $8,250 to $8,500 for an employee with annual wages up to $50,000.

  • The federal tax adjustment phase out amounts for an employee with annual wages of $50,000 or greater has changed in 2025.

  • The tax table has changed for an employee with annual wages up to $50,000.

  • The tax table has changed for an employee with annual wages of $50,000 or higher.

  • The allowance amount increased from $249 to $256.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $2,745 to $2,835 for an employee filing “Single” with fewer than three allowances.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $5,495 to $5,670 for an employee filing “Single” with three or more allowances.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $5,495 to $5,670 for an employee filing “Married.”

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.oregon.gov/dor/forms/FormsPubs/withholding-tax-formulas_206-436_2025.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

In addition, a new filing status, DID NOT SUBMIT OREGON W4, was added in Costpoint. This is in compliance with HB 2119, which is an existing Oregon requirement effective 01/01/2020. This filing status will be used to withhold income tax at a rate of eight (8) percent of employee wages if the employee has not provided a withholding statement or exception certificate.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)/Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

The computation of the Personal Exemption Credit Amount for Oregon was updated to include new programming effective for the 2025 payroll year. It now incorporates the following filing statuses:

  • SINGLE

  • SINGLE 3 OR MORE ALLOWANCES

  • MARRIED OR SINGLE

  • DID NOT SUBMIT OREGON W4


Rhode Island 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Rhode Island released income tax withholding tables effective January 1, 2025. The updates are:

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted for all filing statuses.

  • The annual wage threshold above which the value of an allowance becomes zero increased from $274,650 to $283,250

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.ri.gov/sites/g/files/xkgbur541/files/2024-12/2025%20Withholding%20Tax%20Booklet_0.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


South Carolina 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

South Carolina provided the following state tax updates effective January 1, 2025:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $4,610 to $4,860.

  • The maximum standard deduction increased from $6,925 to $7,300.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted, with 6.2% as the highest rate, from 6.4%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.sc.gov/forms-site/Forms/WH1603F_2025.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)


Vermont 2024 W-2 Electronic Filing
2025.2

The 2024 Vermont Specifications for Electronic W-2 (EFW-2) Filing has been updated. The employee's contribution to the Child Care Contribution will be reported in RS record, position 338-348.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://tax.vermont.gov/sites/tax/files/documents/GB-1118.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release updates the Create State W-2 File screen.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_bundle_cye2024_001.zip

  • Deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.12.5013.exe


Vermont 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

Vermont released the 2025 Income Tax Withholding Instructions, Tables, and Charts effective January 1, 2025. The following are the changes:

  • The value of a state allowance increased to $5,300 annually, from $5,100.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.vermont.gov/sites/tax/files/documents/GB-1210-2025.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)


Virgin Islands 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

The tax tables of the Virgin Islands were updated to align with the 2025 federal percentage method tables.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)


West Virginia 2025 Tax Table Updates
2025.2

West Virginia released the Employer’s Withholding Tax Tables effective January 1, 2025. The percentage method withholding tables have been updated, reducing the tax rates from a range of 2.36%–5.12% to 2.22%–4.82%.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)



Alabama Overtime Exemption Reporting in Accordance with the FLSA
8.2.15

In 2023, Alabama passed a law exempting overtime compensation from state income taxes from Jan. 1, 2024, to June 30, 2025. The exemption applies to overtime compensation paid during the exemption period to employees paid on an hourly basis for work performed in excess of 40 hours in a week.

Starting October 1, the exemption will instead apply to any overtime compensation provided in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), under HB 407. This change will remain in effect until the exemption expires on June 30, 2025.

HB 407 also amends employer reporting requirements to conform with the exemption modification.

When reporting Alabama’s overtime paid beginning October 1, 2024, the Print State Overtime Wages Report will include only employees with an FLSA Classification of Non-Exempt on the Manage Employee Salary Information screen regardless of their rate type. In addition, the employee eligibility on the Manage Pay Types screen shall no longer be checked.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prrsotw_003.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption Reporting in Form W-2 Box 14
8.2.15

For the tax year beginning on or after January 1, 2024, through June 30, 2025, overtime pay received by a full-time hourly wage paid employee for hours worked above 40 in any given week is excluded from gross income and therefore exempt from Alabama state income tax.

To support the reporting of exempt overtime wages of Alabama, Costpoint can now report exempt overtime wage in Box 14 of employees Form W-2 using “EX OT” as the indicator, for example, EX OT $15,250.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.revenue.alabama.gov/individual-corporate/overtime-exemption/

 

Create W-2 Table (PRPCW2)

The application now calculates Alabama’s exempt overtime amount based on Alabama’s earnings records where overtime pay type is configured to be exempt from Alabama's income tax. The calculated amount will be reported in Box 14 using “EX OT” code.

The application will now format the Tax ID retrieved from Configure Company Information to 00-00000000 and display an error message if the Tax ID is not nine digits.

 

Manage W-2s (PRMW2)

The Box 14 subtask on the Manage W-2s screen now contains the following tabs:

  • Box 14 Lines 1-5: This tab has the same information as the original Box 14 subtask, which includes the following fields:

  • Line 1

  • Line 2

  • Line 3

  • Line 4

  • Line 5

  • Description

  • Amount

  • Other Box 14 Information: This tab has the new box 14 fields for Alabama exempt overtime wages.

  • Covid-19 Box 14: This tab has same information and layout as the original COVID-19 Box 14 subtask, which has been removed from the main screen.

 

Manage W-2Cs (PRMW2C)

The Box 14 subtask on the Manage W-2Cs screen now contains the following tabs:

  • Box 14 Lines 1-5: This tab has the same information as the original Box 14 subtask, which includes the following fields for previously reported and corrected information:

  • Line 1

  • Line 2

  • Line 3

  • Line 4

  • Line 5

  • Description

  • Amount

  • Other Box 14 Information: This tab has the new box 14 fields for Alabama exempt overtime wages for previously reported and corrected information.

  • Covid-19 Box 14: This tab has same information and layout for previously reported and corrected information as the original COVID-19 Box 14 subtask, which has been removed from the main screen.

 

Print W-2s (PRRW2)

The application now includes exempt overtime wages in box 14 if you print W-2s for Alabama.

 

Print W-2 Summary Report (PRRW2R)

The application adds the new fields in the corresponding reports:

  • W-2 Summary Report - Box 14 – Line 5

  • Box 14 – Alabama exempt overtime wages

  • W-2c Summary Report - Box 14 – Line 5 (Corrected)

  • Box 14 – Alabama exempt overtime wages (Previously Reported)

  • Box 14 – Alabama exempt overtime wages (Corrected)

 

W2s (ESMELECW2)

If applicable, the employee’s W-2 will now report Alabama’s exempt overtime amount in Box 14 using the EX OT code.

 

Export Payroll Taxes (PRPEXTAX)

The application now includes Alabama’s exempt overtime wages box 14 information from the Box 14 record on the Manage W-2 and Manage W-2c screens.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report now provides information for the following fields added in the corresponding tables for this enhancement:

Table

New Columns

FED_W2_FILE

  • BOX14_AL_OT_PAY_CD (Alabama Exempt Overtime Wages Box 14 Cod)

  • BOX14_AL_OT_PAY_AMT (Alabama Exempt Overtime Wages Box 14 Amount)

FED_W2C_FILE

  • PREV_BOX14_AL_OT_PAY_CD (Previous Alabama Exempt Overtime Wages Box 14 Code)

  • PREV_BOX14_AL_OT_PAY_AMT (Previous Alabama Exempt Overtime Wages Box 14 Amount)

  • BOX14_AL_OT_PAY_CD (Corrected Alabama Exempt Overtime Wages Box 14 Code)

  • BOX14_AL_OT_PAY_AMT (Corrected Alabama Exempt Overtime Wages Box 14 Amount)

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11396_001.zip

  • cp82_esmelecw2_002.zip

  • cp82_prmw2_002.zip

  • cp82_prmw2c_002.zip

  • cp82_prpcw2_002.zip

  • cp82_prpextax_002.zip

  • cp82_prrw2_003.zip

  • cp82_prrw2r_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Arkansas 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.15

Arkansas updated their Withholding Tax Formula Method effective January 1, 2024. The following are the updates:

  • The highest rate decreased to 3.9% and the tax brackets have been adjusted.

  • The supplemental withholding rate decreased to 3.9%.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state requirements, this release updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11458_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Georgia 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.15

Georgia revised the 2024 Employer’s Tax Guide and provided the following additional changes. The changes are effective July 1, 2024, but retroactive to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2024:

  • The state’s flat tax rate decreased from 5.49% to 5.39%.

  • The dependent allowance increased from $3000 to $4000.

  • The graduated tax rates used for supplemental wages were replaced by a flat tax rate of 5.39%.

Attention: For more information, see https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

To support the state requirements, this release updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11434_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Idaho 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.15

Idaho posted the 2024 table for percentage computation method of withholding in the Idaho State Tax Commission website. The updates are:

  • The flat tax rate decreased from 5.8% to 5.695%.

  • The zero-percent tax bracket’s upper threshold increased from $13,850 to $14,600 for single employees and heads of households, and from $27,700 to $29,200 for married employees.

  • The tax rate for supplemental payments decreased from 5.8% to 5.695%.

  • The value of Idaho Child Tax Credit Allowance increased from $3,534 to $3,600 annually.

The commission’s website states that you do not need to retroactively adjust withholding to the start of the year. You just need to use the new table moving forward.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11301_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11426_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Illinois Transportation Benefits Program Act
8.2.15

Illinois enacted the Transportation Benefits Program Act, effective January 1, 2024, which requires certain employers in specific geographic areas to provide pre-tax commuter benefits to covered employees. To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds a new TRANS (Transportation Benefit) deduction type which employers can use for the Illinois Transportation Benefits Program Act and for other similar commuter benefits program of other states.

Attention: For more information, https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs3.asp?ActID=4428&ChapterID=68.

 

Manage Deductions (PRMDED)

You can now select the TRANS (Transportation Benefit) deduction type from the Deduction Type field.

 

This enhancement requires the following files:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11416_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Kansas 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.15

Kansas revised the Withholding Tax Guide to reflect the following changes effective July 1, 2024:

  • The tax brackets have been updated to zero, 5.2%, and 5.58%, instead of four tax brackets of zero, 3.1%, 5.25%, and 5.7%.

  • The withholding allowance amounts will now depend on the employee’s filing status.

  • Married filing jointly: $18,320

  • Married filing separately: $9,160

  • Single: $9,160

  • Head of Household: $9,160

  • An additional allowance of $2,320 annually can be claimed by all statuses for each dependent.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.ksrevenue.gov/pdf/kw100.pdf

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11462_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Nevada 2024 SUTA Electronic Filing Updates
8.2.15

An updated Nevada State Wage Record (RS32WAGE) with document revision date of June 2024 has been posted in Nevada’s UI website. Based on the updated file format, the out-of-state information shall now be reported in RS record, position 360-373.

Attention: For more information, see:

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now includes out-of-state information in the RS32WAGE record of Nevada's EFW2 file.

  • Out-of-State State Code in Location 360-361

  • Total Out-of-State Gross Wages in Location 362-373

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpsmm_006.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


North Carolina 2024 SUTA Electronic Filing
8.2.15

The Employer’s Guide to Wage Report and Payment File Specifications has been updated, and the following are the changes in Employer EFW2 Format (October 2023 vs March 2024 edition):

  • Employer FEIN has been added to the RE record, location 19-27, and tagged as a required field.

  • All instances of “Employer ID” have been renamed to “10-digit NCDES employer ID”.

  • The following fields are no longer tagged as required:

  • RW 199-209 OOS Wage Amt

  • RW 338 12th of the Month – Month 1

  • RW 339 12th of the Month – Month 2

  • RW 340 12th of the Month – Month 3

Attention: For more information, see: Employer’s Guide to Wage Report and Payment File Specifications (March 2024).

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now reports the employer FEIN in positions 19-27 on the RE Record.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The Reporting ID/UI Account Number field can now accommodate up to 10 digits for North Carolina.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prmsmm_002.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_005.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Ohio 2024 Tax Table Update
8.2.15

Ohio updated the state’s withholding methods effective July 1, 2024. The highest tax rate used in Ohio’s withholding methods decreased from 4.41%to 3.8%.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11301_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11426_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Utah 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.15

Utah revised the tables in Publication 14, Withholding Tax Guide, to reflect the following changes effective June 1, 2024:

  • The tax rate decreased from 4.65% to 4.55%.

  • The base allowance used in the formulas increased from $415 to $440 for single employees, or from $830 to $880 for married employees.

  • The amounts subtracted from wages in the formulas increased from $8,371 to $8,826 for single employees, or from $16,742 to $17,652 for married employees.

Attention: For more information, see https://tax.utah.gov/forms/pubs/pub-14.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds/updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11440_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



Arkansas 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.14

Arkansas updated their Withholding Tax Formula Method effective January 1, 2024. The following are the updates:

  • The highest rate decreased to 3.9% and the tax brackets have been adjusted.

  • The supplemental withholding rate decreased to 3.9%.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state requirements, this release updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11458_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Kansas 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.14

Kansas revised the Withholding Tax Guide to reflect the following changes effective July 1, 2024:

  • The tax brackets have been updated to zero5.2%, and 5.58%, instead of four tax brackets of zero, 3.1%, 5.25%, and 5.7%.

  • The withholding allowance amounts will now depend on the employee’s filing status.

  • Married filing jointly: $18,320

  • Married filing separately: $9,160

  • Single: $9,160

  • Head of Household: $9,160

  • An additional allowance of $2,320 annually can be claimed by all statuses for each dependent.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.ksrevenue.gov/pdf/kw100.pdf

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11462_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Nevada 2024 SUTA Electronic Filing Updates
8.2.14

An updated Nevada State Wage Record (RS32WAGE) with document revision date of June 2024 has been posted in Nevada’s UI website. Based on the updated file format, the out-of-state information shall now be reported in RS record, position 360-373.

Attention: For more information, see:

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now includes out-of-state information in the RS32WAGE record of Nevada's EFW2 file.

  • Out-of-State State Code in Location 360-361

  • Total Out-of-State Gross Wages in Location 362-373

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpsmm_006.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



Georgia 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.13

Georgia revised the 2024 Employer’s Tax Guide and provided the following additional changes. The changes are effective July 1, 2024, but retroactive to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2024:

  • The state’s flat tax rate decreased from 5.49% to 5.39%.

  • The dependent allowance increased from $3,000 to $4,000.

  • The graduated tax rates used for supplemental wages were replaced by a flat tax rate of 5.39%.

 

Percentage Method for Employee Withholding

Use these instructions to calculate employee withholding using the percentage method.

  1. Subtract from the taxable wages the applicable standard deduction as indicated in column (1) - (3) of Table F.

  2. If employees claim dependents, subtract from the amount arrived at in (1) the appropriate dependent amount as set out in column (4) of Table F.

[image]

  1. Multiply the amount arrived in (2) by 5.39%.

  2. If zero exemption is claimed, subtract the standard deduction only.

Attention: For more information, see https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

 

To support the state requirements, this release updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11434_001.zip


Idaho 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.13

Idaho posted the 2024 table for percentage computation method of withholding in the Idaho State Tax Commission website. The updates are:

  • The flat tax rate decreased from 5.8% to 5.695%.

  • The zero-percent tax bracket’s upper threshold increased from $13,850 to $14,600 for single employees and heads of households, and from $27,700 to $29,200 for married employees.

  • The tax rate for supplemental payments decreased from 5.8% to 5.695%.

  • The value of Idaho Child Tax Credit Allowance increased from $3,534 to $3,600 annually.

Note: The commission’s website states that you do not need to retroactively adjust withholding to the start of the year. You just need to use the new table moving forward.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11301_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11426_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Ohio 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.13

Ohio updated the state’s withholding methods effective July 1, 2024. The highest tax rate used in Ohio’s withholding methods decreased from 4.41%to 3.8%.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11301_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11426_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Utah 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.13

Utah revised the tables in Publication 14, Withholding Tax Guide, to reflect the following changes effective June 1, 2024:

  • The tax rate was decreased from 4.65% to 4.55%.

  • The base allowance used in the formulas was increased from $415 to $440 for single employees, or from $830 to $880 for married employees.

  • The amounts subtracted from wages in the formulas increased from $8,371 to $8,826 for single employees, or from $16,742 to $17,652 for married employees.

Attention: For more information, see https://tax.utah.gov/forms/pubs/pub-14.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds/updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11440_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



2024 SUTA Wage Base
8.2.12

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2024 on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2024.

 

West Virginia

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $9,000 to $9,521.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11331


California Pay Data Reporting Updates
8.2.12

California Pay Data Reporting requirements were updated for the 2023 reporting year due May 8, 2024. Employers must now report whether employees worked remotely during the snapshot period. The new data to be reported includes:

  • Number of employees that do not work remotely

  • Number of remote employees located within California

  • Number of remote employees located outside of California

For Labor Contractor Employee Reports, reporting “unknown” race/ethnicity or sex of a labor contractor employee is no longer permitted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://calcivilrights.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/32/2021/01/CA-Pay-Data-Reporting-User-Guide.pdf

 

Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1)

The Payroll Employee Report and the Labor Contractor Employee Report for California Pay Data now display the following:

  • Number of employees that do not work remotely

  • Number of remote employees located within California

  • Number of remote employees located outside of California

A warning message will display in the California Pay Data Warning Report if employees in the Labor Contractor Employee Report belong to one of the following Race/Ethnicity/Sex code.

  • U10 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Male

  • U20 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Female

  • U30 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Non-binary

  • UU - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Unknown Sex

 

Manage Employee Salary Information (LDMEHIS)

The following field has been added on the HR Information tab of the Manage Employee Salary Information screen:

Field

Description

California Pay Data Reporting Remote Worker Status

From the drop-down list, select the employee’s remote worker status for California Pay Data Reporting purposes. Ensure that the information is true for the snapshot period you normally use for the California Pay Data Report.

  • Does not work remotely: This is a non-remote employee assigned to a California establishment during the snapshot period. This is the default value.

  • Remote employee located within California: This is a remote employee assigned to a California or non-California establishment whose state of residence is California during the snapshot period.

  • Remote employee located outside California: This is a remote employee assigned to a California establishment whose state of residence is not in California during the snapshot period.

This field will be used in the California Pay Data Report on the Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1) application.

Note: The California Pay Data Reporting Remote Worker Status field has been also added to the following screens:

  • Salary Details subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen

  • View Salary Information screen

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report now provides information for the new CA_REMOTE_WORKER columns that have been added to the following database tables for this enhancement:

  • EMPL_LAB_INFO

  • EMPL_LAB_INFO_ADT

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_cmnlib_ldmeinfolib_001.zip 

  • cp82_ldmehis_001.zip 

  • cp82_ldmeinfo_001.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Colorado PFML Wage Report Update
8.2.12

When Colorado Paid Family Leave Reporting was added, the state defined wages as SUTA eligible wages. Colorado later changed the wages definition to gross wages. This enhancement updates the Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File (LDPPFML) screen to support the Colorado’s latest requirements.

Note: For more information, refer to https://content.govdelivery.com/accounts/CODLE/bulletins/3705eb4

 

Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File

The calculations for Colorado FAMLI subject wages were updated to use gross wages. The report and application logic will now use total gross wages, instead of total SUTA subject wages, in the TotalWagesThisPeriod column.

Warning: You must update your existing FAMLI deduction setup whether you created a local tax or a deduction for this purpose.

  • If you created a local tax, you must update the existing Colorado FAMLI record on the Manage Local Taxes screen and select Gross Pay instead of SUTA Subject Wages on the Tax Based On field. You can also enter a new local tax that is calculated on gross pay. You may exclude pay types from the subject wages by entering that pay type on the Local Taxes subtask of the Manage Pay Type Taxability screen. Severance pay types will have to be excluded from subject wages.

  • If you created a deduction, you must update the existing Colorado FAMLI deduction on the Manage Deductions screen and select PCTGRS in the Computation Method field. You can also enter a new deduction. You can exclude any pay types from the subject wages by entering them on the Manage Deduction Modify Codes screen. Severance pay types will have to be excluded from subject wages.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_ldppfml_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


District of Columbia Implementation of DCETS Wage File Format (SUTA File) Changed to Payroll Year 2025
8.2.12

Currently, there is no indication when the District of Columbia will transition to the new file format (DCETS Wage File Format) from the old ESSP Wage File Format. For now, the Costpoint Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen has been updated to continue supporting the ESPP Wage File Format for 2024 reporting. The new DCETS Wage File Format will be automatically applied in Costpoint for payroll year 2025.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prpsmm_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Guam 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.12

The tax tables of Guam were updated based on 2024 federal tax tables.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds updated records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, refer to https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11312


Iowa 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.12

The State of Iowa revised the IA W-4 (Employee Withholding Allowance Certificate) for 2024. The revised form requires employees to enter a dollar allowance amount, rather than the number of allowances. The withholding formula has also been updated to base the standard deduction on the allowance amount claimed by the employee in the revised IA W-4 instead of the number of allowances.

To calculate Iowa’s state withholding taxes correctly, MR 8.2.9 introduces changes to Costpoint’s Compute Payroll process. Before running the Compute Payroll process, employers should instruct Iowa employees to update the Credit Amount on the State Withholding screen in Employee Self Service or instruct employees to file a paper IA W-4 so the Manage Employee Taxes screen can be manually updated with the new information.

Effective January 1, 2024, Iowa updated their withholding formula with the following:

  • The withholding formula now uses three tax brackets of 4.4%4.82%, and 5.7%, instead of the four used in 2023.

  • The state standard deduction amount depends on the state allowances (Credit Amount) claimed.

  • The standard deduction amounts increased to $14,600 or $29,200 annually, up from $13,850 or $27,700.

 

Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • HR/Payroll Administrators can now base the standard deduction amount on the state Credit Amount assigned to the employee in Manage Employee Taxes.

  • The following field was added to the screen:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

If the state allows a credit amount (reduction in the tax), enter credit amount basis for the standard deduction.

For example, Iowa bases the standard deduction amount on the allowance amount (Credit Amount) claimed by the employee on the IA W-4. As of January 1, 2024, if the employee’s Credit Amount is less than $80, the standard deduction will be $14,600; otherwise, it will be $29,200.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The application was updated based on the new Iowa withholding formula. When you compute payroll for an Iowa employee, the process will now:

  • Apply the standard deduction using the employee’s state credit amount as basis.

  • Deduct the employee’s state credit amount from the annualized state tax liability.

 

Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

The application was updated based on the new Iowa withholding formula. When you recalculate a record for an employee with Iowa withholding, the process will now:

  • Apply the standard deduction using the employee’s state credit amount as basis.

  • Deduct the employee’s state credit amount from the annualized state tax liability.

The following field was added to the State Taxes subtask:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the state credit amount used to calculate the employee’s Iowa state tax withholding. This is the Credit Amount assigned to the employee on the Manage Employee Taxes screen when payroll was computed.

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

The following field was added to the State Taxes subtask:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the state credit amount used to calculate the employee’s Iowa state tax withholding. This is the Credit Amount assigned to the employee on the Manage Employee Taxes screen when payroll was computed.

 

View Payroll Edit Table (PRQPTF)

The following field was added to the State Taxes subtask:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the state credit amount used to calculate the employee’s Iowa state tax withholding. This is the Credit Amount assigned to the employee on the Manage Employee Taxes screen when payroll was computed.

 

Post Payroll Journal (PRPPPCLS)

The application now includes the employee’s state credit amount when you run the Post Payroll process.

 

Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report (PRRFICA)

The dynamic tables used by the application were updated.

 

Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report (PRRFDTAX)

The dynamic tables used by the application were updated.

 

Recompute Taxable Wages (PRPRCOMP)

If you select the State checkbox in the Apply Employee’s Current Taxability group box, the application includes the employee’s state credit amount when recomputing state taxable wages.

 

Void/Replace Posted Paychecks (PRPAVCK)

When you run the Void/Replace Posted Paychecks process, the application populates the employee’s state credit amount on the Manage Payroll Records screen for void and replacement checks (V and W records).

 

Tax Table Updates

To support the state requirements, this release adds 01/01/2024 Iowa records with 2024 values on the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

 

Filing Status Updates

Iowa updated their marital status options with the release of their 2024 IA W-4 employee withholding allowance certificate. To accommodate the new statuses, Costpoint MR 8.2.9 was updated as follows:

  • Added new HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD filing status

  • Changed the description for the SINGLE filing status from “Single” to “Other”

  • Changed the description for the MARRIED filing status from “Married” to “Married Filing Jointly”

If your employees use Costpoint Employee Self Service (ESS) to update their state tax information, Deltek recommends you assign the new HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD status to Iowa on the Configure State Tax Settings screen and update the filing status descriptions for the MARRIED (Married Filing Jointly) and SINGLE (Other) filing statuses to be consistent with the 2024 IA W-4.

 

This enhancement requires the following: 

  • cp82_cmnlib_cpcpr_001.zip 

  • cp82_dbc_820_11301_001.zip 

  • cp82_dbc_820_11311_001.zip

  • cp82_prmerf_001.zip

  • cp82_prmssd_001.zip 

  • cp82_prmptf_001.zip

  • cp82_prpavck_001.zip

  • cp82_prprcomp_001.zip

  • cp82_prpppcls_001.zip

  • cp82_prqerf_001.zip

  • cp82_prqptf_001.zip

  • cp82_prrfdtax_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Maine SUTA Electronic Filing
8.2.12

You can now create quarterly state unemployment tax files for the Maine Department of Labor’s ReEmployME system. Electronic filing is an option provided by the state, but it is currently not required.

Attention: For more information, see: ReEmployME File Formatting Specifications for Electronic Transmittal of Quarterly Unemployment Contributions and Wage Reporting.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

You can now enter ME (Maine) in the SUTA State field. The screen enables the following fields:

  • Contact Name

  • Telephone Number

  • Ext

  • Reporting ID/UI Account Number

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

You can now generate quarterly state unemployment tax files for Maine. The application will use Maine quarterly SUTA file layout for the file creation process.

The labels of the following fields were updated to accommodate the Unemployment Program Administrative Fund (UPAF) Assessment Rate and Competitive Skills Scholarship Fund (CSSF) Assessment Rate.

Field

Description

Surcharge / SCUF / UPAF Rate

Enter the unemployment insurance (UI) surcharge rate, the Service Capacity Upgrade Fund (SCUF) rate, or the Unemployment Program Administrative Fund (UPAF) Assessment Rate for the year being reported. This value will be reported in Record T in the electronic file.

This field is applicable if you are creating a file for KY (Kentucky) or ME (Maine).

EAF / Rate

Enter the Employment Administration Fund (EAF) Tax Rate or Competitive Skills Scholarship Fund (CSSF) Assessment Rate to be reported in Record T in the electronic file.

This field is applicable if you are creating a file for MT (Montana), WA (Washington) or ME (Maine).

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prmsmm_001.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_002.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


New Jersey ACA 1095-C Electronic Filing and Printed 1095-C
8.2.12

New Jersey updated their 1095-C reporting requirements to require all employers (non-self-insured and self-insured) to report 1095-C Part 3 for their New Jersey employees. Previously, only self-insured employers had to report that information.

This release updates Costpoint applications to comply with New Jersey’s latest 1095-C requirements.

 

Create 1094-C and 1095-C Data (HBP109XC)

The Create 1094-C and 1095-C Data screen provides the following updates:

  • The application will populate Part III (covered individuals) for New Jersey employees working for non-self-insured employers. Parts I, II, and III will be created for new employees.

  • Costpoint populates the FED_EXCLUDE_PART3_FL field on the HB_1095C_COVERED tables to indicate that Part III has been populated for a New Jersey employee for a non-self-insured employer.

 

Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File (HBP1094C)

The Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File screen provides the following updates:

  • The application can now generate the pipe-delimited file layout for New Jersey employees. For the federal file, the application will not include any Part III data for NJ employees whose employers are not self-insured.

  • You can now select New Jersey from the State drop-down list in the Government Agency group box.

 

Manage 1095-C Data (HBM1095C)

The Manage 1095-C Data screen provides the following updates:

  • Part III (covered individuals) is now fully editable for NJ employees with non-self-insured employers, if applicable.

  • The Part III – Covered Individuals subtask includes a new checkbox.

Field

Description

Exclude from Part III in Federal Filing

This checkbox indicates if the Part III data will be excluded in the federal filing. A Part III record is created for New Jersey employees with a non-self-insured employer plan. This data is reported to New Jersey but should not be included in the federal filing.

  • The following message displays for New Jersey on the Part III – Covered Individuals subtask: “Part III data should not be added for non-self-insured employer plans unless the reporting state is New Jersey.”

 

Print 1095-Cs (HBR1095C)

The Print 1095-Cs screen fully supports printing reports for New Jersey employees with non-self-insured employers.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report now provides information for the new FED_EXCLUDE_PART3_FL field in the HB_1095C_COVERED table.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.nj.gov/treasury/njhealthinsurancemandate/employers.shtml.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11300_001.zip

  • cp82_hbm1095c_001.zip

  • cp82_hbr1095c_001.zip

  • cp82_hbp1094c_001.zip

  • cp82_hbp109xc_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


New Jersey Form NJ-927 Quarterly Reporting Update
8.2.12

To support New Jersey’s latest NJ-927 quarterly reporting requirements, the following were added to the Print Local Withholding Report (PRRLCWH):

  • Subject Wages and Excess Wages to the existing report

  • Quarter field as a parameter in the Selection Ranges group box

Note: This Costpoint update removes the following from the Query options:

  • Payroll Year Option

  • Taxable Entity Option

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prrlcwh_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11333_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


North Carolina 2024 SUTA Electronic Filing
8.2.12

The Employer’s Guide to Wage Report and Payment File Specifications has been updated, and the following are the changes in the March 2024 edition of the Employer EFW2 Format from the October 2023 edition:

  • Employer FEIN has been added to the RE record, location 19-27, and tagged as a required field.

  • All instances of “Employer ID” have been renamed to “10-digit NCDES employer ID”.

  • The following fields are no longer tagged as required:

  • RW 199-209 OOS Wage Amt

  • RW 338 12th of the Month – Month 1

  • RW 339 12th of the Month – Month 2

  • RW 340 12th of the Month – Month 3

Attention: For more information, see: Employer’s Guide to Wage Report and Payment File Specifications (March 2024).

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now reports the employer FEIN in positions 19-27 on the RE Record.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

Reporting ID/UI Account Number field can now accommodate up to 10 digits for North Carolina.


Vermont Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax
8.2.12

Vermont created a new payroll tax called the Child Care Contribution to fund its Child Care Financial Assistance Program under a bill that will partially go into effect on July 1, 2024.

  • The payroll tax is 0.44% of an employee’s covered wages or 0.11% of a self-employed individual’s self-employment income.

  • Employers are responsible for at least three-quarters of the tax but can choose to pay more.

  • Employers may deduct one quarter of the tax, or 0.11%, from employees’ wages.

  • Employers are responsible for withholding the employees' share.

  • Under the bill, the tax applies to employers that are required to withhold Vermont income tax from employee wages and to employees who have Vermont income tax withheld from their wages.

  • Employers must remit the tax to the state tax department using the same requirements as Vermont’s income tax, including the time and manner of payment.

  • Wages subject to federal income tax withholding are subject to the tax.

The bill holds employers responsible for the full amount of any unpaid contributions.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint now provides the abilty to set up, withhold, and report Vermont’s Child Care Contribution payroll tax.

Attention: For more information, see: https://legislature.vermont.gov/Documents/2024/Docs/ACTS/ACT076/ACT076%20As%20Enacted.pdf

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

You can now select Child Care Contribution Tax option from the Tax Type drop-down list when you set up the new payroll tax for Vermont.

New validations were added for the W-2 reporting setup of Vermont Child Care Contribution payroll tax.

 

Set Up the Employee-Paid Vermont Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax

Use the following steps to create an employee-paid local tax record for Vermont's Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

To set up the employee-paid local tax for Vermont:

  1. On the Manage Local Taxes screen, enter a local tax code to represent the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax and set other local values as needed.

Field

Description

Locality

Enter a local tax code that represents the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

State

Enter VT.

Tax Paid By

Select Employee.

Tax Type

Select Child Care Contribution Tax.

Note: If this option is not yet available, you may select Other Income Tax temporarily and then replace it with Child Care Contribution Tax (once available).

W-2 Box 14 Usage

Select which line number to print Child Care Contribution withheld.

Box 14 Description

Enter CCC.

Local Tax Details

  • Effective Date: 07/01/2024

  • Tax Based On: Gross Pay

  1. On the Manage Local Tax Tables screen, add a record for the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code and enter the corresponding field values for each filing status.

Field

Description

Effective Date

Enter 07/01/2024.

For Taxable Income Over

Enter 0.00.

Base Tax Plus

Enter 0.00.

Percent of Excess

Enter 0.11%.

Note: An employer may choose to withhold up to one-quarter of the Child Care Contribution from an employee's wages. The total CCC payroll tax on wages is 0.44% (or 0.0044), which means that the maximum an employer may elect to withhold from an employee is 0.11% (or 0.0011) of the employee's wages.

  1. On the Manage Local Standard Deductions screen, add a record for the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code for 07/01/2024 and set all values to 0.00.

  2. On the Manage Employee Taxes screen, assign the employee-paid local tax code to applicable employees.

 

Set Up Employer-Paid Vermont Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax

Use the following steps to create an employer-paid local tax record for Vermont's Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

To set up the employer-paid local tax for Vermont:

  1. On the Manage Local Taxes screen, enter a local tax code to represent the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax and set other local values as needed.

Field

Description

Locality

Enter a local tax code that represents the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

State

Enter VT.

Tax Paid By

Select Employer.

Tax Type

Select Child Care Contribution Tax.

Note: If this option is not yet available, you may select Other Income Tax temporarily and then replace it with Child Care Contribution Tax (once available).

W-2 Box 14 Usage

Not Applicable. Only the employee-paid amount is reported on the W-2 form. The employer should report the portion of CCC withheld from the employee for the tax year on Box 14 of the employee's W-2.

Box 14 Description

Blank

Local Tax Details

  • Effective Date: 07/01/2024

  • Tax Based On: Gross Pay

  1. On the Manage Local Tax Tables screen, add a record for the employer-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code and enter the corresponding field values for each filing status.

Field

Description

Effective Date

Enter 07/01/2024.

For Taxable Income Over

Enter 0.00.

Base Tax Plus

Enter 0.00.

Percent of Excess

Enter 0.33%.

Note: Employers are responsible for at least three-quarters of the tax but can choose to pay more.

  1. On the Manage Local Standard Deductions screen, add a record for the employer-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code for 07/01/2024 and set all values to 0.00.

  2. On the Manage Employee Taxes screen, assign the employer-paid local tax code to applicable employees.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_prmlti_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Virgin Islands 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.12

The tax tables of Virgin Islands were updated based on 2024 federal tax tables.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds updated records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, refer to https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11312


Virginia 2024 Tax Table Update
8.2.12

Virginia updated its formula for computing tax to be withheld effective for wages paid after April 1, 2024, for taxable year 2024 and after filers. The standard deduction increased from $8,000 to $8,500.

Attention: For more information, refer to https://www.tax.virginia.gov/sites/default/files/vatax-pdf/employer-withholding-tables.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11301_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11372_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe


Washington 2024 Q1 SUTA Electronic Filing
8.2.12

The ICESA Washington Bulk Format Specification S Record layout was updated with a new field in positions 221-275 to report the employee’s job title. To support the latest change to the state’s file format, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen and Export Payroll Taxes screen have been updated.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now populates positions 221-275 of Washington’s S Record with the employee’s detail job title description.

 

Export Payroll Taxes (PRPEXTAX)

The tax file has been updated as follows:

  • A new Field 91 has been added to all ET records.

  • The new Field 91 will be populated with the employee’s job title description in the SUTA record.

Attention: For more information, see: https://media.esd.wa.gov/esdwa/Default/ESDWAGOV/employer-Taxes/ICESA-bulk-filing-specs.pdf.

 

This enhancment requires the following:

  • cp82_prpextax_001.zip

  • cp82_prpsmm_001.zip

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



Vermont Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax
8.2.11

Vermont created a new payroll tax called the Child Care Contribution to fund its Child Care Financial Assistance Program under a bill that will partially go into effect on July 1, 2024.

  • The payroll tax is 0.44% of an employee’s covered wages, or 0.11% of a self-employed individual’s self-employment income.

  • Employers are responsible for at least three-quarters of the tax but can choose to pay more.

  • Employers may deduct one quarter of the tax, or 0.11%, from employees’ wages.

  • Employers are responsible for withholding the employees' share.

  • Under the bill, the tax applies to employers that are required to withhold Vermont income tax from employee wages and to employees who have Vermont income tax withheld from their wages.

  • Employers must remit the tax to the state tax department using the same requirements as Vermont’s income tax, including the time and manner of payment.

  • Wages subject to federal income tax withholding are subject to the tax.

The bill holds employers responsible for the full amount of any unpaid contributions.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint now provides the ability to set up, withhold, and report Vermont’s Child Care Contribution payroll tax.

Attention: For more information, see: https://legislature.vermont.gov/Documents/2024/Docs/ACTS/ACT076/ACT076%20As%20Enacted.pdf

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

You can now select Child Care Contribution Tax option from the Tax Type drop-down list when you set up the new payroll tax for Vermont.

New validations were added for the W-2 reporting setup of Vermont Child Care Contribution payroll tax.

 

Set Up the Employee-Paid Vermont Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax

Use the following steps to create an employee-paid local tax record for Vermont's Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

To set up the employee-paid local tax for Vermont:

  1. On the Manage Local Taxes screen, enter a local tax code to represent the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax and set other local values as needed.

Field

Description

Locality

Enter a local tax code that represents the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

State

Enter VT.

Tax Paid By

Select Employee.

Tax Type

Select Child Care Contribution Tax.

Note: If this option is not yet available, you may select Other Income Tax temporarily and then replace it with Child Care Contribution Tax (once available).

W-2 Box 14 Usage

Select which line number to print Child Care Contribution withheld.

Box 14 Description

Enter CCC.

Local Tax Details

  • Effective Date: 07/01/2024

  • Tax Based On: Gross Pay

  1. On the Manage Local Tax Tables screen, add a record for the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code and enter the corresponding field values for each filing status.

Field

Description

Effective Date

Enter 07/01/2024.

For Taxable Income Over

Enter 0.00.

Base Tax Plus

Enter 0.00.

Percent of Excess

Enter 0.11%.

Note: An employer may choose to withhold up to one quarter of the Child Care Contribution from an employee's wages. The total CCC payroll tax on wages is 0.44% (or 0.0044), which means that the maximum an employer may elect to withhold from an employee is 0.11% (or 0.0011) of the employee's wages.

  1. On the Manage Local Standard Deductions screen, add a record for the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code for 07/01/2024 and set all values to 0.00.

  2. On the Manage Employee Taxes screen, assign the employee-paid local tax code to applicable employees.

 

Set Up Employer-Paid Vermont Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax

Use the following steps to create an employer-paid local tax record for Vermont's Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

To set up the employer-paid local tax for Vermont:

  1. On the Manage Local Taxes screen, enter a local tax code to represent the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax and set other local values as needed.

Field

Description

Locality

Enter a local tax code that represents the employee-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax.

State

Enter VT.

Tax Paid By

Select Employer.

Tax Type

Select Child Care Contribution Tax.

Note: If this option is not yet available, you may select Other Income Tax temporarily and then replace it with Child Care Contribution Tax (once available).

W-2 Box 14 Usage

Not applicable. Only the employee-paid amount is reported on the W-2 form. The employer should report the portion of CCC withheld from the employee for the tax year on Box 14 of the employee's W-2.

Box 14 Description

Blank

Local Tax Details

  • Effective Date: 07/01/2024

  • Tax Based On: Gross Pay

  1. On the Manage Local Tax Tables screen, add a record for the employer-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code and enter the corresponding field values for each filing status.

Field

Description

Effective Date

Enter 07/01/2024.

For Taxable Income Over

Enter 0.00.

Base Tax Plus

Enter 0.00.

Percent of Excess

Enter 0.33%.

Note: Employers are responsible for at least three-quarters of the tax but can choose to pay more.

  1. On the Manage Local Standard Deductions screen, add a record for the employer-paid Child Care Contribution Payroll Tax local tax code for 07/01/2024 and set all values to 0.00.

  2. On the Manage Employee Taxes screen, assign the employer-paid local tax code to applicable employees.


Virginia 2024 Tax Table Update
8.2.11

Virginia updated its formula for computing tax to be withheld effective for wages paid after April 1, 2024, for taxable year 2024 and after filers. The standard deduction increased from $8,000 to $8,500.

Attention: For more information, refer to https://www.tax.virginia.gov/sites/default/files/vatax-pdf/employer-withholding-tables.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this release adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11372



2024 SUTA Wage Base
8.2.10

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2024 on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2024.

 

West Virginia

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $9,000 to $9,521.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11331


California Pay Data Reporting Updates
8.2.10

California Pay Data Reporting requirements were updated for the 2023 reporting year due May 8, 2024. Employers must now report whether employees worked remotely during the snapshot period. The new data to be reported includes:

  • Number of employees that do not work remotely

  • Number of remote employees located within California

  • Number of remote employees located outside of California

For Labor Contractor Employee Reports, reporting “unknown” race/ethnicity or sex of a labor contractor employee is no longer permitted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://calcivilrights.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/32/2021/01/CA-Pay-Data-Reporting-User-Guide.pdf

 

Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1)

The Payroll Employee Report and the Labor Contractor Employee Report for California Pay Data now display the following:

  • Number of employees that do not work remotely

  • Number of remote employees located within California

  • Number of remote employees located outside of California

A warning message will display in the California Pay Data Warning Report if employees in the Labor Contractor Employee Report belong to one of the following Race/Ethnicity/Sex codes.

  • U10 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Male

  • U20 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Female

  • U30 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Non-binary

  • UU - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Unknown Sex

 

Manage Employee Salary Information (LDMEHIS)

The following field has been added on the HR Information tab of the Manage Employee Salary Information screen.

Field

Description

California Pay Data Reporting Remote Worker Status

From the drop-down list, select the employee’s remote worker status for California Pay Data Reporting purposes. Ensure that the information is true for the snapshot period you normally use for the California Pay Data Report.

  • Does not work remotely: This is a non-remote employee assigned to a California establishment during the snapshot period. This is the default value.

  • Remote employee located within California: This is a remote employee assigned to a California or non-California establishment whose state of residence is California during the snapshot period.

  • Remote employee located outside California: This is a remote employee assigned to a California establishment whose state of residence is not in California during the snapshot period.

This field will be used in the California Pay Data Report on the Print EEO-1 Report (HAREEO1) application.

Note: The California Pay Data Reporting Remote Worker Status field has been also added to the following screens:

  • Salary Details subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen

  • View Salary Information screen

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report now provides information for the new CA_REMOTE_WORKER columns that have been added to the following database tables for this enhancement:

  • EMPL_LAB_INFO

  • EMPL_LAB_INFO_ADT


Colorado PFML Wage Report Update
8.2.10

When Colorado Paid Family Leave Reporting was added, the state defined wages as SUTA eligible wages. Colorado later changed the wages definition to gross wages. This enhancement updates the Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File (LDPPFML) screen to support Colorado’s latest requirements.

Note: For more information, refer to: https://content.govdelivery.com/accounts/CODLE/bulletins/3705eb4

 

Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File

The calculations for Colorado FAMLI subject wages were updated to use gross wages. The report and application logic will now use total gross wages, instead of total SUTA subject wages, in the TotalWagesThisPeriod column.

Warning: You must update your existing FAMLI deduction setup, whether you created a local tax or a deduction for this purpose.

  • If you created a local tax, you must update the existing Colorado FAMLI record on the Manage Local Taxes screen and select Gross Pay instead of SUTA Subject Wages in the Tax Based On field. You can also enter a new local tax that is calculated on gross pay. You may exclude pay types from the subject wages by entering that pay type on the Local Taxes subtask of the Manage Pay Type Taxability screen. Severance pay types will have to be excluded from subject wages.

  • If you created a deduction, you must update the existing Colorado FAMLI deduction on the Manage Deductions screen and select PCTGRS in the Computation Method field. You can also enter a new deduction. You can exclude any pay types from the subject wages by entering them on the Manage Deduction Modify Codes screen. Severance pay types will have to be excluded from subject wages.


New Jersey Form NJ-927 Quarterly Reporting Update
8.2.10

To support New Jersey’s latest NJ-927 quarterly reporting requirements, the following were added to the Print Local Withholding Report (PRRLCWH):

  • Subject Wages and Excess Wages to the existing report

  • Quarter field as a parameter in the Selection Ranges group box

Note: This Costpoint update removes the following from the Query options:

  • Payroll Year Option

  • Taxable Entity Option


Washington 2024 Q1 SUTA Electronic Filing
8.2.10

The ICESA Washington Bulk Format Specification S Record layout was updated with a new field in positions 221-275 to report the employee’s job title. To support the latest change to the state’s file format, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen and Export Payroll Taxes screen have been updated.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The application now populates positions 221-275 of Washington’s S Record with the employee’s detail job title description.

 

Export Payroll Taxes (PRPEXTAX)

The tax file has been updated as follows:

  • A new Field 91 has been added to all ET records.

  • The new Field 91 will be populated with the employee’s job title description in the SUTA record.

Attention: For more information, see: https://media.esd.wa.gov/esdwa/Default/ESDWAGOV/employer-Taxes/ICESA-bulk-filing-specs.pdf.



District of Columbia Implementation of DCETS Wage File Format (SUTA File) Changed to Payroll Year 2025
8.2.9

Currently, there is no indication when the District of Columbia will transition to the new file format (DCETS Wage File Format) from the old ESSP Wage File Format. For now, the Costpoint Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen has been updated to continue supporting the ESPP Wage File Format for 2024 reporting. The new DCETS Wage File Format will be automatically applied in Costpoint for payroll year 2025.


Guam 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.9

The tax tables of Guam were updated based on 2024 federal tax tables.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds updated records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, refer to https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11312


Iowa 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.9

The State of Iowa revised the IA W-4 (Employee Withholding Allowance Certificate) for 2024. The revised form requires employees to enter a dollar allowance amount, rather than the number of allowances. The withholding formula has also been updated to base the standard deduction on the allowance amount claimed by the employee in the revised IA W-4 instead of the number of allowances.

To calculate Iowa’s state withholding taxes correctly, MR 8.2.9 introduces changes to Costpoint’s Compute Payroll process. Before running the Compute Payroll process, employers should instruct Iowa employees to update the Credit Amount on the State Withholding screen in Employee Self Service or instruct employees to file a paper IA W-4 so the Manage Employee Taxes screen can be manually updated with the new information.

Effective January 1, 2024, Iowa updated their withholding formula with the following:

  • The withholding formula now uses three tax brackets of 4.4%, 4.82%, and 5.7%, instead of the four used in 2023.

  • The state standard deduction amount depends on the state allowances (Credit Amount) claimed

  • The standard deduction amounts increased to $14,600 or $29,200 annually, up from $13,850 or $27,700.

 

Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • HR/Payroll Administrators can now base the standard deduction amount on the state Credit Amount assigned to the employee in Manage Employee Taxes.

  • The following field was added to the screen:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

If the state allows a credit amount (reduction in the tax), enter credit amount basis for the standard deduction.

For example, Iowa bases the standard deduction amount on the allowance amount (Credit Amount) claimed by the employee on the IA W-4. As of January 1, 2024, if the employee’s Credit Amount is less than $80, the standard deduction will be $14,600; otherwise, it will be $29,200.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The application was updated based on the new Iowa withholding formula. When you compute payroll for an Iowa employee, the process will now:

  • Apply the standard deduction using the employee’s state credit amount as basis.

  • Deduct the employee’s state credit amount from the annualized state tax liability.

 

Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

The application was updated based on the new Iowa withholding formula. When you recalculate a record for an employee with Iowa withholding, the process will now:

  • Apply the standard deduction using the employee’s state credit amount as basis.

  • Deduct the employee’s state credit amount from the annualized state tax liability.

The following field was added to the State Taxes subtask:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the state credit amount used to calculate the employee’s Iowa state tax withholding. This is the Credit Amount assigned to the employee on the Manage Employee Taxes screen when payroll was computed.

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

The following field was added to the State Taxes subtask:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the state credit amount used to calculate the employee’s Iowa state tax withholding. This is the Credit Amount assigned to the employee on the Manage Employee Taxes screen when payroll was computed.

 

View Payroll Edit Table (PRQPTF)

The following field was added to the State Taxes subtask:

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the state credit amount used to calculate the employee’s Iowa state tax withholding. This is the Credit Amount assigned to the employee on the Manage Employee Taxes screen when payroll was computed.

 

Post Payroll Journal (PRPPPCLS)

The application now includes the employee’s state credit amount when you run the Post Payroll process.

 

Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report (PRRFICA)

The dynamic tables used by the application were updated.

 

Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report (PRRFDTAX)

The dynamic tables used by the application were updated.

 

Recompute Taxable Wages (PRPRCOMP)

If you select the State checkbox in the Apply Employee’s Current Taxability group box, the application includes the employee’s state credit amount when recomputing state taxable wages.

 

Void/Replace Posted Paychecks (PRPAVCK)

When you run the Void/Replace Posted Paychecks process, the application populates the employee’s state credit amount on the Manage Payroll Records screen for void and replacement checks (V and W records).

 

Tax Table Updates

To support the state requirements, this release adds 01/01/2024 Iowa records with 2024 values on the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

 

Filing Status Updates

Iowa updated their marital status options with the release of their 2024 IA W-4 employee withholding allowance certificate. To accommodate the new statuses, Costpoint MR 8.2.9 was updated as follows:

  • Added new HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD filing status

  • Changed the description for the SINGLE filing status from “Single” to “Other”

  • Changed the description for the MARRIED filing status from “Married” to “Married Filing Jointly”

If your employees use Costpoint Employee Self Service (ESS) to update their state tax information, Deltek recommends you assign the new HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD status to Iowa on the Configure State Tax Settings screen and update the filing status descriptions for the MARRIED (Married Filing Jointly) and SINGLE (Other) filing statuses to be consistent with the 2024 IA W-4.


New Jersey ACA 1095-C Electronic Filing and Printed 1095-C
8.2.9

New Jersey updated their 1095-C reporting requirements to require all employers (non-self-insured and self-insured) to report 1095-C Part 3 for their New Jersey employees. Previously, only self-insured employers had to report that information.

This release updates Costpoint applications to comply with New Jersey’s latest 1095-C requirements.

 

Create 1094-C and 1095-C Data (HBP109XC)

The Create 1094-C and 1095-C Data screen provides the following updates:

  • The application will populate Part III (covered individuals) for New Jersey employees working for non-self-insured employers. Parts I, II, and III will be created for new employees.

  • Costpoint populates the FED_EXCLUDE_PART3_FL field on the HB_1095C_COVERED tables to indicate that Part III has been populated for a New Jersey employee for a non-self-insured employer.

 

Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File (HBP1094C)

The Create 1094-C and 1095-C Electronic File screen provides the following updates:

  • The application can now generate the pipe-delimited file layout for New Jersey employees. For the federal file, the application will not include any Part III data for NJ employees whose employers are not self-insured.

  • You can now select New Jersey from the State drop-down list in the Government Agency group box.

 

Manage 1095-C Data (HBM1095C)

The Manage 1095-C Data screen provides the following updates:

  • Part III (covered individuals) is now fully editable for NJ employees with non-self-insured employers, if applicable.

  • The Part III – Covered Individuals subtask includes a new checkbox.

Field

Description

Exclude from Part III in Federal Filing

This checkbox indicates if the Part III data will be excluded in the federal filing. A Part III record is created for New Jersey employees with a non-self-insured employer plan. This data is reported to New Jersey but should not be included in the federal filing.

  • The following message displays for New Jersey on the Part III – Covered Individuals subtask: “Part III data should not be added for non-self-insured employer plans unless the reporting state is New Jersey.”

 

Print 1095-Cs (HBR1095C)

The Print 1095-Cs screen fully supports printing reports for New Jersey employees with non-self-insured employers.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report now provides information for the new FED_EXCLUDE_PART3_FL field in the HB_1095C_COVERED table.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.nj.gov/treasury/njhealthinsurancemandate/employers.shtml.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11300


Virgin Islands 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.9

The tax tables of Virgin Islands were updated based on 2024 federal tax tables.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds updated records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, refer to https://www.irs.gov/forms-pubs/about-publication-15-t.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11312



2024 SUTA Wage Base
8.2.8

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2024 on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2024.

 

Hawaii

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 56,700 to $59,100.

 

Idaho

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 49,900 to $53,500.

 

Kentucky

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 11,100 to $11,400.

 

New Mexico

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $30,100 to $31,700.

 

North Carolina

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $29,600 to $31,400.

 

North Dakota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $40,800 to $43,800.

 

Oklahoma

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from $25,700 to $27,000.

 

Rhode Island

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased:

  • From $29,700 to $30,700 for employers assigned the highest tax rate.

  • From $ 28,200 to $29,200 for all other employers.

 

Virgin Islands

The unemployment-taxable wage base increased from 30,200 to $31,000.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11285

  • Patch dbc_820_11294

  • Patch dbc_820_11297


Illinois 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The value of a state allowance increased from $2,425 to $2,775.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11294


Indiana 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The state withholding rate decreased from 3.15% to 3.05%.

  • The employer is not required to withhold state or county income tax on some employees if the employee will work in Indiana for 30 days or less during the taxable year.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.in.gov/dor/files/dn01.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11285


Iowa 2024 Tax Table Update: Allow Employees to Provide New Iowa W-4 Setup before Payroll Computation Changes
8.2.8

The State of Iowa provided the revised IA-W4 (Employee Withholding Allowance Certificate) for 2024. The revised form requires employees to enter a dollar credit amount. The standard deduction will now depend on the allowance amount claimed by the employee in the revised IA-W4 instead of the number of allowances.

To calculate Iowa’s state withholding taxes correctly, the upcoming MR 8.2.9 will introduce changes to the Costpoint Compute Payroll process. Before you apply the payroll computation changes, you can install MR 8.2.8, which applies changes to multiple Costpoint screens that will enable Iowa employees to update their W-4 information.

 

State Withholding (ESMSTATEWH)

  • A new Credit Amount field was added to the State Withholding and Other Withholding State(s) to store the employee’s state credit amount.

Field

Description

Credit Amount

Enter the total state credit amount. For Iowa, if you are not exempt, then this is the total allowance amount on 2024 IA W-4.

This field is enabled for Iowa only.

  • The application populates the new column in the EMPL_TAX_ADT table that is used to track changes to the state credit amount.

Note: In addition to the changes for Iowa, the references to WH-4 line numbers were removed from the screen’s information message on adopted child exemption. The updates on the State Withholding screen also apply to the State Withholding tab on the Life Events/New Hires screen.

 

Manage Employee Taxes (PRMETAX)

  • A new Credit Amount field was added to the State tab and Multi-State Taxes subtask to store the employee’s state credit amount. This field will be enabled only if the Withholding State is Iowa.

Field

Description

Credit Amount

If the state allows a credit amount (reduction in the tax), enter the employee's credit amount. The field does not provide a default credit amount value since you must update this field based on the W-4 Form. For example, Iowa allows a credit amount beginning January 1, 2024, and you will need to enter the credit amount based on the 2024 IA W-4 Form.

According to the Iowa Department of Revenue website:

"Employers who expect to receive updated W-4 forms from employees using the 2024 IA-W-4 form, but who have not yet received the updated W-4 form, may temporarily use $40 as the total allowance amount and $0 as the additional withholding amount when calculating these employees’ withholding amounts.

Alternatively, for employees who have furnished Form W-4 in any year before 2024, employers may continue to compute withholding based on the information from the employee's most recently furnished Form W-4 but, if they do, must make the following modification: Multiply the number of allowances claimed on line 6 of the pre-2024 W-4 by $40 to determine the amount of allowances. For example, if an employee claims 6 total allowances on a 2023 IA W-4, when calculating the 2024 Iowa withholding the employer should use $240 (6*$40) of total allowances."

This field is enabled for Iowa only.

  • Populate the new column in the EMPL_TAX_ADT table with changes to the State Credit Amount field.

Note: The updates on the Manage Employee Taxes screen also apply to the Taxes subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen.

 

View Employee Taxes (PRQETAX)

  • A new Credit Amount field was added to the State tab and Multi-State Taxes subtask to store the employee’s state credit amount. This field will be enabled only if the Withholding State is Iowa.

Field

Description

Credit Amount

This field displays the employee's state credit amount.

  • A column was added to the EMPL_TAX_ADT table to track changes to the new State Credit Amount column in the EMPL_TAX table.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report now provides information for the new State Credit Amount (ST_CREDIT_AMT) column in the following tables.

  • EMPL_TAX

  • EMPL_TAX_ADT

  • EMPL_TAX_MULTI

  • EMPL_TAX_MULTI_ADT

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11293


Maryland 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

Three Maryland counties made changes to their income tax rates for 2024.

 

Cecil County

The local tax rate decreased from 2.8% to 2.75%.

 

Anne Arundel County

For taxpayers with filing statuses of Single, Married Filing Separately, or Dependent, the local tax rates are as follows:

  1. .0270 of Maryland taxable income of $1 through $50,000;

  2. .0281 of Maryland taxable income of $50,001 through $400,000; and

  3. .0320 of Maryland taxable income of over $400,000

For taxpayers with filing statuses of Married Filing Jointly, Head of Household, or Qualified Surviving Spouse, the local tax rates are as follows:

  1. .0270 of Maryland taxable income of $1 through $75,000;

  2. .0281 of Maryland taxable income of $75,001 through $480,000; and

  3. .0320 of Maryland taxable income of over $480,000

 

Frederick County

For taxpayers with filing statuses of Single, Married Filing Separately, and Dependent Taxpayer, the local tax rates are as follows:

  1. .0225 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income between $1 and not exceeding $25,000;

  2. .0275 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income between $25,001 and not exceeding $50,000;

  3. .0296 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income between $50,001 and not exceeding $150,000; and

  4. .0320 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income of $150,001 or more;

For taxpayers with filing statuses of Married Filing Jointly, Head of Household, or Qualified Surviving Spouse, the local tax rates are as follows:

  1. .0225 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income between $1 and not exceeding $25,000;

  2. .0275 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income between $25,001 and not exceeding $100,000;

  3. .0296 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income between $100,001 and not exceeding $250,000; and

  4. .0320 for taxpayers who have a net taxable income of $250,001 or more.

The minimum and maximum standard deduction increased to $1,800 and $2,700 annually, up from $1,700 and $2,550.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.marylandtaxes.gov/forms/24-forms/Withholding-Guide.pdf.

 

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11296


Massachusetts 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The surtax, which is 4% on income of more than $1,053,750 for 2024, has been included in the withholding method.

  • The amounts that could be added to state allowances for heads of households or blindness were removed, leaving only amounts that can instead be subtracted from the tax owed by heads of households or blind individuals.

  • A similar percentage method applies to pension or annuity payments with the same surtax threshold.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.mass.gov/doc/massachusetts-circular-m-income-tax-withholding-tables-at-50-effective-january-1-2024/download.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11294


Michigan 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The state plans to return its flat income tax rate to 4.25% in 2024 after it decreased in 2023.

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $5,400 to $5,600.

  • The withholding rate is 4.25% of compensation after deducting the personal and dependent exemption allowance.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, see: 446 Michigan Income Tax Withholding Guide.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11296


Minnesota 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $4,800 to $5,050.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.revenue.state.mn.us/sites/default/files/2023-12/wh-inst-24_1.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11294


Mississippi 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

For 2024, the flat tax rate decreased from 5% to 4.7%.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.dor.ms.gov/sites/default/files/Business/Computer%20Payroll%20Flowchart%20-%2009-26-23.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11294


North Dakota 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.tax.nd.gov/sites/www/files/documents/forms/business/it-withholding/income-tax-withholding-rates-and-instructions-booklet.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11294


Oregon 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The Oregon Department of Revenue (DOR) issued guidance on withholding tax formulas, effective January 1, 2024.

  • The federal tax adjustment amount increased from $7,800 to $8,250 for an employee with annual wages up to $50,000.

  • The federal tax adjustment phase out amounts for an employee with annual wages of 50,000 or greater has changed in 2024.

  • The tax table has changed for an employee with annual wages up to $50,000.

  • The tax table has changed for an employee with annual wages $50,000 or higher.

  • The allowance amount increased from $236 to $249.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $2,605 to $2,745 for an employee filing Single with fewer than three allowances.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $5,210 to $5,495 for an employee filing Single with three or more allowances.

  • The standard deduction amount increased from $5,210 to $5,495 for an employee filing Married.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.oregon.gov/dor/programs/businesses/Documents/withholding-tax-formulas_206-436_2024.pdf.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11296


Vermont 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.8

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $4,850 to $5,100, annually.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.vermont.gov/sites/tax/files/documents/GB-1210-2024.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11285



2024 SUTA Wage Base
8.2.7

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2024 on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2024.

 

Alaska

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $47,100 to $49,700.

 

Colorado

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from 20,400 to $23,800.

 

Illinois

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $13,271 to $13,590.

 

Minnesota

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $40,000 to $42,000.

 

Montana

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from 40,500 to $43,000.

 

Oregon

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $50,900 to $52,800.

 

Utah

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $44,800 to $47,000.

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11271

  • Patch dbc_820_11280

  • Patch dbc_820_11274


Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption
8.2.7

For the tax year beginning on or after January 1, 2024, through June 30, 2025, overtime pay received by a full-time hourly wage-paid employee for hours worked above 40 in any given week are excluded from gross income and, therefore, exempt from Alabama state income tax. Tied with this exemption are employer reporting requirements to the Alabama Department of Revenue.

Employers are required to report the total aggregate amount of overtime paid and the total number of employees who received overtime pay in the State of Alabama in compliance with ACT 2023-421 Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption.

Employers must report the following:

  • One-Time Report – Historical 2023 Overtime Data:

  • This report is due by January 31, 2024.

  • Employers are required to report the following:

    1. Aggregate amount of overtime paid during 2023 calendar year

    2. Total number of full-time hourly employees who received overtime pay in 2023

  • Monthly/Quarterly Reporting Beginning for 2024 Tax Year:

  • This is reported with Form A-6 (monthly) and Form A-1 (quarterly) withholding returns.

  • Employers are required to report the following:

    1. Aggregate amount of overtime paid during the period (month/quarter)

    2. Total number of full-time hourly employees who received overtime pay

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.revenue.alabama.gov/individual-corporate/overtime-exemption/

Costpoint provides a new application that allows employers to comply with the new reporting requirements of Alabama.

 

Print State Overtime Wages Report (PRRSOTW)

The new Print State Overtime Wages Report will print the aggregate amount paid and the total number of hourly employees who received overtime pay in the specifiedTaxable Entity, check date range, and Withholding State. You may opt to include a list of employees in the report. Currently, this report is applicable for the State of Alabama only. To access this screen, click to People » Payroll » Tax Reporting » Print State Overtime Wages Report.

If check dates are before January 1, 2024, or after June 30, 2025, which are outside the effectivity of Alabama’s temporary Overtime Pay Exemption, the overtime wages paid shall be determined using overtime pay types only. The pay type’s Overtime checkbox must be selected on the Manage Pay Types screen.

If check dates are within the effectivity of Alabama’s temporary Overtime Pay Exemption, the overtime wages paid shall be determined using overtime pay types and overtime pay type taxability. The following setup must be done on the Manage Pay Types screen and Manage Pay Type Taxability screen.

 

How to Set Up Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption

  1. On the Manage Pay Types screen, add a pay type code to represent the Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption pay type.

  2. Set up the following for the added pay type code:

  • Select the Overtime checkbox.

  • Clear the Salaried checkbox.

Here is an example of the Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption pay type setup on the Manage Pay Types screen:

[image]

  1. On the Manage Pay Type Taxability screen, add a record for the Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption pay type code.

  2. On the State subtask, add a row for Alabama and select Exempt from the Income Taxability drop-down list.

Here is an example of the Alabama Overtime Pay Exemption pay type setup on the Manage Pay Type Taxability screen:

[image]

  1. On the Manage Timesheet screen, create a timesheet line for overtime wages by setting up the following:

  • Assign the Alabama Overtime Exemption pay type code in the Timesheet Line’s Pay Type field.

  • Enter the amount of overtime wages that are exempt from Alabama’s withholding tax in the Labor Cost field.

 

Export Payroll Taxes (PRPEXTAX)

This update adds the following fields to the Employee Tax (ET) Record - Employee State Tax Withholding (STEE):

  • Field 88: CHECK Alabama Overtime Exempt Wages

  • Field 89: QTD Alabama Overtime Exempt Wages

  • Field 90: YTD Alabama Overtime Exempt Wages


Colorado 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • For employees with a federal filing status of married filing jointly or qualifying surviving spouse, the standard deduction amount rises from $9,000 to $10,000.

  • For all other filing statuses, the standard deduction amount rises from $4,500 to $5,000.

Attention: For more information, see:

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • State Withholding (ESMSTATEWH)

  • Life Events/New Hires (ESMLIFEEVENT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11273


Connecticut 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The two lowest tax rates in the withholding calculation rules were reduced to 2% and 4.5%, instead of 3% and 5%, for all withholding codes.

  • The Phase-Out Add-Back tax rate decreases from 3% to 2%.

  • The Tax Recapture table has been updated.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11273


Florida 2023 Reemployment Tax Electronic Filing Schema Version 1.3 Update
8.2.7

Florida has added schema version 1.3 for 2023. Costpoint now supports Florida’s updated Reemployment Tax XML package, in which the pattern [ -)|+-ÿ]+ has been replaced with ([A-Za-z0-9'\-] ?)[ -)|+-ÿ]+ for the name fields, address fields, and title field.

The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen was updated to comply with Florida’s XML requirements.

Attention: Please refer to the RT_changes.xlsx file in the Reemployment Tax XML Package for all the changes from version 1.2.


Georgia 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The 2024 withholding methods use a flat tax rate of 5.49%.

  • The graduated tax rates used for supplemental payments were mostly unchanged, except the highest rate decreased from 5.75% to 5.49%.

  • The standard deduction amount increases from $7,100 to $24,000 for employees that are Married Filing Joint Return.

  • The standard deduction amount increases from $5,400 to $12,000 for employees that are Single or Head of Household.

  • The standard deduction amount increases to $3,550 to $12,000 for employees that are Married Filing Separate Return.

  • The personal allowance that depended on filing status has been removed.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.georgia.gov/employers-tax-guide.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11280


Maine 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $4,700 to $5,000.

  • The maximum standard deduction increased from $11,000 to $11,750 for single employees and from $24,850 to $26,350 for married employees.

  • The standard deduction decreases according to a formula for single employees who earn more than $97,150 annually, up from $91,500, or for married employees who earn more than $194,300 annually, up from $183,050.

  • The deduction reaches zero when a single employee earns at least $172,150 annually, up from $166,500, or when a married employee earns at least $344,300 annually, up from $333,050.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.maine.gov/revenue/sites/maine.gov.revenue/files/inline-files/24_wh_tab_instr.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11271


Maryland 2023 W-2 Electronic Filing
8.2.7

The RW record must now be included in the electronic file according to the 2023 Maryland Employer Reporting of W2s Instructions and Specifications.

Attention: For more information, see: 2023 Maryland Employer Reporting of W2s Instructions and Specifications.

The Create State W-2 File (PRPW2S) screen was updated to support the latest electronic file W-2 file format for Maryland.

  • The NAICS Code field should be a 6-digit value for Maryland.

  • The following values are set in the file for Maryland:

  • RE record, Location 26 (Terminating Business Indicator) is now set to 0.

  • RE record, Location 31-39 (Other EIN) is now set to blank.


Missouri 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The withholding formula uses tax rates of zero to 4.8%, instead of the previous range of zero to 4.95%.

  • The state’s standard deductions have increased for all filing statuses.

  • The state’s supplemental tax rate decreased to 4.8%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.mo.gov/forms/Withholding%20Formula_2024.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11274


Montana 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • Employees are now required to use the same filing status they use for federal purposes.

  • New tax brackets are now used in the withholding formula.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreased from 6% to 5%.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11273


Nebraska 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The annual state allowance increased from $2,140 to $2,250.

  • The percentage method tables have been updated.

Attention: For more information, see: https://revenue.nebraska.gov/sites/revenue.nebraska.gov/files/doc/business/Cir_En_2023/2024cir_en_whole.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11271


New Mexico 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

Effective 01/01/2024, the tax brackets were updated in the New Mexico Wage Withholding Tables for Percentage Method of Withholding.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11274


North Carolina 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The rate used for withholding decreases from 4.85%. to 4.6%.

  • The supplemental tax rate decreases from 4.85%. to 4.6%.

Attention: For more information, see: https://www.ncdor.gov/tax-forms/2024-nc-30/open.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11280


North Carolina Q4 2023 SUTA Electronic Filing - New/Updated File Formats
8.2.7

Costpoint now supports the new and updated file formats to be used in the new North Carolina State Unemployment Insurance Tax System (NCSUITS) beginning Q4. NCSUITS is a new, modernized system to administer North Carolina’s unemployment insurance tax program.

Attention: For more information, see:

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

  • The following are the changes to the file format for North Carolina:

  • N and RS records were removed.

  • The RE record was updated.

  • RA, RW, RT, and RF records were added.

  • The screen displays a warning if the file name is blank or its extension is not “.efw.”

  • Validations were added for Configure Company Information screen fields.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

  • The following fields are now enabled for North Carolina:

  • Contact Name

  • Telephone Number

  • Ext

  • E-mail

  • Unit/Division Location/Plant Code

  • Pay Types Excluded in Hours Worked

  • The following fields are now required for North Carolina:

  • Contact Name

  • E-mail

  • The following fields are now disabled for North Carolina:

  • Remitter Number/Employees Outside County

  • Seasonal Wage Code

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

This update adds adjustment reason codes for North Carolina in the S_SUTA_ADJ_RSN_CD table.

 

Manage Employee Taxes (PRMETAX)

The Owner/Officer and Occupational/SOC Code fields are now applicable to North Carolina.

Note: This update also applies to the View Employee Taxes screen and the Taxes subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen.


Oklahoma 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The top tax bracket was increased for married employees.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11271


Rhode Island 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The brackets used in the percentage method were adjusted.

  • The annual wage threshold above which the value of a state allowance is zero increased from $260,550 to $274,650.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://tax.ri.gov/sites/g/files/xkgbur541/files/2023-12/2024%20Withholding%20Tax%20Booklet.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11280


South Carolina 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.7

The following state tax updates are effective 01/01/2024:

  • The value of a state allowance increased from $4,310 to $4,610.

  • The maximum standard deduction increased from $6,475 to $6,925.

  • The tax brackets used in the percentage method were also adjusted.

Attention: For more information, see: https://dor.sc.gov/forms-site/Forms/WH1603F_2024.pdf.

To support the state requirements, this update adds records to the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11271



2024 SUTA Wage Base
8.2.6

This Costpoint release adds tax table records effective January 1, 2024 on the Manage State Taxes screen for states where the unemployment-taxable wage base has been updated for tax year 2024.

 

Connecticut

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $15,000 to $25,000.

 

Iowa

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $36,100 to $38,200.

 

Missouri

The unemployment-taxable wage base decreases from $10,500 to $10,000.

 

Nevada

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $40,100 to $40,600.

 

New Jersey

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $41,100 to $42,300.

 

New York

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $12,300 to $12,500.

 

Vermont

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $13,500 to $14,300.

 

Washington

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $67,600 to $68,500.

 

Wyoming

The unemployment-taxable wage base increases from $29,100 to $30,900.


Arkansas 2024 Tax Table Update
8.2.6

Arkansas provided the following tax updates for 2024:

  • The highest rate decreases from 4.7%. to 4.4%.

  • The standard deduction used in the formula increases from $2,270 to $2,340.

  • The Formula Method for computing the amount of withholding was updated.

To support the state requirements, this release updates the tax calculation in Payroll and adds new records on the following screens for Arkansas:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://www.dfa.arkansas.gov/images/uploads/incomeTaxOffice/whformula_2023.pdf


California 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.6

The following are the tax table updates for California effective 01/01/2024:

  • The annual low-income exemption threshold increases to $17,769 or $35,538, up from $17,252 or $34,503, depending on the employee’s filing status and, for married employees, the number of allowances claimed.

  • The annual standard deduction increases to $5,363 or $10,726, up from $5,202 or $10,404, depending on the employee’s filing status and, for married employees, the number of allowances claimed.

  • The value of a state allowance increases from $154 to $158.40 annually.

  • The tax rates used in Method B continue to range from 1.1% to 14.63%. The tax brackets used are to be adjusted compared to 2023.

To support the state updates, this release adds records effective 01/01/2024 on the following screens:

  • Manage State Taxes

  • Manage State Standard Deductions

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments

  • Manage State Tax Tables


Indiana 2023 Tax Table Updates
8.2.6

The Indiana Department of Revenue added a new exemption for qualifying dependents claimed for the first time. The new exemption is effective for withholding on or after September 15, 2023. Employees are entitled to deduct $1,500 per year per qualifying first-time dependent exemption claimed on line 7 of their Form WH-4.

Costpoint can now store the data on the employee’s first-time claimed additional dependent exemptions. You can now enter the employee’s first-time claimed additional dependent exemptions when calculating state and county tax for Indiana.

Attention: For more information, refer to:

 

Manage Employee Taxes (PRMETAX)

The Manage Employee Taxes screen adds the following fields on the State tab, Multi-State Taxes subtask, and Local Taxes subtask:

Field

Definition

First-time claimed dependents

Enter the number of additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time. This exemption is good only for the calendar year in which the WH-4 claiming the exemption is submitted. The first-time claimed dependents year is required if the number of first-time claimed dependents is not zero.

This field will be enabled only for the State of Indiana.

First-time claimed dependents year

Enter the year of the additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time. The first-time claimed dependent exemption will be applied only in the year specified on this field. This field is required if the number of first-time claimed dependents is not zero and is only applicable for State of Indiana.

Note: These updates are also reflected on the Taxes subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen.

 

View Employee Taxes (PRQETAX)

The View Employee Taxes screen adds the following fields on the State Withholding tab, Multi-State Taxes subtask, and Local Taxes subtask:

Field

Definition

First-time claimed dependents

This field displays the number of additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time.

First-time claimed dependents year

This field displays the year the additional dependent exemption is being claimed for the first time.

 

State Withholding (ESMSTATEWH)

The State Withholding screen adds the following fields on the main screen and on the Other Withholding State(s) subtask:

Field

Definition

Number of first-time claimed dependents

If an additional dependent exemption on Line 6 is being claimed for one or more children for the first time, enter the number of children for whom you are claiming. This exemption is good only for the calendar year in which the WH-4 claiming the exemption is submitted. If you claim this in multiple tax years, you must submit a new WH-4 each year for which this exemption is claimed. Do not claim this exemption if the child was eligible for the additional dependent exemption in any previous year, regardless of whether the exemption was claimed. This includes instances where the child was eligible for the additional dependent exemption before 2023. This also includes instances where the child was eligible to be claimed for the additional dependent exemption by another individual.

This field will be enabled only for the State of Indiana.

First-time claimed dependents year

This field displays the year the additional dependent exemption is being claimed for the first time.

Note: These updates are also reflected on the State Withholding tab of the Life Events/New Hires screen.

 

Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

You can now select First-Time Claimed Dependent Exemption from the Type drop-down list. When you select this this option, the screen sets the Wage Type to Gross Wages, and you can enter the Amount per Credit/Exemption value.

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

The State Withholding screen adds the following fields on the Local Tax Details subtask:

Field

Definition

Exempt Amount First-Time Claimed Dependent

Enter the first-time claimed dependent exemption amount (used as a deduction from income) for the employee's first-time claimed dependents. The locality exemption allowance is used in the computation of the amount of locality income tax withheld from each employee paycheck.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The Compute Payroll process applies the following:

  • Deduct first-time claimed dependent exemption amount for the applicable year when determining the annual state taxable wages.

  • Deduct first-time claimed dependent exemption amount for the applicable year when determining the annual local taxable wages.

 

Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

The Manage Payroll Records screen applies the following:

  • Deduct first-time claimed dependent exemption amount for the applicable year when determining the annual state taxable wages.

  • Deduct first-time claimed dependent exemption amount for the applicable year when determining the annual local taxable wages.

  • The screen adds the following fields on the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

Field

Definition

First-time claimed dependents

This field displays the number of additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time.

First-time claimed dependents year

This field displays the year the additional dependent exemption is being claimed for the first time.

 

View Payroll Edit Table (PRQPTF)

The View Payroll Edit Table screen adds the following fields on the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

Field

Definition

First-time claimed dependents

This field displays the number of additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time.

First-time claimed dependents year

This field displays the year the additional dependent exemption is being claimed for the first time.

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

The Manage Employee Earnings History screen adds the following fields on the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

Field

Definition

First-time claimed dependents

This field displays the number of additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time.

First-time claimed dependents year

This field displays the year the additional dependent exemption is being claimed for the first time.

 

View Employee Earnings (PRQERF)

The View Employee Earnings screen adds the following fields on the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

Field

Definition

First-time claimed dependents

This field displays the number of additional dependent exemption being claimed for the first time.

First-time claimed dependents year

This field displays the year the additional dependent exemption is being claimed for the first time.

 

Post Payroll Journal (PRPPPCLS)

The Post Payroll process now includes the number and the year of first-time claimed dependents.

 

Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report (PRRFICA)

The dynamic tables used by the Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report screen were updated to support this enhancement.

 

Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report (PRRFDTAX)

The dynamic tables used by the Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report screen were updated to support this enhancement.

 

Recompute Taxable Wages (PRPRCOMP)

The Recompute Taxable Wages process now includes the first-time claimed dependent exemption if you select the State checkbox in the Apply Employee’s Current Taxability group box.

 

Void/Replace Posted Paychecks (PRPAVCK)

The Void/Replace Posted Paychecks process now populates the number of first-time claimed dependents and its year on the Manage Payroll Records screen for void and replacement checks (V and W records).

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report now provides information for the new columns that were added in the following tables:

  • EMPL_TAX

  • EMPL_TAX_ADT

  • EMPL_TAX_MULTI

  • EMPL_TAX_MULTI_ADT

  • EMPL_PR_STATE

  • EMPL_PR_STATE_ADT

  • EMPL_EARN_STATE

  • EMPL_E_STATE_ADT

  • EMPL_TAX_LOCAL

  • EMPL_TAX_LOCAL_ADT

  • EMPL_PR_LOCAL

  • EMPL_PR_LOCAL_ADT

  • EMPL_EARN_LOCAL

  • EMPL_E_LOCAL_ADT

  • LOCAL_TAX_HS

This enhancement requires the following:

  • Patch dbc_820_11254

  • Patch dbc_820_11256

  • Patch dbc_820_11260

  • Patch dbc_820_11264


Kentucky 2024 Tax Table Updates
8.2.6

Kentucky provided the following tax updates for the 2024:

  • Income tax rate decreases from 4.5% to 4%.

  • Standard deduction increases from $2,980 to $3,160.

To support the state requirements, this release adds new records on the following screens for Kentucky:

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

Attention: For more information, refer to https://revenue.ky.gov/Forms/42A003(TCF).pdf.


North Dakota Correction on Supplemental Tax Rate for 2023
8.2.6

North Dakota updated its 2023 Income Tax Withholding and Instructions to correct errors in an earlier revision. The correct supplemental withholding rate in North Dakota is 1.5%, as noted in the revision released in July. The previous instructions released in May listed the rate as 1.84%. In an example, the July revision uses the incorrect 1.84% rate.

This release updates the Supplemental Tax Rate to 1.5000% on North Dakota’s record effective 01/01/2023 on the Manage State Taxes screen.



California
8.2.5

California Creditor Debt Garnishments Formula

Costpoint now supports the California garnishment calculation to allow Payroll users to comply with the state’s garnishment regulations. This release adds a new calculation method on the Manage Employee Garnishments application to allow Payroll users to set up the new CA garnishment calculation.

 

Manage Employee Garnishments (PRMEGARN)

The Manage Employee Garnishments screen features the following updates:

  • A new calculation method, (DI-(MxSMW))xP: Disposable Income - (Limit 1 Weekly Multiplier x State Minimum Wage) x Limit 1 Percentage, was added to the Limit 1 Calculation Method field.

  • The Limit 1 Calculation Method field was changed from a drop-down list to a data field with Lookup.

  • The following field was added to the Garnishment Calculation subtask:

Field

Description

Limit 1 Percentage

Enter the percent for Limit 1. This will be used when the Limit 1 Calculation Method is set to (DI-(MxSMW))xP: Disposable Income - (Limit 1 Weekly Multiplier x State Minimum Wage) x Limit 1 Percentage.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The Compute Payroll application’s garnishment calculation was updated to calculate the correct amount when the new Limit 1 Calculation Method, (DI-(MxSMW))xP, is selected for the employee on the Manage Employee Garnishments screen.

 

View Garnishments (PRQEGARN)

The View Garnishments screen features the following updates:

  • A new calculation method, (DI-(MxSMW))xP: Disposable Income - (Limit 1 Weekly Multiplier x State Minimum Wage) x Limit 1 Percentage, was added to the Limit 1 Calculation Method field.

  • The following field was added to the Garnishment Calculation subtask:

Field

Description

Limit 1 Percentage

This field displays a value when the Limit 1 Calculation Method is set to (DI-(MxSMW))xP: Disposable Income - (Limit 1 Weekly Multiplier x State Minimum Wage) x Limit 1 Percentage.

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report now provides information for the new Limit 1 Percentage (GRN_L1_PCT) column on the following tables:

  • Employee Garnishments Calculation Rules (EMPL_GRN_CALC)

  • Employee Garnishments-Garnishment Calculation (EMPL_GRN_CALC_ADT)

Note: These enhancements require patch dbc_820_11223.


Colorado
8.2.5

Colorado Q3 2023 SUTA Electronic Filing: Updated File Formats in the New System

The ICESA file format in the old MyUI Employer system has been updated in the new MyUI Employer+ system for Q3 2023 reporting.

The following are updates to the ICESA file format allowed by Colorado:

  • Records

    • Old: The file will include two distinct types of records: the Record A and Record S.

    • New: The file will include Record S only.

  • Fields

Location

Old

New

S 46

Blank

Adjustment Reason Code (0 or blank for original, 1-9 for adjustment)

Numeric - Reason code for adjustment (if any) to employee wages. 0 or a blank space means original filing. Valid adjustment reason codes are 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8, and 9. The code descriptions are the following:

  • 0 or blank: Original submission

  • 1: Employment and Wages adjusted because of incorrectly reported wages

  • 2: Wages adjusted because worker(s) were mistakenly included/excluded

  • 3: Employment and Wages adjusted to correct computer system, data entry or accounting errors

  • 4: Employment and Wages adjusted because they were reported to the wrong state

  • 5: Employment and Wages adjusted because the workers performed services for a different business

  • 6: Employment details adjusted to reflect correct 12th of the month employment information

  • 7: Employment and Wages Adjusted as a result of an Audit

  • 8: SSN or name changed

  • 9: Other

S 210

Blank

Officer Code

Y or N or Blank. If blank, system will default to N.

S 212

Blank

Employment Data (Month 1)

1 if yes, 0 if no. If blank, system will default to 1 for yes.

S 213

Blank

Employment Data (Month 2)

1 if yes, 0 if no. If blank, system will default to 1 for yes.

S 214

Blank

Employment Data (Month 3)

1 if yes, 0 if no. If blank, system will default to 1 for yes.

 

Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File (PRPSMM)

The ICESA file format generated by the application reflects the following changes:

  • Record A was removed.

  • The new fields were added to Record S.

 

Manage SUTA Tax File Data (PRMSMM)

The following validations were removed from the application:

  • Validation of Colorado's Reporting ID/UI Account Number as we no longer validate the format of the value of this field for each state moving forward.

  • All validations related to Contact Information fields as Record A is no longer reported.

 

Manage SUTA Quarterly Reporting Data (PRMQRD)

The application now allows one-character adjustment reason codes.

The following Colorado adjustment reason codes were added to the S_SUTA_ADJ_RSN_CD table. You can now select these codes from the Adjustment Reason Code field lookup.

  • 0 (Original submission)

  • 1 (Employment and Wages adjusted because of incorrectly reported wages)

  • 2 (Wages adjusted because worker(s) were mistakenly included/excluded)

  • 3 (Employment and Wages adjusted to correct computer system, data entry or accounting errors)

  • 4 (Employment and Wages adjusted because they were reported to the wrong state)

  • 5 (Employment and Wages adjusted because the workers performed services for a different business)

  • 6 (Employment details adjusted to reflect correct 12th of the month employment information)

  • 7 (Employment and Wages Adjusted as a result of an Audit)

  • 8 (SSN or name changed)

  • 9 (Other)

 

Manage Employee Taxes (PRMETAX)

The Owner field is now the Owner/Officer field. The field now is now applicable to Colorado (CO).

Note: This change is also reflected on:

  • The Taxes subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen

  • View Employee Taxes screen


Ohio
8.2.5

Ohio 2023 Tax Table Updates

Ohio updated its withholding methods effective November 1, 2023. This release applies the following:

  • Update values on the Manage State Tax Tables for Ohio effective 11/01/2023.

  • Update the effective date to 11/01/2023 in all Ohio tax tables.

  • Set the Round W/H Amount to N on the Manage State Taxes screen for Ohio effective 11/01/2023 as the optional computer formula did not indicate rounding for the withholding deduction.

Attention: For more information, refer to: https://tax.ohio.gov/static/employer_withholding/wht_optionalcomputerformula_2023.pdf.

Note: These updates require patch dbc_820_11247.



Florida
8.2.4

Florida Reemployment Tax Electronic Filing - XML Based on 2023 Version 1.2 Schema

Costpoint now supports Florida’s updated Reemployment Tax XML package, which includes the following changes:

  • A new amended reason “56 - Employee Eligibility Certification” for Filing Action Reason has been added.

  • E-Verify Name and E-Verify Date are now required if E-Verify is included.

The Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen was updated to comply with Florida’s XML requirements.

Note: For more information, refer to:


Washington
8.2.4

Washington Paid Family and Medical Leave & WA Cares Fund Reporting

The WA Cares Fund is a new program that gives working Washingtonians access to long-term care coverage when they need it. Workers contribute 0.58% of each paycheck during their working years to be able to access a $36,500 lifetime benefit (adjusted annually for inflation) that can help pay for long-term care services when needed. Workers begin contributing to WA Cares on July 1, 2023, and benefits become available July 1, 2026. To use your benefit, you must meet a contribution requirement as well as a care need requirement.

The Employment Security Department also released the new (v8) CSV (comma-separated value) file specifications and templates. The new file format now includes a field for date of birth. It also added the requirement to not include employees who have zero hours and zero wages.

In relation to state updates, employers are now required to:

  • Submit electronic files containing the combined quarterly wage data of Washington PFML and WA Cares beginning October 2023.

  • Submit quarterly reporting information for the waived employee for PFML.

Warning: Washington Paid Family & Medical Leave must be set up on either the Manage Deductions screen or the Manage Local Taxes screen, but not on both.

 

Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File (LDPPFML)

The application now has the option to generate a quarterly file for Washington PFML and WA Cares.

  • Washington was added to the State drop-down list.

  • A wage report titled “Washington Paid Family & Medical Leave and WA Cares Report” was added.

  • The generated wage file for Washington is in CSV format.

 

Print Washington State Paid Family & Medical Leave Report (LDRPFML)

The application can now report PFML wages from local taxes and include PFML waived employees.

  • The source of wages in the report was updated to use either the employee earnings gross amount or the local tax subject wages amount.

  • The total hours worked is now based on the hours worked in Washington (SUTA State is WA).

  • The report header was renamed from “Gross Wages” to “Total Wages”.

  • The source of employee premium is now either the WA PFML local withholding amount or WAPFML deduction amount.

  • The report excludes employees with zero total hours worked, zero wages, and zero employee premium.



Arkansas
8.2.3

Arkansas Tax Table Update - Reduce Supplemental Tax Rate to 4.7%

Arkansas decreased the tax rate for supplemental payments from 4.9%. to 4.7% effective 06/01/2023.

To support the state requirements, this release sets the Arkansas Supplemental Tax Rate to 4.7% effective 06/01/2023 on the Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI) screen.

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11193.


California
8.2.3

California Updated Pay Data Report as of 2022 Reporting Year

Costpoint adds the ability to generate a Payroll Employee Report and Labor Contractor Employee Report according to the latest requirements of the California Pay Data Report.

The California Pay Data Report generated by Costpoint’s Print EEO-1 Report application was updated with the following:

  • The two sections, Payroll Employee Report and Labor Contractor Employee Report, have the following changes:

  • Mean Hourly Rate and Median Hourly Rate are now included.

  • The pay band thresholds were updated.

  • The Row-Level Clarifying Remark that displays if W-2 Box 1 total earnings will be used for at least one employee in the report was updated to “W-2 Box 1 earnings data have been used for at least one employee.” (from “At least one employee uses W-2 Box 1 earnings.”)

  • The following Race/Ethnicity/Sex combinations were applied to the Labor Contractor Employee Report only:

  • U10 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Male

  • U20 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Female

  • U30 - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Known Non-binary

  • UU - Unknown Race/Ethnicity, Unknown Sex

  • To identify the particular pay band to count the payroll employee, the earnings shown in W-2c will be used if there is a record; otherwise, the earnings shown in W-2 will be used.

  • An information message regarding the snapshot period was added.

  • A California Pay Data Warning Report was added. This report lists all employees with no W-2 or W-2c record for the payroll year and taxable entity who are selected in the snapshot period.


Washington
8.2.3

Washington WA Cares Exemption Tracking

Effective October 2023, WA Cares reporting will be fully integrated with Paid Leave reporting. The Paid Leave report using the old format will still be accepted until reporting for WA Cares begins in October 2023.

To support the state requirements, Costpoint adds the ability to track employee exemptions and the corresponding effective dates of the exemption. The Manage Employee Taxes screen provides a new WA Cares Fund Exemption checkbox, which allows you to track employees with an approved WA Cares exemption. If an employee is flagged for exemption, the effective dates must be provided.

 

Manage Employee Taxes (PRMETAX)

The screen adds a new Other Payroll Taxes group box, which contain the new fields needed for WA Cares exemption tracking.

Field

Description

WA Cares Fund Exemption

Select this checkbox if the employee has an approved WA Cares exemption.

If this is selected, the date listed in the approval letter for an exemption from WA Cares coverage must be entered in the Effective Date field.

The value in this field will be reported in the integrated Paid Leave and WA Cares quarterly reporting.

This field will always be enabled regardless of the SUTA state.

Effective Date

Enter, or click Calendar Lookup to select, the date the employee’s Washington Cares Fund exemption takes effect.

This is the date listed in the employee’s approval letter for an exemption from WA Cares coverage.

This field will be enabled if the WA Cares Fund Exemption checkbox is selected, and cleared if the WA Cares Fund Exemption checkbox is deselected.

End Date

Enter, or click Calendar Lookup to select, the date the employee’s Washington Cares Fund conditional exemption ended.

This field will be enabled if the WA Cares Fund Exemption checkbox is selected, and disabled if the WA Cares Fund Exemption checkbox is deselected.

 

View Employee Taxes (PRQETAX)

The screen adds new fields needed for WA Cares exemption tracking.

Field

Description

WA Cares Fund Exemption

If this checkbox is selected, the employee has an approved WA Cares exemption as of the transaction date/time.

WA Cares Fund Exemption Effective Date

This field displays the date the employee’s WA Cares Fund exemption takes effect.

WA Cares Fund Exemption End Date

This field displays the end date of the employee’s Washington Cares Fund conditional exemption.

 

Manage Employee Deductions (PRMEDED)

The screen adds validations and defaulting for WA Cares deduction to align with the WA Cares Fund Exemption effective dates on the Manage Employee Taxes screen.

 

Manage Employee Contributions (PRMECNT)

The screen displays the following warning message if a Contribution code with a WACARE deduction type was saved: "There is no employer share of WA Cares Fund premiums."

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The Print Data Dictionary Report displays information for the new fields in the EMPL_TAX and EMPL_TAX_ADT tables:

  • WACARES_EXEMPT_FL (Washington Cares Fund Exemption Flag)

  • WACARES_EXEMPT_EFFECT_DT (Washington Cares Fund Exemption Effective Date)

  • WACARES_EXEMPT_END_DT (Washington Cares Fund Exemption End Date)



Arkansas
8.2.2

Arkansas 2023 Tax Table Updates

Arkansas updated its withholding formula effective June 1, 2023. The highest rate decreases from 4.9%. to 4.7%.

To support the state requirements, this release adds/updates records for Arkansas effective June 1, 2023 on the following screens:

  • Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: The Arkansas Supplemental Tax Rate on the Manage State Taxes screen has not been updated to 4.7% because it is still 4.9% according to the Withholding Tax Instructions for Employers.

For more information, see:

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11161.


Florida
8.2.2

Florida Reemployment Tax Electronic Filing - XML Specifications for 2023

The Reemployment Tax XML Package has been updated and New XML elements for certifying E-Verify compliance have been added to the XML file.

Florida’s E-Verify System Requirements

Effective July 1, 2023, public agencies and private employers with 25 or more employees are required to use the E-Verify system. This free system is an internet-based application operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security that allows employers to electronically verify employment eligibility of newly hired employees.

  • An employer must verify each new employee’s employment eligibility within three business days of the new employee working for pay.

  • Each private employer required to use the system must certify on its first Reemployment Tax return filed each calendar year that it used the E-Verify system to confirm employment eligibility of each new employee.

  • If the E-Verify system is unavailable for three business days after the first day the new employee begins working for pay, an employer must use the Employment Eligibility Verification (Form I-9) to verify employment eligibility.

  • Private employers required to use E-Verify or Form I-9, must attest to the use of this system or form on one of the following reports.

  • Employer's Quarterly Report, Form RT-6

  • Employer's Quarterly Report for Employees Contracted to Governmental or Nonprofit Educational Institutions, Form RT-6EW

  • Employer's Quarterly Report Continuation Sheet, Form RT-6A

  • Quarterly Report for Out-of-State Wages, Form RT 6NF

  • Correction to Employer's Quarterly or Annual Domestic Report, Form RT-8A

  • Private employers that file reemployment tax electronically will certify their compliance in the electronic file and pay application or extensible markup language (XML) file.

  • To support the state requirements, the Create Quarterly SUTA Tax File screen adds an E-Verify group box that contains the following fields.

Field

Description

Name

Enter the name of the person who is certifying the use of E-Verify system. This person must be the (1) the individual owner; (2) the corporate president, treasurer, or other principal officer; or (3) a partner or member/managing member.

Title

Enter the title of the person who is certifying the use of E-Verify system. This person must be the (1) the individual owner; (2) the corporate president, treasurer, or other principal officer; or (3) a partner or member/managing member.

Date

Enter the date of E-Verify system certification.

Attention: For more information, see:


Idaho
8.2.2

Idaho 2023 Supplemental Tax

The tax rate for supplemental payments decreased from 6% to 5.8%.

To support the state requirements, this release updates the record for Idaho effective 01/01/2023 on the Manage State Taxes screen.

Attention: For more information, see: https://tax.idaho.gov/taxes/income-tax/withholding/computing/

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11159.


Illinois
8.2.2

Illinois 2023 Tax Table Update

Illinois updated its withholding formula July 5 after a tax bill reduced the value of a state allowance to its 2022 level. The value of a state allowance was set at $2,425, instead of the 2023 value of $2,625.

An additional formula was added to Illinois’s withholding methods to correct withholdings for existing employees for the remainder of 2023. The formula is the same as the standard formula but uses an allowance value of $2,225. A formula with an allowance value of $2,425 is also included, but should only be used for new employees.

This release adds a Personal Exemption Allowances record effective 06/07/2023 on the Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments screen, which sets the Amount per Credit/Exemption to 2,425 for Illinois.

The Compute Payroll application adds special programming that sets the Illinois personal exemption allowance amount to $2,225 for existing employees for check dates within 06/07/2023 and 12/31/2023 only.

Attention: For more information, see Revised 2023 Booklet IL-700-T: https://tax.illinois.gov/content/dam/soi/en/web/tax/forms/withholding/documents/currentyear/il-700-t.pdf

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11183.


Indiana
8.2.2

Indiana 2022 Withholding Tax Updates (Phase 2) - Update Payroll Processing to Use Number of Adopted Children

Indiana's Departmental Notice No. 1 was updated to add a third deduction constant table for a new exemption for adopted children. The $3,000 annual exemption for adopted children was added in the legislation.

The Actual Number of Adopted Children field was recently added on the Manage Employee Taxes screen and in ESS, where you were instructed to specify the actual number of adopted children claimed by the employee on the Form WH-4. This value was not used with the first phase of the Indiana 2022 tax withholding updates. You were also instructed to temporarily include the number of adopted children for both state and local dependents in order for payroll to calculate the withholding tax, even when there was not yet an adopted children exemption type on the Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments screen.

You must now use the Reduce Employee Number of Dependents for Indiana toolkit to reduce the state's number of dependents, based on the number of adopted children.

Warning: This maintenance release updates the Toolkit Status table for each company that has no employees in Indiana. You cannot run Compute Payroll until you have run the toolkit for any company that has employees in Indiana.

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11154.

 

Reduce Employee Number of Dependents for Indiana (EMPTOOLKITINDIANA)

When you run this toolkit, the number of Indiana's dependents for both state and local taxes is reduced based on the number of adopted children. This also populates the newly added Number of Adopted Children field in Local Taxes with the same value as the State's Number of Adopted Children if the State of the Local Tax is IN and its Tax Type is County Income Tax.

For example, if an employee has 3 additional dependent exemptions (Form WH-4 line 6) and 2 adopted child dependent exemptions (Form WH-4 line 7), with Phase 1 we instructed you to enter 7 as the total number of exemptions for State and Local Taxes Dependents (3 dependent exemptions plus 4 exemptions for the 2 adopted children). Because, in Phase 2, Compute Payroll will be updated to use the Number of Adopted Children value when computing for Indiana, the toolkit reduces the number of dependents based on the number of adopted children. So, using the same example, the Number of Dependents will be updated from 7 to 3 (to remove the 4 exemption credits for the 2 adopted children). The Number of Adopted Children field in Local Taxes will then be populated with 2.

This toolkit will not reduce the number of dependents for Indiana in the Multi-State Taxes subtask of Manage Employee Taxes screen. This means that you must manually remove the number of adopted child dependent exemptions from the number of dependents field and transfer it to the Actual number of adopted children field in the Multi-State Taxes subtask.

 

Manage Employee Taxes (PRMETAX)

  • The Actual Number of Adopted Children field is now the Number of Adopted Children field on the State tab.

  • The Number of Adopted Children field was added to Multi-State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

Note: This update also applies to the Taxes subtask of the Manage Employee Information screen.

 

Manage Employee Taxes Data Setup for Indiana

To comply with the state requirements, you must use the following data setup on the Manage Employee Taxes screen for Indiana employees.

Field

Instruction

Withholding State Filing Status

ALL FILERS (All Filers, Married and Single): Select as the filing status for all employees.

Withholding State Exemptions

Enter the number of personal exemptions that the employee is claiming on line 5 of his/her WH-4 form.

Withholding State Dependents

Enter the number of additional dependent exemptions that the employee is claiming on line 6 of Form WH-4.

Note: The number of dependent exemptions for Indiana county tax (local) withholding must be the same as the number of dependent exemptions for Indiana state withholding.

Local Taxes Dependents

Enter the number of additional dependent exemptions that the employee is claiming on line 6 of Form WH-4.

Note: The number of dependent exemptions for Indiana county tax (local) withholding must be the same as the number of dependent exemptions for Indiana state withholding.

Number of adopted children (State Tax)

If the employee is claiming adopted child dependent exemptions on line 7 of Form WH-4, use this field to specify the number of adopted children.

Note: The number of adopted children for Indiana county tax (local) withholding must be the same as the number of adopted children for Indiana state withholding.

Number of adopted children (County Tax)

If the employee is claiming adopted child dependent exemptions on line 7 of Form WH-4, use this field to specify the number of adopted children.

Note: The number of adopted children for Indiana county tax (local) withholding must be the same as the number of adopted children for Indiana state withholding.

 

View Employee Taxes (PRQETAX)

  • The Actual Number of Adopted Children field is now the Number of Adopted Children field on the State tab.

  • The Number of Adopted Children field was added to Multi-State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

 

State Withholding (ESMSTATEWH)

  • The Actual Number of Adopted Children field is now the Number of Adopted Children field on the home withholding state.

  • The Number of Adopted Children field was added to the Other Withholding State(s) subtask.

Note: This update also applies to the State Withholding tab of the Life Events/New Hires screen.

 

Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • The Adopted Child Dependent Exemption option was added to the Type drop-down list.

  • This release adds the Indiana’s Adopted Child Dependent Exemption record for ALL FILERS (All Filers, Married and Single) effective 01/01/2023 on the Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments screen.

Wage Type

For Annualized Wage Over/ Wage Basis

Base Amount

Amount per Credit/ Exemption

Percent of Excess

Gross Wages

0.00

0.00

3,000.00

0.00%

 

Manage Local Taxes (PRMLTI)

The screen provides the following new field.

Field

Instruction

Exempt Amount Adopted Children

Enter the adopted child dependent exemption allowance (used as a deduction from income) for the employee's adopted children. The locality exemption allowance is used in the computation of the amount of locality income tax withheld from each employee paycheck.

The Local Tax History section now has a two-column format and the tab sequence is updated, based on the new layout.

 

Compute Payroll (PRPCPR)

The adopted child dependent exemption amount per adopted child is deducted when the application determines the annual state taxable wages and the annual local taxable wages.

If you have not yet run the Reduce Employee Number of Dependents for Indiana (EMPTOOLKITINDIANA) toolkit, you receive an error message.

 

Manage Payroll Records (PRMPTF)

  • The adopted child dependent exemption amount per adopted child is deducted when the application determines the annual state taxable wages and the annual local taxable wages.

  • The Number of Adopted Children field was added to the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

 

View Payroll Edit Table (PRQPTF)

The Number of Adopted Children field was added to the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

 

Manage Employee Earnings History (PRMERF)

The Number of Adopted Children field was added to the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

 

View Employee Earnings (PRQERF)

The Number of Adopted Children field was added to the State Taxes and Local Taxes subtasks.

 

Post Payroll Journal (PRPPPCLS)

The application includes the number of adopted children when you post payroll.

 

Print Soc Sec and Medicare Reconciliation Report (PRRFICA)

The number of adopted children is included in the dynamic/work table(s) of the application.

 

Print Quarterly Federal Payroll Tax Report (PRRFDTAX)

The number of adopted children is included in the dynamic/work table(s) of the application.

 

Recompute Taxable Wages (PRPRCOMP)

If you select Apply Employee’s Current Taxability checkboxes for the state, the adopted child dependent exemption is considered in recomputing taxable wages.

 

Void/Replace Posted Checks (PRPAPVCK)

The application populates the Number of Adopted Children field on Manage Payroll Records for void and replacement checks (V and W records).

 

Print Data Dictionary Report (SYRDD)

The report now includes information for the following fields in applicable tables:

  • Number of Adopted Children

  • Number of Adopted Children

  • Exempt Amount Adopted Children


North Dakota
8.2.2

North Dakota 2023 Tax Table Updates

North Dakota released an updated version of income tax withholding rates and instructions for wages paid in 2023.

  • The bottom tax bracket tax rate is now 0%.

  • The top four brackets are now combined into two brackets, with reduced tax rates for taxable years beginning after 2022.

  • The annual allowance value used in the percentage method for Forms W-4 before 2020 was unchanged from 2022.

To support the state requirements, this release adds updates records of North Dakota effective 01/01/2023 on the Manage State Tax Tables screen.

Attention: For more information, see:

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11159.



Colorado
8.2.1

Colorado FAMLI Program Wage Reporting: Support Through Version 1.16

Colorado updated their electronic file specifications to Version 1.16, where they have removed the seasonal field for employees. This Costpoint release updates the Create Quarterly Family and Medical Leave File application to support the state’s specifications up to Version 1.16.


Idaho
8.2.1

Idaho 2023 Tax Table Updates

Idaho’s 2023 table for percentage computation method of withholding provides the following updates:

  • The percentage method implements a flat rate of 5.8%.

  • The zero-percent tax bracket’s upper threshold increases:

  • From $12,950 to $13,850 for single employees and heads of households.

  • From $25,900 to $27,700 for married employees.

  • The value of Idaho Child Tax Credit Allowance increases from $3,417 to $3,534 annually.

To support the state’s requirements, this Costpoint release adds/updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

Attention: For more information, refer to:

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11147.


Michigan
8.2.1

Michigan 2023 Tax Table Updates: Reduced Tax Rate for 2023

Michigan’s 2023 withholding guide was updated to show a lower flat tax rate. The tax rate for 2023 is now 4.05%, instead of 4.25%

To support the state requirements, this release updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Attention: For more information, refer to 446 Michigan Income Tax Withholding Guide (Rev. 04-23).

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11114.


Utah
8.2.1

Utah 2023 Tax Table Updates

Utah’s withholding guide was updated April 11 by the state tax commission, with the changes taking effect June 1, following a decrease to the state’s income tax rate. The updates are:

  • The tax rate decreases from 4.85% to 4.65%.

  • The base allowance used in the formulas increases from $390 to $415 for single employees and from $780 to $830 for married employees.

  • The amounts subtracted from wages in the formulas increases from $7,774 to $8,371 for single employees and from $15,548 to $16,742 for married employees.

To support the state’s requirements, this Costpoint release adds/updates records on the following screens:

  • Manage State Standard Deductions (PRMSSD)

  • Manage State Tax Tables (PRMSTT)

  • Manage State Tax Withholding Adjustments (PRMSTAC)

  • Manage State Taxes (PRMSTI)

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11116.


Washington
8.2.1

Washington State WACARES Deduction Type

Costpoint adds a new WACARE (Washington Cares Fund) deduction type on the Manage Deductions screen. This will allow you to indicate which deduction codes will be used to track employee contributions to the Washington Cares Fund.

Note: This update requires patch dbc_820_11148.



Enhancements


General

Ask Dela with Costpoint Help Integration
2025.2

Ask Dela now uses the Costpoint Help to answer "How To" questions more efficiently. Dela can generate links to relevant sources from the Costpoint Help, providing faster, more accurate support.



Data Sharing and In-App Guidance Updates in System Settings
8.2.5

The Do not capture application usage statistics checkbox in System Settings has been renamed to Allow Collection of Usage Statistics. As a result, you must select the checkbox to turn on data sharing and enable Costpoint's In-App Guidance that highlights new features and provides personalized tips and suggestions to improve your use of Costpoint.

If you clear the Allow Collection of Usage Statistics checkbox to stop sharing data, a message is displayed to inform you that In-App Guidance will also be disabled.



Enhanced Company Color Indicators and System Information Display
2026.1

Costpoint now makes it easier for you to see system and environment details. Simply click the i icon in the bottom-right corner of your Costpoint screen to display or hide system name and environment information as needed.

Also, to quickly identify your current company, the Company Name and Screen Configuration Panel backgrounds now match your selected company colors. Your preference is saved in your browser for a personalized experience.



Expand Prospective Vendor Functionality (Opt-In Available)
8.2.15

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

You can use Costpoint to implement a supplier onboarding process for new suppliers by entering them as prospective vendors, and either not approving or approving them. Once approved, they will be set up as a vendor in Costpoint. This functionality existed in the Contracts domain but is now available in Accounting and Materials as well.

 

Manage Prospective Vendors (APMPRVEND)

The Manage Prospective Vendors screen can be accessed via the following:

  • Accounting » Accounts Payable » Vendors

  • Materials » Procurement Planning » Vendors

  • Materials » Purchasing » Vendors

This new screen allows you to efficiently set up, access, and manage prospective vendor information in the Accounting domain without the need for a separate license for the Capture and Contracts domain. 

This feature streamlines the evaluation and management of prospective vendors, expanding functionality across multiple Costpoint domains and simplifying your vendor management process.

Similar to the existing Manage Contract Management Vendor Info screen in Capture and Contracts, you can:

  • Enter address and contact information.

  • Record details of vendor employees.

  • Document non-disclosure and teaming agreements.

  • Add notes related to prospective vendors.

  • Track activities and tasks associated with each prospective vendor.

  • Specify values for user-defined fields.

This enhancement ensures a comprehensive and organized approach to managing potential suppliers, improving your procurement workflow and decision-making process.

If you are configured for GovWin IQ to Costpoint Vendor integration, you can use the Import GovWin IQ Vendor Data application to import vendors from GovWin IQ and add them as prospective vendors in the Accounting domain. A new prospective vendor record is created when the GovWin IQ company ID does not exist for a regular or prospective vendor.

All records in the Capture and Contracts domain also display on the Manage Prospective Vendor screen and vice versa.

 

Approve Prospective Vendors (APMPRVENDA)

The Approve Prospective Vendors screen can be accessed via the following:

  • Accounting » Accounts Payable » Vendors

  • Materials » Procurement Planning » Vendors

  • Materials » Purchasing » Vendors

This screen has the same functionality as the existing Approve Prospective Vendors screen in Capture and Contracts. It enables you to approve prospective vendors listed in both the Accounting and Capture and Contracts domains, converting them into regular vendors. 

All prospective vendors with a status of Pending on the Manage Prospective Vendors and Manage Contract Management Vendor Info screens are automatically displayed when you load this screen. After you approve these vendors, their vendor record status is changed to Vendor on the aforementioned screens. 

The prospective vendors you approve on this screen will still need to be approved on the Approve Vendors (APMVENDA) screen if the Requires Approval checkbox is selected on the Configure Accounts Payable Settings screen.

Once approved, these vendors can then be included in vouchers and cash disbursements.

 

Configure Vendor Settings (APMSETVN)

A new Corporate Settings subtask has been added to the Configure Vendor Settings screen. It has the Prospects group box, which provides the following fields that allow you to configure identification settings for prospective vendors:

  • Auto-Assign Vendor Prospect IDs: Select this checkbox to have Costpoint automatically assign an ID to any new prospective vendor record.

  • Last Vendor Prospect ID: Use this field to enter the value you want to set as the last used prospective vendor ID. When a new prospective vendor record is created, Costpoint increments the value you entered here and assigns it to the new record. You must enter a value in this field if you selected the Auto-Assign Vendor Prospect IDs checkbox.You can enter a combination of alphanumeric characters, but Costpoint increments only the rightmost numeric value. Make sure you enter enough numeric digits at the end of the ID as this determines the number of vendor prospect IDs that Costpoint can generate/increment. You can enter up to 32 characters in this field. 

 

Import GovWin IQ Vendor Data (APPIQVEN)

The Import GovWin IQ Vendor Data screen now allows you to import prospective vendor information directly into the Accounting domain. 

Previously, only GovWin IQ companies linked to existing Costpoint vendors were imported to the Accounting domain, while unmatched vendors were saved as prospective vendors in the Capture and Contracts domain, which required a separate license for access.

Now, whenever you import GovWin IQ vendor data into Costpoint, you will be able to view prospective vendor information on the new Manage Prospective Vendors screen in the Accounting domain.

To successfully import prospective vendors from GovWin IQ, you must select the Auto-Assign Vendor Prospect IDs checkbox and enter a Last Vendor Prospect ID on the Configure Vendor Settings screen.

 

Manage Contract Management Vendor Info (CTMVEND)

The following fields have been added to this screen.

Field

Description

Location

Use this field in the Identification group box to enter the location for prospective vendors.

Enable Digital Signature

Select this checkbox on the General tab to indicate if, once approved, the vendor can use a digital signature to approve invoices associated with them. This checkbox displays on this screen only if you are licensed for Supplier Portal.

Supplier Portal Enabled

Select this checkbox on the General tab to indicate if, once approved, the vendor is a Supplier Portal vendor. When this checkbox is selected on the vendor, the vendor’s information displays on the dashboard when you access Supplier Portal. This checkbox displays on this screen only if you are licensed for Supplier Portal.

All three fields are editable only when Vendor Record Status is Prospective Vendor. If both checkboxes are selected, the Supplier Portal Enabled checkbox will be disabled but remain selected. Clearing the Enable Digital Signature checkbox will re-enable and make the Supplier Portal Enabled field editable.

In addition, new validations have been implemented on this screen to detect similar or duplicate vendors that may already exist in the Manage Prospective Vendors (APMPRVEND) and Manage Vendors (APMVEND) applications within the Accounting domain. These validations apply only to new records.

 

Approve Prospective Vendors (CTMVENDA)

The new fields added to the Manage Contract Management Vendor Info screen are also available in Approve Prospective Vendors. Values default from Manage Contract Management Vendor Info, but you can edit the checkboxes; however, the Location field is disabled. If both the Enable Digital Signature and Supplier Portal Enabled checkboxes are selected, the Supplier Portal Enabled checkbox will be disabled but remain selected. Clearing the Enable Digital Signature checkbox will re-enable and make the Supplier Portal Enabled checkbox editable.

When you assign future vendor IDs and then save or approve prospective vendors, Costpoint applies the same validations for checking similar or duplicate records in Approve Prospective Vendors (APMPRVENDA) and Manage Vendors (APMVEND) within the Accounting domain. Upon approval, Costpoint updates the vendor tables and defaults the vendor Location, Enable Digital Signature, and Supplier Portal Enabled values from the prospective vendor.



Help About Screen Update
2025.1

On the View Help About screen, the Core License checkbox is now labeled as CP Essentials License. This update provides a clearer identification of your license type when using the Deltek Learning Hub.



Increased Character Length for Pay Type Fields
2026.2

The Pay Type field across various screens, database tables, and integration/input files, has been updated to allow up to 15 characters.  This change affects the following applications:

Application

Update

Manage Vendor Employees (APMVEMPL)

Field length increased for Pay Type

Print Vendor Employee Detail Report (APRVEMPL)

Printed report must display Pay Type up to 15 characters

Post Vouchers (APPPOSTV)

Posted vouchers must store Pay Type in voucher table

Reverse Posted Vouchers (APPREVVR)

Reversed posted vouchers must store Pay Type in voucher table

Manage Subcontractor Detail (SMMSUBC)

Field length increased for Pay Type

Print Subcontractor Detail Report (SMRSUBCD)

Printed report must display Pay Type up to 15 characters

View Work Assignment Status (SMQWA)

Field length increased for Pay Type

View Manufacturing Order Status (PCQMOST)

(Manufacturing Order Status > Timesheet)

Field length increased for Pay Type

Archive Subcontractor Details (SMPARCH)

Archived subcontractor details must store Pay Type in archive tables

Import Subcontractor Detail (SMPSUBC)

Report must display Pay Type up to 15 characters

Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC) / Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC) / Approve PO Invoices (POMAINVC) / Manage Invoices (SPMINVC) / Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

(Voucher Line > Vendor Labor > Vendor Labor Details) Field length increased for Pay Type

Manage Invoices (SPMINVC)

(Manage Invoices > Timesheet Information)

Field length increased for Pay Type

View Purchase Order Status (POQSTAT)

View Item Purchasing Information (MEQITEM)

View Purchase Order Status (RCQSTAT)

View Item Purchasing Information (POQITEM)

View Purchase Requisition Status (PPQRQSTS)

(PO Status Inquiry > Purchase Order Lines > Work Assignments > Charges > Invoices > Vendor Labor > Vendor Labor Details)

Field length increased for Pay Type

Create Subcontractor Invoices (SMPINVC)

Created vouchers must store Pay Type in voucher table

 

Updated Database Tables

Application

Database Table

Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC)

Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC)

Approve PO Invoices (POMAINVC)

Manage Invoices (SPMINVC)

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

VCHR_LAB_VEND_TS.PAY_TYPE 

VCHR_LAB_VEND_TS_HS.PAY_TYPE

SUBC_TS_LN.PAY_TYPE

Z_SPMINVC_LN_VTS.PAY_TYPE

Z_SPMINVC_TS_VEND.PAY_TYPE

View Purchase Order Status (POQSTAT)

View Item Purchasing Information (MEQITEM)

View Purchase Order Status (RCQSTAT)

View Item Purchasing Information (POQITEM)

View Purchase Requisition Status (PPQRQSTS)

 

VCHR_LAB_VEND_TS.PAY_TYPE

VCHR_LAB_VEND_TS_HS.PAY_TYPE

SUBC_TS_LN.PAY_TYPE

Create Subcontractor Invoices (SMPINVC)

Z_SMPINVC_LN_VTS

Z_SMPINVC_TS_LN

Z_SMPINVC_TS_VEND

Import Purchase Order Vouchers (AOPPOVCH)

Z_VEND_LABTS.PAY_TYPE

Z_VEND_LABTS_INPUT.PAY_TYPE

 

Input File Adjustments

Application

Database Table

Import Purchase Order Vouchers (AOPPOVCH)

PAY_TYPE

Import Vendor Employees (APPUTLVE)

DFLT_PAY_TYPE

Import Project Master Data (PJPPREP)

REG_PAY_TYPE

 

These changes require the following:

  • cp82_dbc_820_11945_001.zip

  • cp82_pompovch_008.zip 

  • DeltekCostpointMaintenanceRelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



Introducing a New User Experience!
2025.3

Costpoint has been updated with a fresh and modern interface that enhances your experience with a vibrant color palette, streamlined toolbars, and sleek, updated icons. Enjoy a more intuitive and visually appealing environment designed to boost productivity and make your tasks more enjoyable.

Costpoint introduces significant changes to the navigation and user interface (UI).

The left Navigation Menu has been redesigned with icons that slide out when hovered over.

A new Context Menu, located on the right side of the Costpoint screen, slides out upon hovering and includes several items that were previously located in the menus of the Global Toolbar in the Classic UI. The Context Menu is organized into three sections: the Global Menu (Notifications and Ask Dela), Applications (application-specific actions like printing and wizard access), and Supportive (Help, Microphone, Offline Mode).

The Enhanced Welcome Screen introduces a new Getting Started area that displays preconfigured videos that highlight key features released with Costpoint 2025.3 and assists users who are new to Costpoint and navigation in the new UI. The Welcome Screen still includes Recent Activities with your last six applications available for easy access, and a My Menu that enables you to organize most frequently used applications and logical groupings.

Drag-and-drop capability makes it easy for you to customize your My Menu by dragging applications to groups or new locations. You can also use this new drag-and-drop functionality to move applications from Recent Activities or the Left/Right Navigation into the My Menu structure.

A new Action Bar is now available at the top of the application screen, designed for quick access to commonly used actions such as Save, Refresh, Clone, Execute, and Actions. The availability of these buttons and the specific actions shown will vary depending on the application you are using.

As part of Deltek's ongoing modernization efforts, the save options have been consolidated into a single Save button on the Action Bar. By default, clicking Save will keep you on the current recordreplacing the previous "Save and Continue" functionality.

For users who prefer a sequential workflowsaving and advancinga Save and Next option is available on the Save button drop-down list. You can update your preferred save behavior at any time, and it will be applied consistently across all applications.

Note: The new user interface is not available for mobile users.

Configuration Settings

To control the UI displayed for the Costpoint company, the new Enable New UI by Default setting has been added to Configure System Settings and is disabled by default. Administrators can select this checkbox to set the new UI mode as the default display. When this setting is enabled, Auto Positioning settings are disabled.

To control the UI displayed for individual users, the Manage Users application provides two new settings:

  • Allow user to switch between UI modes: This checkbox determines whether a user can switch between the two UI modes and is selected by default on the User Interface tab. When this setting is selected, the user can switch between UI modes on their Configure User Preferences screen.

  • New User Interface: Select whether to display the new UI for the user. The options are Default, Yes, and No. The Default option will display the default UI set at the company level.

If a user is configured to switch UI modes in Manage Users, they can access the New User Interface setting on the Configure User Preferences screen to change the UI displayed. The options are Default, Yes, and No. The Default option displays the default UI that is set at the company level. After changing the UI mode, they must restart the Costpoint session for the changes to take effect.

Note: Automation scripts may be impacted by the new UI.



LGBTQ+ Business Classification and Vendor-Subcontractor Integration (Opt-In Available)
8.2.12

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.12 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now has the feature to recognize LGBTQ+ owned businesses. The LGBTQ+ Owned business classification is now available for vendors in Accounting and Materials, as well as for subcontractors in CRM & Contracts. 

This feature allows you to identify and select vendors or subcontractors that meet the following criteria:

  • Majority (at least 51%) owned, operated, managed, and controlled by an LGBT person or persons who are either U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents

  • Exercises independence from any non-LGBT business enterprise

  • Has its principal place of business (headquarters) in the United States

  • Has been formed as a legal entity in the United States

In addition to the new business classification, the Manage Vendors and Manage Subcontracts screens are now integrated to allow you to update subcontractor information using information from the Manage Vendors screen.

View the enhancements applied to the affected domains in the following sections.

 

 

Accounting

 

Manage Vendors (APMVEND)

The LGBTQ+ Owned checkbox has been added to the Vendor Classification subtask. Select this checkbox to indicate if the vendor is an LGBTQ+ owned business.

 

Import Vendors (AOPUTLVU)

When you import a vendor, Costpoint can now process vendors that are LGBTQ+ owned businesses through the addition of the LGBTQ+ Owned column to the input file and database table.

Seq. No.

Column Name

Costpoint Table

Type

Length

Required or Optional

Format

55

LGBTQ+ Owned

CL_LGBTQ_FL

Character

1

Optional

Y or N

 

Print Vendor Information Report (APRVINFO)

When you print a Vendor Information Summary report, the LGBTQ+ Owned classification displays in the Classification field for vendors that have the LGBTQ+ Owned checkbox selected in Manage Vendors.

 

 

CRM & Contracts

 

Manage Subcontracts (CTMSBCNTR)

The following have been added to the Business Classification Requirements group box of the Subcontract Info tab: 

  • LGBTQ+ Owned: Select this checkbox if the subcontract requires vendors that are LGBTQ+ owned. 

  • CMMC Level: Select the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) level assigned to the vendor. Valid options are:

  • None

  • 1: Performed processes, basic cyber hygiene practices

  • 2: Documented processes, intermediate cyber hygiene practices

  • 3: Managed processes, good cyber hygiene practices

  • 4: Reviewed processes, proactive cyber hygiene practices

  • 5: Optimizing processes, advanced/progressive cyber hygiene practices

  • Refresh from AP: Click this button to update the data in the Business Classification Requirements group box and NAICS (primary) field with information from the Manage Vendors screen. This button is disabled for new and cloned/copied subcontract records or when the subcontractor associated with the subcontract record is a prospective vendor.

The update is one way only. Changing the data in the Business Classification Requirements group box and NAICS (primary) field in Manage Subcontracts will not affect information saved in Manage Vendors. 

  • Last Vendor Sync: This field displays the date when information was last retrieved from Manage Vendors and reflected in Manage Subcontracts. 

On the header section of the Manage Subcontracts screen, the Subcontractor/Vendor ID field has also been updated. When you enter a value in this field for a new record or if the subcontract record is already saved and you changed the subcontractor/vendor ID, Costpoint displays a message asking if you want to update the data in the Business Classification Requirements group box and NAICS (primary) field with information from the Manage Vendors screen. You can click Yes to proceed or Cancel to go back to the screen. If the Allow Prospective Vendors to be assigned as Subcontractor/Vendor ID checkbox is selected on the Configure Contract Management Settings screen, Costpoint also informs you that selecting a prospective vendor and proceeding with the process will clear the Business Classification Requirements group box and NAICS (primary) field.

Attention: The ability to assign prospective vendors to subcontractors has also been added in Costpoint 8.2.12. See the Allowing Prospective Vendors in Subcontracts section of these Release Notes for more information. 

For more details on these new and updated fields, refer to the Costpoint Online Help for this screen:

 

Manage Contract Management Vendor Info (CTMVEND)

The LGBTQ+ Owned checkbox added to the General tab of this screen lets you indicate if the prospective vendor is classified as LGBTQ+ owned.

 

Approve Prospective Vendors (CTMVENDA)

Once the prospective vendor becomes an active vendor, this application captures the value of the new LGBTQ+ Owned checkbox in Manage Contract Management Vendor Info and stores it in the new CL_LGBTQ_FL column in the VEND database table.

 

 

Materials

 

The LGBTQ+ Owned business/vendor classification has been added to multiple screens in Procurement Planning and Purchasing that display and process vendor information. 

It has also been added to the Lookup and Query fields that display vendor information.

 

Manage Purchase Orders (POMMAIN) and Create Blanket Purchase Order Releases (POMRELS)

These applications have a new LGBTQ+ vendor classification that displays the value from the Manage Vendors screen. For previously saved PO lines, the vendor classification remains the same unless the vendor is changed on the PO header. For new PO lines, the current vendor classification is displayed. The same is true when creating release orders.

 

Create Purchase Order Change Orders (POMCHNG)

The application now copies the new vendor classification information from the PO line to the corresponding column on the screen when you create a new change order.

 

Archive Purchase Orders (POPARCH)

The application now archives the new vendor classification information from the PO line to the corresponding column on the screen when you create a new archive record.

 

View Purchase Order Status (POQSTAT)

The application has a new LGBTQ+ vendor classification that displays the value from the Manage Vendors screen.

 

 

Create Purchase Orders (PPPGPO)

The application now loads and saves the new vendor classification, LGBTQ+, to the corresponding columns when:

  • A new PO line is created for a new PO.

  • A new release is created for an existing blanket order.

  • A new PO line is created for an existing PO/release.

 

Print Purchase Order Activity Report (PORACTV)

The application now prints the new vendor classification on the report. In addition, the application uses the vendor classification values from the PO line instead of from the vendor when calculating summary amount totals.

 

 

Import Purchase Orders (AOPUTLPO)

The application now loads and saves the new vendor classification, LGBTQ+, to the corresponding columns when:

  • A new PO line is created for a new PO.

  • A new release is created for an existing blanket order.

  • A new PO line is created for an existing PO/release.

  • The vendor on the PO header is changed/updated for an existing PO/release.

In addition, for change orders, the application copies the new vendor classification information from the PO line to the corresponding columns when a change order is created.



Manual Invoice Number Editing For Subcontractor Invoices (Opt-In Available)
8.2.12

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.12 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now allows you to manually edit invoice numbers for subcontractor invoices. This functionality applies to unapproved invoices that are created against subcontract agreement purchase orders. With this feature, you can easily modify a system-generated invoice number and replace it with the subcontractor’s actual invoice number, streamlining the process of tracking and managing invoices, vouchers, and payments.

This feature runs across the Accounting, Projects, and Materials domains. 

When you enter or process an unapproved subcontractor invoice, the Invoice Number field is now editable on the following screens:

  • Projects » Subcontractor Management » Subcontractor Invoices » Manage Subcontractor Invoices

  • Accounting » Accounts Payable » Voucher Processing » Manage Purchase Order Vouchers

Note: The functionality is temporarily limited to invoices that are not entered in Materials » Supplier Portal » Manage Invoices. If an invoice was created in Manage Invoices, the Invoice Number field for that invoice will not be editable in Manage Subcontractor Invoices and Manage Purchase Order Vouchers. The full functionality will be available in a future Costpoint release.

Likewise, when you update an invoice number, the change will be reflected on all screens that display invoice information. 

The new invoice number also propagates to vouchers associated with that invoice. Whether you are entering new vouchers or managing existing ones, the system will reflect the updated invoice number.

In addition, when you process checks related to these vouchers, the revised invoice number will be accurately recorded.

The new functionality also extends to relevant reports. Whether it is an invoice, voucher, or payment-related report, you will be able to view the updated invoice number.



New Left Navigation Menu in Costpoint PWA
8.2.4

Costpoint PWA is now equipped with a new Left Navigation menu for an improved navigation experience. Tap the Collapse/Hide Menu icon at the top-left corner of the screen to access the following menu components:

  • Search bar

  • My Menu

  • Browse Applications

  • Open Applications

  • Recent Activity

On the Left Navigation menu, you can also access User Preferences and Costpoint documentation, as well as select a company and log out of Costpoint.



New Right Navigation Menu in Mobile View
8.2.4

The Global Menu in Costpoint PWA was moved to the top-right corner of the screen. Tap the three dots to access Offline Mode, Voice (microphone), and the File, Line, Options, Process, and Help menus.



Opt-In Features
2026.3

Note: The Opt-In capability is available to Costpoint Cloud Customers only.

As an administrator, use the new Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users.

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release.

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

The following Costpoint 2026.3 features include the option to opt-in:

  • Assessment Ratings

  • CPARS Creation Agent

  • Proposal Generation Agent for Government Solicitations

  • Remove File Imaging from Expense Settings

  • Expanded Leave Type Support

Attention: See Costpoint Opt-In Features for more information.

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2026.3 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


2026.2

Note: The Opt-In capability is available to Costpoint Cloud Customers only.

As an administrator, use the new Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users.

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release.

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

The following Costpoint 2026.2 features include the option to opt-in:

    • Expand Pay Type Field

    • Multicurrency Support for Mods and Ceilings

    • Optimized Billing Posting to Reduce Rollback Risk

    • AI-Assisted Approval for Customer Product Bills

    • AI-Assisted Approval for Project Product Bills

    • Remove Approval Button from Quick Entry Expense

    • Quick Entry Expense Authorization Enhancements

    • Quick Entry Expense Report Enhancements

Attention: See Costpoint Opt-In Features for more information.

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2026.2 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


2026.1

As an administrator, use the Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users.

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release.

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

The following Costpoint 2026.1 features include the option to opt-in:

  • Visibility Enhancements for AI-Powered Journal Entry Assessments

  • Visibility Enhancements for AI-Powered AP Voucher Assessments

  • AI PO Voucher Automated Approvals

  • Vendor Punchout Catalog Integration

  • AI-Assisted Approval for Standard Bills

  • Expense Billing Backup

  • Timesheet Automated Approvals

Attention: See Costpoint Opt-In Features for more information.

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

"Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt-in to this feature for the Costpoint <version> release. The ability to opt-in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release."

Attention: For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


2025.4

As an administrator, use the Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users.

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release.

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

The following Costpoint 2025.4 features include the option to opt-in:

  • PLAID Integration with Bank Statement Tables

  • AI-Powered Journal Entry Approvals

  • Set Recurring Reminders for Contract Deliverables

  • New Contract Notes

  • Automatically End Employee and Dependent Benefits Upon Termination

  • Work Assignment Charge Line Validation Against Project Period of Performance

  • Preferred Name Now Recognized in Time & Expense

  •  Minor Enhancements to Quick Entry Expense

  • Timesheet Supporting Documentation and Audit Information Enhancement

  • New Time Clock Application

Attention: See Costpoint Opt-In Features for more information.

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


2025.3

As an administrator, use the Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users.

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release.

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

The following Costpoint 2025.3 features include the option to opt-in:

  • New Costpoint UI

  • Expanded System-Level Admin Message Delivery and Control

  • MRP Soft Allocation to End Item Demand

  • MO Requirement Line Substitute Part Settings

  • Nonconformance Tracking

  • AI-Powered AP Voucher Approvals

  • Enhanced Bank Reconciliation Process

  • Progress Payment (1443) Invoice Reversal

  • Enhanced Security for Opportunities and Contracts

  • Allow Leave Balance to be Displayed on Employee Paystubs

Attention: See Costpoint Opt-In Features for more information.

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


2025.2

Note: The Opt-In capability is available to Costpoint Cloud Customers only.

As an administrator, use the Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users.

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release.

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

[image] 

The following Costpoint 2025.2 features include the option to opt in:

      • Automatically assign employee termination information and deactivate Costpoint user account

      • Update to utilize Costpoint Multicurrency Table in Time & Expense

      • 1099 Corrections

      • Subcontractor Management Transaction Detail Updates and Archive with Reports

      • Cash Account Transaction Description for Cash Receipts

      • Prospective Vendor Email Notifications

      • Vendor Certification Enhancement

      • Quick Entry Expense Report - Phase 3

      • Quick Entry Expense Authorization

The following Costpoint features were previously Opt-In for the 8.2.15 release and are now enabled for all users in the 2025.2 release:

  • Enhanced Schedule Bill Description

  • Bank Account Integration with Costpoint

  • EFT International Format (IAT)

  • Purchase Order Payment Schedules

  • Expand Prospective Vendor Functionality to MM and AC

  • Subcontractor Management Work Assignment Preprocessor

  • 1099 Combined Federal/State Filing (CF/SF) Program for Participating States

  • Settlement Reversal

  • Manage/Approve Timesheet UI Updates

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.2 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Attention: For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


8.2.15

Note: The Opt-In capability is available to Costpoint Cloud Customers only.

As an administrator, use the Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users. 

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release. 

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

[image]

The following Costpoint 8.2.15 features include the option to opt-in:

  • Enhanced Schedule Bill Description

  • Bank Account Integration with Costpoint

  • EFT International Format (IAT)

  • Purchase Order Payment Schedules

  • Expand Prospective Vendor Functionality to MM and AC

  • Subcontractor Management Work Assignment Preprocessor

  • 1099 Combined Federal/State Filing (CF/SF) Program for Participating States

  • Settlement Reversal

  • Manage/Approve Timesheet UI Updates

The following Costpoint features were previously Opt-In for the 8.2.12 release and are now enabled for all users in the 8.2.15 release: 

  • Allowing Prospective Vendors in Subcontracts

  • Subcontract and Contract Modification Totals

  • Automatic Purchase Order (PO) Reservation Creation

  • Minor Timesheet Enhancements

  • Project Workforce Start and End Dates by Employee/Vendor/Vendor Employee

  • LGBTQ+ Business Classification and Vendor-Subcontractor Integration

  • Manual Invoice Number Editing for Subcontractor Invoices

  • Change Government Furnished Material (GFM) to Furnished Material (FM)

  • Revaluation Settlement

  • Quick Entry Expense Report

  • Supplier Portal Invoice Status and Payment Information

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


8.2.12

Note: The Opt-In capability is available to Costpoint Cloud Customers only.

As an administrator, use the Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users. 

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release. 

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

[image]

The following Costpoint 8.2.12 features include the option to opt-in:

  • Allowing Prospective Vendors in Subcontracts

  • Subcontract and Contract Modification Totals

  • Automatic Purchase Order (PO) Reservation Creation

  • Minor Timesheet Enhancements

  • Project Workforce Start and End Dates by Employee/Vendor/Vendor Employee

  • LGBTQ+ Business Classification and Vendor-Subcontractor Integration

  • Manual Invoice Number Editing for Subcontractor Invoices

  • Change Government Furnished Material (GFM) to Furnished Material (FM)

  • Revaluation Settlement

  • Quick Entry Expense Report

  • Supplier Portal Invoice Status and Payment Information

The following Costpoint features were previously Opt-In for the 8.2.8 release and are now enabled for all users in the 8.2.12 release: 

  • Add Costpoint AI Flag to SYMSETNG

  • CRM/Contracts Hyperlinks Additions and Updates

  • Use Planning Project budget/EAC information in Projects PSR

  • Populate CP GL budgets from BP Org Budgets

  • Home Dashboard Timesheet Hours

  • Allow query by employee status in Employee Salary Info

  • Pass User ID when sending E-mail

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.12 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


8.2.8

Note: The Opt-In capability is available to Costpoint Cloud Customers only.

As an administrator, use the new Opt-In capability to enable designated new features for your Costpoint users. Opt-In features are optional during a specific timeframe. In a future Costpoint release, the features will be enabled automatically for all users. 

This enhancement supports testing by users in your company. When you enable an Opt-In feature in a sandbox database, you give your users the opportunity to experience how that feature will potentially impact their workflow, data, and application use. You control the timing of this testing, which can take place before you enable the feature in a production database and before the feature is automatically enabled for all users in a release. 

During the opt-in timeframe, you can also disable most Opt-In features if necessary. Once the opt-in timeframe is complete, the features are automatically enabled in the subsequent Costpoint release. While some Opt-In features may have additional settings or security to enable, most will become standard in the product.

Enable and disable the Opt-In features during the opt-in timeframe in the Manage Opt-In Features (SYMFEATURE) application in Costpoint.

[image]

The Opt-In features for Costpoint 8.2.8 are: 

  • Add Costpoint AI Flag to SYMSETNG

  • CRM/Contracts Hyperlinks Additions and Updates

  • Use Planning Project budget/EAC information in Projects PSR

  • Populate CP GL budgets from BP Org Budgets

  • Home Dashboard Timesheet Hours

  • Allow query by employee status in Employee Salary Info

  • Pass User ID when sending E-mail

Throughout the Costpoint content, the Opt-In feature topics will be identified with the following label: (Opt-In Available).

In addition, the opt-in feature topics will include the following statement:

For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt-in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.8 release. The ability to opt-in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of the release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

For more information about Costpoint’s Opt-In capability, see Knowledge Base article #115359 in the Deltek Customer Care Knowledge Base.


Purchase Order Payment Schedules (Opt-In Available)
8.2.15

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

You can now set up payment schedules on a purchase order line for progress payments, not based on quantity, to be handled correctly on the voucher instead of calculating the voucher amount based on a line quantity. This will also help in showing financial forecasting on product service requests.

 

Set Up Company (SYPCOMP)

The application now copies the new settings when you create a new company from an existing company.

 

Manage Simple Purchase Requisitions (PPMREQ)

The functionality of the application has been updated to exclude line charges designated as Payment Schedule when you perform a lookup.

The same update has been applied to the following applications:

  • Manage Purchase Requisition Types (PPMRTYP)

  • Manage Purchase Requisitions (PPMNTRQ1)

  • Apply PO Info to Purchase Requisitions by Line (PPMRQLN)

  • Apply PO Info to Purchase Requisitions (PPMNTRQ2)

  • Create MO Subcontractor Requisitions (PCMSCRQ)

 

Mange Line Charge Types (POMLCHRG)

A new checkbox, Payment Schedule, has been added to the application to allow you to designate this type of line charge to be used only for purchase order lines that are designated as Payment Schedules.

 

Manage Purchase Orders (POMMAIN)

You can now set up Payment Schedules on purchase order lines to assist with payments that need to be made over a certain period of time.

The application has a new Payment Schedule subtask, which you can use to enter information related to the payment schedule of the purchase order lines.

The following new fields have also been added to the application:

Field

Description

Payment Schedule Code

Use this field to select the payment schedule code from the drop-down list.

Payment Schedule

This checkbox is selected if a payment schedule record exists on the Payment Schedule subtask.

 

 

 

Configure Purchase Order Print Options (POMPOPTS)

You can now print the payment schedule information on the purchase order via the new Print Payment Schedule checkbox.

 

Print Purchase Orders (PORPPO)

You can now print the payment schedule information on the purchase order via the new Print Payment Schedule checkbox. This checkbox also defaults from the same checkbox on the Configure Purchase Order Print Options screen.

 

Approve Pending Purchase Orders (POMSTAT)

Purchase Order Line Payment schedules can now be viewed from this application.

The application has a new Payment Schedule subtask, which displays information related to the payment schedule of the purchase order lines.

The following new fields have also been added to the application:

Field

Description

Payment Schedule

This checkbox indicates that a payment schedule exists for the record.

Payment Schedule Code

This field indicates the payment schedule code related to the record.

 

 

The same changes apply to Expedite Purchase Order (POMEXPD) screen.

 

Create Purchase Order Change Orders (PORPCO)

You can now print the payment schedule by selecting the new Print Payment Schedule checkbox.

 

Archive Purchase Orders (POPARCH)

A new database table, PO_LN_PMT_SCH_HS, has been added to the application.

 

Manage Supplier Actions (SPMSPACT)

Purchase Order Line Payment schedules can now be viewed from this application.

The application has a new Payment Schedule subtask, which displays information related to the payment schedule of the purchase order lines.

The following new fields have also been added to the application:

Field

Description

Payment Schedule

This checkbox indicates that a payment schedule exists for the record.

Payment Schedule Code

This field indicates the payment schedule code related to the record.

 

 

 

Manage Invoices (SPMINVC)

If the PO Line has a payment schedule, you will be able to enter only the Invoice Extended Amount instead of the Invoice Quantity. You can now view the payment schedule information using the Payment Schedule subtask. Taxes and discounts will be added as applicable for that PO, but the subtask will only display the Extended Cost. In Approve Subcontractor Invoices, the functionality to trickle down previous payments from purchase orders has been added as well.

The same changes apply to the following screens:

  • Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC)

  • Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC)

 

Manage Purchase Requisition Types (PPMRQTYP)

The application will exclude line charges set up as Payment Schedule.

The same change applies to the following screens:

  • Manage Simple Purchase Requisitions (PPMQREQ)

  • Manage Purchase Requisitions (PPMNTRQ1)

  • Apply PO Info to Purchase Requisitions by Line (PPMRQLN)

  • Apply PO Info to Purchase Requisitions (PPMNTRQ2)

  • Create MO Subcontractor Requisitions (PCMSCRQ)

 

Recompute and Print Discrepancies (POPDISCR)

When you print the Discrepancies for Open Vouchers report, vouchers with PO lines marked as Payment Schedules will now display the text “Payment Schedule” below them to clearly indicate and identify discrepancies arising from payments schedules.

 

Create PO Vouchers from POs/Receipts (POPPOVCH)

When you create vouchers from POs or receipts, Costpoint excludes Payment Schedule purchase orders to ensure that vouchers are generated only for standard POs and prevent potential issues related to payment schedules.

 

Import Purchase Order Vouchers (AOPPOVCH)

When you import a file that contains lines with Payment Schedule purchase orders, Costpoint excludes those lines from processing. Instead, they will be listed on the Import PO Vouchers Error Report with the message "Purchase Order Lines with Payment Schedules are not allowed."

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

Multiple UI changes have been applied to the screen.

The following new fields have been added to the PO Line Details tab of the table window:

Field

Description

Payment Schedule

This checkbox indicates that a PO line is assigned a payment schedule, meaning payments will be distributed over a specified period.

Payment Schedule Code

This field displays the code for the line charge type designated as a payment schedule.

 

 

The values of these fields default from Manage Purchase Orders and are not editable. When you enter a voucher line against a PO line that is assigned a payment schedule, the Invoice Qty and Invoice Unit Cost fields are disabled, and you can enter only an Invoice Ext Amt for the voucher line.

In addition, the new Payment Schedule subtask is also now available on this screen. Use this subtask to view the payment schedule setup for the purchase order lines. It has the following fields:

  • Schedule Line

  • Description

  • Schedule Date

  • Schedule Percent

  • Schedule Amount

  • Voucher Amount

  • Total Vouchered Amount

 

Post Vouchers (AOPPPOSTV)

The Post Vouchers screen now inserts payment schedule information to the VCHR_LN_PO_PYMT_SCH_HS database table when you post vouchers that are created against payment schedule POs.

 

Reverse Posted Vouchers (APPREVVR)

When you reverse posted vouchers that are created against payment schedule POs, Costpoint inserts the inverse values of the schedule amounts on the previously posted vouchers to the VCHR_LN_PO_PYMT_SCH table. The negative amounts will then display on the Payment Schedule subtask of affected screens after the reversal.

 

Approve PO Invoices (POMAINVC)

Multiple UI changes have been applied to the Approve PO Invoices screen.

The following new fields have been added to the PO Line Details tab of the table window:

Field

Description

Payment Schedule

This checkbox indicates that a PO line is assigned a payment schedule, meaning payments will be distributed over a specified period.

Payment Schedule Code

This field displays the code for the line charge type designated as a payment schedule.

 

 

The values of these fields default from Manage Subcontractor Invoices and are not editable. 

In addition, the new Payment Schedule subtask is also now available on this screen. Use this subtask to view the payment schedule setup for the purchase order lines. It has the following fields:

  • Schedule Line

  • Description

  • Schedule Amount

  • Schedule Date

  • Vouchered Amount

  • Schedule Percent

 

Subcontractor Invoices

The Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC) and Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC) screens now include a Payment Schedule subtask. Use this subtask to view the payment schedule setup for the purchase order lines. It has the following fields:

  • Schedule Line

  • Description

  • Schedule Amount

  • Schedule Date

  • Vouchered Amount

  • Schedule Percent

In addition, new fields have been added to the PO Line Details tab of these two screens:

Field

Description

Payment Schedule

This checkbox indicates that a PO line is assigned a payment schedule, meaning payments will be distributed over a specified period.

Payment Schedule Code

This field displays the code for the line charge type designated as a payment schedule.

 

 

 

Manage Work Assignments (SMMWRK)

When you query or manually enter the Payment Schedule Code or the Payment Schedule Description of the PO line on the Code and Description fields of the Work Assignment PO Line Charges subtask of the Manage Work Assignments screen, you will now encounter an error message.



Share Record
8.2.3

Use the new Share Record feature to share the URL of a Costpoint record. Share Record is available in Table view when you select a record and click the arrow in the column header or right-click the column header. In Form view, right-click the form to access Share Record. When you click Share Record, Costpoint copies the URL to the browser clipboard. You can then paste the link or choose a sharing option on your device or computer.

Costpoint login is required to access the shared record.



Supplier Portal Automatic User Onboarding
8.2.15

You can now implement an automatic Supplier Portal user onboarding process for new vendor contacts added in Prospective Vendors or Manage Vendors. This feature allows you to either automatically create Supplier Users or send a request to your system administrator to add the users for specific contacts. 

This is related to the Expand Prospective Vendor Functions feature.

 

Manage Vendors (APMVEND)

The Manage Vendors screen now gives you the option to automatically create a user account for a vendor contact or submit a request to a system administrator to create one.

A new Supplier Portal User Account group box has been added to the Contacts subtask of the Addresses subtask. This group box is visible and enabled only if the following conditions are met:

  • You are licensed for Supplier Portal.

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option on the Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create or Sys Ad creates Supplier Portal Login.

  • The Supplier Portal Enabled checkbox on the Defaults tab of the Vendor section is selected for the vendor.

The Supplier Portal User Account group box includes the following fields.

Field

Description

Create User Login Requested by Supplier

If a supplier selected the Submit Request to Create User Login checkbox on the Manage Vendors (SPMVEND) screen in Supplier Portal, this checkbox will be selected and disabled.

User ID Exist

If a user exists for the vendor contact on the Manage Users screen, this read-only checkbox is visible and selected.

Create User Login ID

Select this checkbox to create a user login ID for the vendor contact.

This checkbox is visible and enabled only if the Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Auto-create and a user ID does not yet exist for the vendor contact.

User ID

Enter the ID to be used in the automatic creation of the Costpoint user record for this vendor contact. You can use this field if the following conditions are met: 

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Auto-create.

  • The Create User Login ID checkbox is selected on this subtask.

  • The vendor contact is not yet linked to a user ID in Manage Users.

If you are entering a new employee record, this field will automatically default to the Employee ID. When you enter a value in the Vendor Contact E-Mail Address field on the Address/Contact tab, the application will ask whether you want to update the user ID based on the entered value (for example, if the value in the Vendor Contact E-Mail Address field is janemariesmith@company.com, the User ID can be set to 'JANEMARIESMITH'). The user ID cannot exceed 20 characters, so if the Vendor Contact E-mail Address value is abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz@company.com, the application will ask if you want to set the user ID to ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST.

If the employee is not yet linked to a Costpoint user on the Manage Users screen, you may edit the value before saving. Once the vendor contact is linked to at least one user ID in the Manage Users table, this field will no longer be available.

Note: The field is only used to generate a new Costpoint user record.

Login ID

This field automatically defaults to the user ID, but you can change it if the login ID differs from the user ID. This value will be used to populate the Active Directory or Certificate ID field on the Manage Users screen. You can use the Login ID field only if the following conditions are met:

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create.

  • The Create User Login ID checkbox is selected on this subtask.

  • The vendor contact is not yet linked to a user ID in Manage Users.

This field is required if the Authentication Method is one of the following on the Configure System Settings screen: 

  • Single Sign-on 

  • Active Directory 

  • Single Sign-on or Active Directory 

  • Single Sign-on or Database 

  • Windows Domain and Active Directory 

  • Certificate SSO 

This field is not required for Database or Windows Domain and Database authentication methods.

Submit Request to Create User Login

Select this checkbox to submit a request to your system administrator to create a user login ID for the vendor contact. 

This checkbox is visible and enabled only if the Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Sys Ad creates Supplier Portal Login and a user ID does not yet exist for the vendor contact.

 

Manage Prospective Vendors (APMPRVEND)

This new screen, which mirrors the functionality of the Manage Contract Management Vendor Info screen in Capture and Contracts, allows you to choose between automatically creating a user account for a vendor contact or submitting a request to create one once the prospective vendor has been approved.

Note: For more information on the new Manage Prospective Vendors screen, see the Expand Prospective Vendor Functionality section of these release notes.

The new Supplier Portal User Account group box has been added on the Contracts subtask of the Address/Contact Info subtask. This group box is visible and enabled on the subtask only if the following conditions are met:

  • You are licensed for Supplier Portal.

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option on the Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create or Sys Ad creates Supplier Portal Login.

  • The Supplier Portal Enabled checkbox on the General tab of Manage Prospective Vendors is selected for the prospective vendor.

The Supplier Portal User Account group box includes the following fields. 

Field

Description

User ID Exist

If a user exists for the vendor contact on the Manage Users screen, this read-only checkbox is visible and selected.

Create User Login ID

Select this checkbox to create a user login ID for the vendor contact.

This checkbox is visible and enabled only if the Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Auto-create and a user ID does not yet exist for the vendor contact.

User ID

Enter the ID to be used in the automatic creation of the Costpoint user record for this vendor contact. You can use this field if the following conditions are met: 

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Auto-create.

  • The Create User Login ID checkbox is selected on this subtask.

  • The vendor contact is not yet linked to a user ID in Manage Users.

Login ID

This field automatically defaults to the user ID, but you can change it if the login ID differs from the user ID. This value will be used to populate the Active Directory or Certificate ID field on the Manage Users screen. You can use the Login ID field only if the following conditions are met:

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create.

  • The Create User Login ID checkbox is selected on this subtask.

  • The vendor contact is not yet linked to a user ID in Manage Users.

Submit Request to Create User Login

Select this checkbox to submit a request to your system administrator to create a user login ID for the vendor contact. 

This checkbox is visible and enabled only if the Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Sys Ad creates Supplier Portal Login and a user ID does not yet exist for the vendor contact.

 

Approve Prospective Vendors (APMPRVENDA)

This new screen, which mirrors the functionality of the Approve Prospective Vendors screen in Capture and Contracts, has multiple subtasks that support the Supplier Portal Automatic User Onboarding feature.

  • Address/Contact Info: This subtask displays addresses associated with the prospective vendor. All fields default from the Address/Contact Info subtask of Manage Prospective Vendors and cannot be edited.

  • Contacts: Located under the Address/Contact Info subtask, the Contacts subtask displays values that default from the Contacts subtask of Manage Prospective Vendors. These values can be modified, and new contacts can be added for the prospective vendor.

The Supplier Portal User Account group box is also available on the Contacts subtask. Once the prospective vendor is approved, the settings specified here will be used to automatically create a user/login ID or to send a request to create a user/login ID for the contact associated with the prospective vendor.

Note: For more information on the new Approve Prospective Vendors (APMPRVENDA) screen, see the Expand Prospective Vendor Function section of these release notes.

 

Manage Contract Management Vendor Info (CTMVEND)

This application now allows you to choose between automatically creating a user account for the vendor contact or submitting a request to create one once the prospective vendor has been approved.

The Supplier Portal User Account group box has been added on the Contacts subtask of the Address/Contact Info subtask. This group box is visible and enabled on the subtask only if the following conditions are met:

  • You are licensed for Supplier Portal.

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option on the Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create or Sys Ad creates Supplier Portal Login.

  • The Supplier Portal Enabled checkbox on the General tab of Manage Contract Management Vendor Info is selected for the prospective vendor.

The Supplier Portal User Account group box includes the following fields.

Field

Description

User ID Exist

If a user exists for the vendor contact on the Manage Users screen, this checkbox is visible and selected.

Create User Login ID

Select this checkbox to create a user login ID for the vendor contact.

This checkbox is visible and enabled only if the Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Auto-create and a user ID does not yet exist for the vendor contact.

Submit Request to Create User Login

Select this checkbox to submit a request to your system administrator for creating a user login ID for the vendor contact.

This checkbox is visible and enabled only if the Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings is set to Sys Ad creates Supplier Portal Login and a user ID does not yet exist for the vendor contact.

User ID

Enter the ID to be used in the automatic creation of the Costpoint user record for this vendor contact. You can use this field if the following conditions are met:

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create.

  • The Create User Login ID checkbox is selected on this subtask.

  • The vendor contact is not yet linked to a user ID in Manage Users.

Login ID

This field automatically defaults to the user ID, but you can change it if the login ID differs from the user ID. This value will be used to populate the Active Directory or Certificate ID field on the Manage Users screen. You can use the Login ID field only if the following conditions are met:

  • The Supplier User Login Creation option in Configure System Settings screen is set to Auto-create.

  • The Create User Login ID checkbox is selected on this subtask.

  • The vendor contact is not yet linked to a user ID in Manage Users.

 

Approve Prospective Vendors (CTMVENDA)

New subtasks have been added to the Approve Prospective Vendors process to support this enhancement:

  • Address/Contact Info: This subtask displays addresses associated with the prospective vendor. All fields default from the Address/Contact Info subtask of Manage Contract Management Vendor Info and cannot be edited.

  • Contacts: Located under the Address/Contact Info subtask, the Contacts subtask displays values that default from the Contacts subtask of Manage Contract Management Vendor Info. These values can be modified, and new contacts can be added for the prospective vendor.

The Supplier Portal User Account group box is also available on the Contacts subtask. Once the prospective vendor is approved, the settings specified here will be used to automatically create a user/login ID or to send a request to create a user/login ID for the contact associated with the prospective vendor.

 

Configure System Settings (SYMSETNG)

Use the new Costpoint Vendor User Accounts group box on the Configure System Settings screen to set default settings for creating Vendor User Accounts on the Approve Prospective Vendors (APMVENDA) or Manage Vendors (APMVEND) screens. You can choose to have accounts auto-created or request creation from system admins.

 

Set up Company (SYPCOMP)

The application now copies the new settings for the feature to the new company created in Set Up Company.

 

Manage Users (SYMUSR)

The application now displays a warning validation based on the following:

  • When you enter an email address or username that already exists for a user ID.

  • When a user changes the Supplier Portal vendor or deleted it for an existing user ID.

  • When a user adds a deactivation date for the user ID.

 

Manage Vendors (SPMVEND)

The following are the changes to the application UI:

Field

Description

User ID Exist

If the vendor contact has an existing user login on the Manage Users screen, then this checkbox is selected. The application also displays the User ID and Login ID created but are read-only if a user login exists.

Submit Request to Create User Login

Use this checkbox if you want to request a user login ID to be created for this vendor contact. This field is visible if the Supplier Portal User Login Creation option is selected in Configure System Settings. 

When you select this checkbox and click Save, the action triggers an email notification to the Admin Email Address on the Manage Vendors screen requesting to create a user login for the vendor contact.

User ID

This field displays the user ID for the vendor contact.

Login ID

This new field displays the login ID for the vendor contact.



Updated Login and Logout Screens
2026.1

The login and logout screens now feature an updated look, delivering a refreshed and modernized appearance. In addition, a new link to the privacy policy has been added to these screens to meet California state requirements.



Command Center

Agentic Financial Close Command Center
2026.2

The Agentic Financial Close is a centralized interface designed to provide real-time visibility into AI-driven financial processing tasks. It enables users to monitor, manage, and respond to AI operations across three key stages of financial workflows:

  • Transaction processing

  • Subledger analysis

  • Financial statement review

 

Key Features:

  • AI Task Metrics: View the number of records processed, analyzed, or flagged by AI agents.

  • Exception Management: Access a centralized view of flagged items across all AI tasks, with drill-down capabilities for task-specific exception details.

  • Actionable Controls: Capture mitigation actions and navigate directly to Costpoint applications to resolve flagged exceptions from the dashboard. This feature reduces manual intervention, enhances oversight of AI operations, and improves confidence in automated financial workflows.



Agentic Financial Close Phase 2
2026.3

Command Center’s Agentic Financial Close tab now provides a centralized view of project product and customer product bills that Dela flagged for manual review. Click the flagged count on the Review Customer Product Bills and Review Project Product Bills summary cards to open the Exceptions report on a new tab, where you can view detailed records requiring your attention. From this report, you can also drill through to the Manage Customer Product Bills and Manage Project Product Bills screens. 

Note: To enable Dela to automatically review bills, configure the settings in the Dela Defaults group box on the Configure Billing Settings screen. Assessment results are displayed on the Dela tab of the relevant Costpoint screens. 

In addition, the new Financial Anomaly Analysis summary card highlights the income statement and balance sheet anomalies detected by Dela. You can click the Financial Statement Line field on the drill report to open the Financial Anomaly Analysis application. 

Note: To learn more about Costpoint’s financial anomaly detection process, refer to the Run Financial Anomaly Detection online help topic. 



Export Drill Reports to Excel and PDF in Command Center
2026.2

Users can now export Drill reports to MS Excel and PDF directly from the Command Center. This enhancement addresses the limitation caused by the disabled application bar for reports launched from the Command Center, allowing users to generate reports in formats other than HTML. Dedicated buttons for Export to XLS and Export to PDF have been added to streamline the export process.



Buyer Command Center
2026.3

The Buyer Command Center is now available and includes a Purchase Orders (PO) dashboard tab that consolidates unpaid POs into a single, status-based view. You can review and prioritize POs across the following key stages:  

  • Pending Approval 

  • Pending Receipt 

  • Pending Inspection 

  • Awaiting Invoice 

  • Pending Voucher Approval 

  • Awaiting Payment 

Two-way match POs are excluded from Pending Receipt and Pending Inspection statuses to ensure accurate classification. The dashboard also excludes Void and Closed POs and displays only POs assigned to you for a more focused review.  

In addition, the table is sorted by POs with the highest number of Overdue Lines to support timely follow-up. Click the PO ID field to open the Manage Purchase Orders screen. You can also open a drill report to view PO line details. 

Note: To access the Buyer Command Center, you must be assigned to the CC__BUYER user group using the Manage Users application. 



Command Center Grid Enhancements
2026.3

The following updates were made to the grid interface across all Command Center tabs to improve usability:

  • Saved Panel and Column Widths: When you adjust the panel width or resize a grid column, your changes are now saved to local storage and retained across browser sessions. You can also set a default panel width to ensure a consistent starting layout. 

  • Double-Layer Column Filtering: When you filter data in any Command Center grid column, you can now apply two simultaneous filter conditions to narrow results more precisely. This reduces the number of steps needed to isolate specific data ranges within a grid. 



Command Center Projects/Project Overview Tab Updates
2026.1

A new column, Project Status Update, has been added to the Revenue Information section of the Project Overview tab. This column displays the TIMESTAMP (date and time) from the PSR_FINAL_DATA field in PSR Summary Data - Union Query Subject within the CC Projects package.

Another column, Pending Report Update, has been added to the Revenue Information section, positioned to the right of Project Status Update. This column displays the TIMESTAMP (date and time) from PROJ_PEND_SUM, PROJ_PEND_BURD_SUM, or PROJ_PEND_DETL, depending on the source of Target Revenue (Pending).

Command Center Projects/Billing Tab Updates

The CUSTOMER_NAME field from PROJ has been added to the Unbilled Analysis Query. This field is displayed in the Project Information section and may differ from the CUSTOMER field in PROJ_CUST_SETUP.

A new TIMESTAMP field (date and time) has also been added to the Unbilled Analysis Query. This field is sourced from one of the following tables, depending on the origin of Pending Revenue:

  • PROJ_PEND_SUM

  • PROJ_PEND_BURD_SUM

  • PROJ_PEND_DETL

In addition, the TIMESTAMP now displays to the right of Unbilled Analysis Update in the side panel of the Billing tab and is derived from the RPT_PROJ_UNBILLED table.

These enhancements improve visibility into project and billing data by providing more detailed and timely information.



Command Center Updates
2025.4

Several updates were made to the Command Center for Project Analysts.

  • Sorting by Variance in Exception Reports: Exception reports will now sort projects and resources based on variance after the number of exceptions. Projects and resources with higher variance—those that have charged more hours than planned—will display at the top of the list. This adjustment ensures that the most significant deviations are prioritized for review.

  • Tooltip Added to Project Overview Side Panel: When you hover over the Project ID in the Project Overview side panel, a tooltip now displays "Launch PSR." This behavior mirrors the existing functionality on the Billing tab, where hovering over specific elements displays "Launch A/R Aging." This enhancement provides clearer guidance for accessing related features.

  • Updated Link Style in Project Overview and Hours Analysis: Links in the Project Overview and Hours Analysis sections now include an underline to align with the updated style introduced on the Billing tab. This change ensures a consistent visual design across these areas, improving clarity and accessibility for users.

  • Removal of Billable Flag Filter in Project Overview Queries: The Project Overview tab in the Command Center will no longer filter queries based on the Billable Flag at the top level. Instead, queries will continue to filter based on Active Flag and Project Classification. This change aligns the logic with the existing implementation on the Billing tab, ensuring consistency and addressing the unreliability of the Billable Flag as a top-level indicator.

  • Word Wrap and Tooltips for Billing Tab Column Titles: Column titles on the Billing tab now support word wrap, enabling more of the text to be visible without truncation. In addition, hovering over a column title displays a tooltip with the full column name, ensuring that you can easily read and understand longer titles.



Costpoint Command Center for Accountants
2025.4

The Costpoint Command Center for Accountants is a modernized, role-specific dashboard designed to streamline the daily responsibilities of accountants in government contracting organizations. It consolidates financial insights, task management, and system navigation into a single interface, reducing the need to track activities across multiple screens or systems.

 

Key Functional Areas

  • General Ledger tab: This tab displays recent journal entries, pending approvals, and visualizations of entries by type and status, helping accountants monitor bottlenecks and manage journal entry lifecycles.

  • Closing Manager tab: This tab tracks month-end close tasks with real-time insights into task status, completion rates, and schedule alignment, supporting task filtering and actionable metrics.

 

Key Benefits

  • Increased Efficiency: Centralizes actions and insights, reducing time spent navigating disparate modules

  • Improved Visibility: Provides real-time, personalized data to manage workloads and deadlines effectively

  • Faster Close Cycles: Enhances the accuracy and timeliness of month-end activities through proactive alerts and detailed tracking

  • Better Decision-Making: Offers visual financial metrics and drill-downs for deep analysis and variance resolution. The Command Center transforms the Costpoint experience for accountants by delivering an actionable workspace that improves operational efficiency, accountability, and financial control.



Dynamic Linking for Missing Labor History Rates
2026.1

When a Labor History Rate is missing on the Project Overview tab (Category Missing = Labor History Rate), you can now dynamically link to the appropriate Costpoint application to resolve the issue based on the T&M Rate Sequence setup. Costpoint determines the correct application using the rate table code and sequence number logic.

  • If the Rate Table Code is "PC," the link directs to Application PJMPLCRT (passing PROJ_ID).

  • If the Rate Table Code is "C," the link directs to Application PJMPLC.

  • If the Rate Table Code is "PEC" or "PVC," the link directs to Application PJMPWFRT (passing PROJ_ID). This enhancement ensures the drill link dynamically adjusts based on the rate sequence setup, improving efficiency and accuracy when addressing missing Labor History Rates. The underlying query has been updated to capture the rate table code and sequence number to support this functionality.



Financial Review Tab in the Command Center
2026.1

The Financial Review tab delivers a complete, intuitive view of your organization’s financial performance, enabling smarter decision-making and audit readiness. It compares actuals vs. budget for revenue, expenses, and profit across both the current period and year-to-date (YTD), with percentage variances to highlight favorable or unfavorable trends.

 

Key Capabilities

  • Comprehensive Metrics: The tab displays total revenue, expense, and profit for current period and YTD, including absolute and percentage variances.

  • Dynamic Visuals: Interactive trend charts and tabbed column charts display revenue and expense patterns by organization and period.

  • Drill-Down Insights: Expand/collapse functionality and account-level drill reports provide detailed transaction data with dynamic filtering, grand totals, and security compliance.

  • Conditional Formatting: Variance percentages are visually flagged—neutral (<10%), warning (10–25%), alert (>25%)—for quick performance assessment.

  • Quick Access to BI Reports: Direct links to Profit & Loss, Balance Sheet, and Trial Balance reports open on temporary tabs with prepopulated prompts for ease of use. Reports support multiple formats (Excel, HTML, and so on) and standard BI interactivity.

 

Data Transparency & Security

  • Displays reporting period end date and last G/L update timestamp, with a link to refresh data if outdated

  • Enforces row-level security based on Company ID and organizational settings

  • Sensitive labor details suppressed where applicable

 

Technical Details

  • Data sourced from FS, FS_LN, FS_LN_ACCT, and RPT_FS_COMPARE tables via a new data module

  • Filters to ensure primary income statement formats for the current fiscal year and reporting period

  • Compatible with MS SQL and Oracle; adheres to Costpoint BI standards

 

This feature streamlines financial analysis by combining actionable insights, secure data handling, and simplified navigation—all within the Command Center.



Improved Drill Link Capabilities from Command Center to Costpoint
2026.3

The Command Center now supports cascading queries, enabling you to open Costpoint applications with both header-level and refined detail-level filters applied. For example, when you open the Closing Plan application from the Closing Manager dashboard tab, Costpoint retrieves the active closing plan and filters the Tasks subtask by Assigned User and Status. This improves navigation from Command Center to targeted data sets within Costpoint screens that require multi-level query context. 



Information Icon for Command Center Visualizations
2026.1

Each visualization in the Command Center now includes an info icon in the upper-right corner. Hovering over the icon displays concise, in-product documentation tailored to the specific visualization. This feature provides you with immediate context and guidance, ensuring clarity and ease of use.

  • Info icons in each visualization give quick, relevant help when hovered over.

  • Tabs display project progress, billing, hours, tasks, and financials, with links to reports and actions.

  • Icons make it easy to access guidance and streamline workflows.

[image]



Introducing the Costpoint™ Command Center: Enhancing Project Management with the New User Interface
2025.3

Deltek is excited to announce the launch of the Costpoint™ Command Center, a powerful tool designed to help project analysts prioritize their work and gain comprehensive insights into project performance and key metrics.

 

Key Features of the Command Center

  • High-Level Project Overview: Gain a detailed analysis of hours logged across projects, enabling better tracking and management.

  • Revenue vs. Funding Comparison: Easily compare revenue against funding for each project to ensure financial alignment.

  • Setup Information Visibility: Identify any missing setup information that requires attention, ensuring all project details are in place.

  • Actual vs. Planned Project Hours: Analyze the breakdown of actual versus planned project hours, with percentage completion and highlighted exceptions that need action.

This enhancement is designed to streamline project monitoring and ensure timely interventions where needed.

Important Note: Access to the Command Center is restricted to the new Costpoint user interface. If a user attempts to access it via the legacy UI, a message will inform them that the Command Center is accessible only through the new UI. Instructions for enabling the new interface can be found in Configure User Settings or by contacting the Costpoint System Administrator.

On-Premises Customer Requirement: To access the Command Center, on-premises customers must have Cognos Analytics 12.0.4 deployed and must be using the Costpoint Authentication Provider (CAP).

 

Command Center Project Overview Tab

This tab offers interactive visualizations and filters to track compliance with project setup and reporting. It includes metrics such as the percentage of revenue to current funding and flags potential setup issues that may affect accuracy. It also provides links to other Costpoint applications for a more streamlined workflow. 

 

Command Center Hours Analysis Tab

This tab delivers a comprehensive review of hours versus expectations for the current period. Using Project Planning data, including budget and pending hours, it highlights:

  • Projects with planned resources but no actuals

  • Resources charging hours without a budget

  • Planned resources who are no longer active

  • Over-capacity planned resources

This feature empowers Project Controls users to manage resources effectively and ensure project efficiency.



New Billing Tab for Project Analysts
2025.4

Project Analysts can now access critical billing information directly within the Billing tab of the Command Center for Project Analysts, addressing key areas such as:

  • Accounts Receivable (Aged)

  • Pending and issued invoices

  • Unbilled Analysis (Aged)

  • Unbilled Transactions (Aged)

In addition, exception details for missing billing setup information—such as methods and rates—are readily available. This streamlined access ensures analysts can efficiently manage billing-related tasks and identify discrepancies with greater accuracy.



Report Enhancements for Time & Expense Manager Command Center
2026.2

Updates were made to the following reports with the aim to standardize prompting behavior and styles across multiple reports, ensuring consistency and improving usability.

  • Resource Activity Report: This report displays how employees charged their time.

  • Charge Activity Report: Supervisors use this report to review the hours charged in their projects.

  • Work Hours by Day by Resource Report: This report displays the breakdown of Work Hours charged by day by employees that a supervisor has role over in Time & Expense.

  • Work Hours by Day by Project Report: Use this report to see the breakdown of Work Hours charged by day by projects that a supervisor has a role over in Time & Expense.

  • Expense Charge Activity Report: Use this report to see expenses charged and billable amounts for employees by project.

  • Expense Resource Activity Report: Resource Managers use this report to see how employees that they have a role over have charged their time.

These updates ensure consistent styling, improved usability, and enhanced functionality across all reports.



Role-Based Folders and Separate Drill Reports Folder
2026.2

Folders are now organized by user roles, with a dedicated folder for Drill Reports to streamline access and organization. Additionally, a new group has been created to separately secure the planning tab, allowing it to be added or removed as needed for enhanced flexibility and control.



Role-Based Tab Display in Cognos
2026.2

Users with access to multiple roles can now display tabs specific to a single role within the Cognos interface. This targeted view simplifies the review process by focusing on relevant Command Center tabs for the selected role. The role switcher has been relocated from the Costpoint iframe to the Cognos window, providing a more streamlined and integrated user experience.



Streamlined Command Center Module Rights Access
2026.3

All existing Command Center user groups now automatically include access to the Command Center module, removing the need to assign module rights separately. This update applies to the following user groups: 

User Group ID

User Group Name

CC__ACCOUNTANT 

Command Center Accountant

CC__AI_CLOSE_ANALYST 

Command Center AI Close Analyst 

CC__BUYERS

Command Center Buyer

CC__PJ_PLAN_ANALYST

Command Center Project Plan Analyst

CC__PROJ_ANALYST

Command Center Project Analyst

CC__TE_MGR

Command Center T&E Manager 



Support for Light and Dark Mode in Command Center
2026.1

In Costpoint 2026.1, Command Center supports the themes selected in the Costpoint setting. This ensures consistency and alignment with your selected theme.



Time & Expense Manager Command Center
2026.2

The Time & Expense Manager Command Center is a centralized dashboard designed for managers responsible for overseeing timesheets, expense reports, and team compliance. This interface consolidates key information and tasks, enabling managers to:

  • View Team Schedule & Calendar: Access team availability, including office presence, leave, and work travel.

  • Monitor Leave Balances: Review up-to-date leave balances for proactive time-off management.

  • Track Pending Tasks: Identify and address outstanding timesheets, expense reports, leave requests, and corrections requiring approval.

  • Run Reports: Generate essential reports, such as labor utilization, team hours by project, and expense summaries, directly from the dashboard. This feature simplifies managerial workflows, reduces manual tracking, and enhances operational efficiency by centralizing critical tools and information in one location.

  • Audit Floor Check History (New): Review floor check results captured at the time Daily Floor Check notifications were sent.

  • Timesheet Status Report (New): See the status of recent timesheets of their employees.



Accounting

AI-Powered Accounts Payable Voucher Creation
2026.2

Costpoint now offers an automated process for creating Accounts Payable vouchers. This update introduces several enhancements that streamline data entry, improve accuracy, and expand how you can submit and process invoices.

Using Costpoint’s AI assistant, Dela, you can upload invoices directly through Dela’s chat functionality, including via Dela in Microsoft Teams.

Dela classifies the uploaded document, extracts key invoice details, and presents the information for your review. You can then update fields, apply default values, and receive immediate feedback on any required corrections. After the information is confirmed, Dela guides you through creating the voucher.

These enhancements support faster and more accurate invoice processing and allow you to complete tasks without manually accessing any AP voucher screen. By reducing manual effort and improving data quality, this update modernizes AP workflows and establishes a foundation for future automation and expanded document intake options.

 

Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings (APMSETVR)

The Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings screen now includes the Dela Import group box. This section lets you enable or disable Dela’s voucher creation functionality and set default values for vouchers created through Dela. You can define defaults for the following fields:

  • Vendor

  • Account

  • Organization

  • Project

These defaults are applied when Dela creates vouchers from invoices submitted through chat. Because you are not in an AP voucher entry screen during these submissions, Costpoint uses the configured values so the voucher can be created without interruption. You can review and update these values later during normal AP processing.

 

Dela Accounts Payable Voucher Creation

You can now upload and process vendor invoices through the Ask Dela chat window in Costpoint or Dela in Microsoft Teams and let Dela automatically create Accounts Payable vouchers for those invoices.

When you upload a document, Dela identifies its type, such as a vendor invoice, travel receipt, or contract. If the document is recognized as a vendor invoice, Dela uses existing document scanning capabilities to extract key invoice details and presents the results for your review.

You can confirm or modify the extracted information and instruct Dela to create the voucher. If any issues occur, Dela displays the errors and allows you to update the information and try again.

Once a voucher is created, Dela provides the voucher number as a link. When you click the voucher number, the Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers screen opens and automatically displays the new voucher.

To use this functionality, you must select Enable Dela Imports in Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings.



AI-Powered AP Voucher Approvals (Opt-In Available)
2025.3

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.3 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now features an AI-powered accounts payable voucher approval functionality that streamlines and enhances your voucher approval process by leveraging intelligent automation and machine learning.

Powered by Dela, Deltek’s digital assistant, this feature can seamlessly approve routine entries, recommend vouchers for approval, or flag exceptions for manual review, reducing manual effort, improving accuracy, and accelerating workflows with a smarter and more efficient approach.

By incorporating AI into your AP voucher approval process, you can significantly reduce processing time, minimize errors, and enhance financial oversight, leading to improved efficiency and cost savings.

 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

The Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers screen is now enhanced with an AI-powered automatic voucher approval process. When you enter and save new vouchers, Costpoint triggers Dela to analyze new voucher data against previously approved vouchers.

Dela then determines whether a voucher qualifies for automatic approval based on predefined parameters and the user's Approval Mode in Configure Accounts Payable Dela ML User Settings:

  • If the approval mode is Enforce, Dela automatically approves the voucher if it meets approval criteria and sends an email notification to the approver.

  • If the approval mode is Recommend, Dela sends an approval recommendation to the approver for review.

  • If the approval mode is Disable, the voucher remains unapproved, requiring manual processing.

Note: To utilize this feature, you must first configure the settings in Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings and add users in Configure Accounts Payable Dela ML User Settings.

 

Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings (APMSETVR)

New fields have been added to this screen to support the AI-powered voucher approval feature. 

  • Allow Dela Approval: Select this checkbox to activate AI approval of AP vouchers that match the approval criteria. This field displays only if you selected Require Approvals.

  • Dela Approval Confidence Level: Use this field to enter a confidence level setting for AI approval of vouchers. This allows you to specify how certain Dela should be before accepting a match between new data and historical data. You can enter a value from 1 to 100. 

This field displays only if you selected Allow Dela Approval.

You can set a confidence level based on the following criteria:

  • Low Confidence Level (for example, 1): Dela will accept matches even if it is not very sure. This might result in more matches, but some could be less similar to the historical data.

  • High Confidence Level (for example, 100): Dela will accept matches only when it is very sure. This might result in fewer matches, but they will closely resemble historical data.

Adjust this setting based on how closely you need the results to match historical data. Higher values mean more similarity, while lower values mean more flexibility in variation.

 

Configure Accounts Payable Dela ML User Settings (APMSETVU)

The new Configure Accounts Payable Dela ML User Settings screen is now available in the Accounts Payable Controls module. This screen allows you to easily add, configure, or remove user accounts authorized for machine learning that powers automatic voucher approvals. 

It has the following fields:

Field

Description

User ID

Use this field to enter or select a user ID.

Name

This field displays the name of the user.

Approval Mode

Use this drop-down list to select the voucher approval mode for the user account. The options are: 

  • Disable: Select this option to disable automatic voucher approvals for the user.

  • Enforce: Select this option to activate automatic voucher approvals for the user.

  • Recommend: Select this option to allow Dela to issue an approval recommendation to the user when a voucher matches the approval criteria.

 

Link Dela ML Vendor Exclusion Settings

Use this subtask to specify vendors whose vouchers should not be automatically approved by machine learning. By entering excluded vendors, you can maintain control over high-risk or special-case transactions, ensuring that certain vouchers undergo manual review before approval.

This subtask has the Vendor and Vendor Name fields.

 

Configure Voucher Approver Settings (APMSETA)

The Link Users subtask of the Configure Voucher Approver Settings screen now includes the Approval Mode field. This field reflects the Approval Mode setting in Configure Accounts Payable Dela ML User Settings, providing a clear indication of the approval mode assigned to a user linked to an approver record.



AI-Powered Journal Entry Approvals (Opt-in Available)
2025.4

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.4 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now features an AI-powered approval functionality for Adjusting Journal Entries (AJE) that streamlines and enhances your AJE approval process by leveraging artificial intelligence.

Powered by Dela, Deltek’s digital assistant, this feature can seamlessly approve routine AJEs, recommend them for approval, or flag exceptions for manual review, reducing manual effort, improving accuracy, and accelerating workflows with a smarter and more efficient approach.

By incorporating AI into your AJE approval process, you can significantly reduce processing time, minimize errors, and enhance financial oversight, leading to improved efficiency and cost savings.

 

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE)

The Manage Journal Entries screen is now enhanced with an AI-powered automatic approval process for adjusting journal entries (AJE). When you enter and save new AJEs, Costpoint triggers Dela to analyze new AJE data against previously approved AJEs.

Dela then determines whether an AJE qualifies for automatic approval based on predefined parameters and the user's Approval Mode in Configure JE Dela User Settings:

  • If the approval mode is Enforce, Dela automatically approves the AJE if it meets approval criteria and sends a notification to the approver through their Preferred Notification Method in Manage Users. 

  • If the approval mode is Recommend, Dela sends an approval recommendation to the approver for review.

  • If the approval mode is Disable, the AJE remains unapproved, requiring manual processing.

Note: To utilize this feature, you must first configure the settings in Configure General Ledger Settings and Configure JE Dela User Settings.

 

Configure General Ledger Settings (GLMSETNG)

New fields have been added to the Approval Settings subtask of this screen to support the AI-powered adjusting journal entry approval feature.

  • Allow Dela Approval: Select this checkbox to activate AI approval of an adjusting journal entry if it matches the approval criteria. This checkbox is enabled only if you selected Approval Required and can be enabled only for adjusting journal entries (AJE). 

  • Dela Approval Confidence Level: Use this field to enter a confidence level setting for AI approval of AJEs. This enables you to specify how certain Dela should be before accepting a match between new data and historical data. You can enter a value from 1 to 100. 

This field displays only if you selected Allow Dela Approval.

You can set a confidence level based on the following criteria:

  • Low Confidence Level (for example, 1): Dela will accept matches even if it is not very sure. This might result in more matches, but some could be less similar to the historical data.

  • High Confidence Level (for example, 100): Dela will accept matches only when it is very sure. This might result in fewer matches, but they will closely resemble historical data.

Adjust this setting based on how closely you need the results to match historical data. Higher values mean more similarity, while lower values mean more flexibility in variation.

 

Configure JE Dela User Settings (GLMSETU)

The new Configure JE Dela User Settings screen is now available in the Journal Entry Processing module. This screen enables you to easily add, configure, or remove user accounts authorized for AI-powered automatic AJE approvals. 

It has the following fields:

Field

Description

User ID

Use this field to enter or select a user ID.

Name

This field displays the name of the user.

Approval Mode

Use this drop-down list to select the AJE approval mode for the user account. The options are:

  • Disable: Select this option to disable automatic AJE approvals for the user.

  • Enforce: Select this option to activate automatic AJE approvals for the user.

  • Recommend: Select this option to allow Dela to issue an approval recommendation to the user when an AJE matches the approval criteria.

 

Assign Journal Entry Approvers to Users (GLMSETA)

A new read-only field, Approval Mode, has been added to the Link Users subtask of this screen. This field displays the Adjusting Journal Entry (AJE) approval mode assigned to each user, as set up on the Configure JE Dela User Settings screen.



AI-Powered PO Voucher Assessment (Opt-In Available)
2026.1

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2026.1 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now features an AI-powered purchase order voucher assessment functionality that streamlines and enhances your voucher approval process by leveraging artificial intelligence capabilities.

Powered by Dela, Deltek’s digital assistant, this feature can seamlessly approve routine entries, recommend vouchers for approval, or flag exceptions for manual review, reducing manual effort, improving accuracy, and accelerating workflows with a smarter and more efficient approach.

By incorporating AI into your PO voucher approval process, you can significantly reduce processing time, minimize errors, and enhance financial oversight, leading to improved efficiency and cost savings.

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

The Manage Purchase Order Vouchers screen is now enhanced with an AI-powered automatic voucher assessment process. When you enter and save new vouchers, Costpoint triggers Dela to analyze new voucher data against previously approved vouchers.

Dela then determines whether a voucher qualifies for automatic approval based on predefined parameters and the user's Approval Mode in Configure Accounts Payable Dela User Settings:

  • If the approval mode is Enforce, Dela automatically approves the voucher if it meets approval criteria and sends an email notification to the approver.

  • If the approval mode is Recommend, Dela sends an approval recommendation to the approver for review.

  • If the approval mode is Disable, the voucher remains unapproved, requiring manual processing.

Note: To utilize this feature, you must first configure the settings in Configure Purchase Voucher Settings and add users in Configure Accounts Payable Dela User Settings. For more information, see the online help topics for these screens.

In addition, a new Dela group box has been added to the Invoice Approvals tab to display AI-driven voucher assessment details. It provides transparency into Dela’s decision-making process and includes the following fields:

  • Approval Desc: This field displays Dela’s decision after reviewing the PO voucher. It displays one of the following:

  • Dela Analyzed Review Advised 

  • Dela Recommended

  • Dela Analyzed Manual Approval Required

  • Dela Approved

  • Confidence Level: This field displays Dela’s confidence level setting at the time of approval.

  • Date/Time: This field displays the date and time when Dela analyzed the PO voucher.

  • Reason: This field displays the basis for the decision displayed in the Approval Desc field.

 

Configure Purchase Order Voucher Settings (POMAPSET)

New fields have been added to this screen to support the AI-powered voucher assessment feature. 

  • Allow Dela Approval: Select this checkbox to activate AI review of PO vouchers and automatically approve those that match the approval criteria. 

  • Dela Approval Confidence Level: Use this field to enter a confidence level setting for AI approval of PO vouchers. This allows you to specify how certain Dela should be before accepting a match between new data and historical data. You can enter a value from 70 to 100. 

This field displays only if you selected Allow Dela Approval.

You can set a confidence level based on the following criteria:

  • Low Confidence Level (for example, 70): Dela will accept matches even if it is not very sure. This might result in more matches, but some could be less similar to the historical data.

  • High Confidence Level (for example, 100): Dela will only accept matches when it is very sure. This might result in fewer matches, but they will closely resemble historical data.

Adjust this setting based on how closely you need the results to match historical data. Higher values mean more similarity, while lower values mean more flexibility in variation.

 

Set Up Company (SYPCOMP)

The Set Up Company screen has been enhanced to reflect the AI-powered PO voucher assessment and approval settings of the company you are copying settings from when you create a new company.



Automated Journal Entry Posting
2026.3

Costpoint now has the capability to automatically post approved journal entries. This enhancement streamlines journal entry processing by reducing manual posting steps and provides visibility into unsuccessful posting attempts and results across journal entry maintenance, approval, inquiry, and posting applications.

 

 

Configure General Ledger Settings (GLMSETNG)

The Configure General Ledger Settings screen now includes the Allow Auto Posting checkbox on the Approval Settings subtask. Use this checkbox to enable automatic posting for each journal entry type. It is available only when Approval Required is selected.

A new Batch Job Email Notification subtask has also been added, which allows you to configure email notifications for unsuccessful General Ledger batch jobs. This subtask includes the following fields:

  • Send Unsuccessful Emails: Select this checkbox to send email notifications for unsuccessful batch jobs.

  • Unsuccessful Email List: Use this field to enter the email addresses of notification recipients. You may separate email addresses using a semicolon (;) or enter each email address in a new line.

 

 

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE) and Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

The Manage Journal Entries and Approve Journal Entries screens now automatically submit approved journal entries when the auto posting feature is enabled for the journal entry type. 

When you approve and save a journal entry, Costpoint displays a message confirming that the approved  journal entry has been submitted for posting. In the background, Costpoint runs the Post Journal Entry process and passes the journal entry’s fiscal year, period, subperiod, and journal entry number, with Allow Out of Balance Posting cleared by default. 

 

 

Post Journal Entries (GLPJE) 

The Post Journal Entries screen now identifies journal entries processed through auto posting by checking the JE_HDR_HS_AUTO_POST_LOG table. Journal entries posted automatically are excluded from the manual posting process.

 

 

View Journal Entries (GLQJEI) 

The View Journal Entries screen now includes a Journal Entries selection range that allows you to filter results by journal entry number. You can choose to display all journal entries, a single journal entry, or a range of journal entries.

 

 

Print Posted Journal Entries (GLRPOST)

Costpoint now provides the Print Posted Journal Entries screen, which allows you to print a report for journal entries that have been posted. You can access this screen in General Ledger » Journal Entry Processing » Approvals and Posting.

The printed output uses the same format as the report generated by the Post Journal Entries screen.

Use this screen to print or reprint posted journal entries without having to rerun the Post Journal Entries screen.

You can filter the records to be included in the report by: 

  • Accounting Period

  • Journal Type

  • Journal Entries

  • Users

  • Approver User



Bank Account Integration with Costpoint (Opt-in Available)
8.2.15

Note:

  • This feature is available only in Costpoint Cloud, excluding GCCM clients.

  • You can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt-in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically available for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

 

Costpoint now integrates with the Plaid platform, enabling seamless linking of your company bank accounts in Costpoint to Plaid-supported bank accounts.

This new feature offers these key benefits:

  • Easy Bank Account Linking: Connect your Costpoint company bank accounts to Plaid-supported banks effortlessly.

  • Secure Data Transfer: Plaid ensures secure communication between your bank and Costpoint.

  • Enhanced Security: Plaid Link handles credential validation, multi-factor authentication, and error handling, providing a secure and reliable connection.

This integration simplifies bank account management and enhances the security of your financial data, improving your overall experience with Costpoint.

Multiple enhancements have been applied to the Accounting domain to support this feature.

 

Manage Plaid Bank Accounts (CMMPLDBNK)

The Cash Management module now includes the Manage Plaid Bank Accounts screen, which allows you to easily set up connections between Costpoint and Plaid-supported banks, configure which account types you want to integrate with Costpoint, and link Plaid bank accounts to Costpoint company bank accounts. 

This new screen is seamlessly connected to the Plaid Link interface, the client-side component that you will interact with, which acts as an intermediary between your bank and Costpoint to facilitate communication between the two systems.

Once you have successfully added banks and accounts, you will be able to link the Plaid bank accounts to Costpoint company bank accounts, download transactions from Plaid, and import them into Costpoint.

The screen is composed of the Plaid Banks table window and the Accounts subtask.

 

Plaid Banks Table Window

This table window displays Plaid-supported banks that you have set up to be integrated with Costpoint. 

It has the Add BankReconnect Bank, and Delete Bank buttons, which allow you to configure integration settings, and the Bank Name and Description fields, which display the information of the Plaid banks you have added.

 

Accounts Subtask

The Accounts subtask displays the account information you have configured for each Plaid-supported bank. 

When you select a bank in the Plaid Banks table window, this subtask displays the account names and types that are available for that bank, as well as the Costpoint company bank account that is linked to each Plaid bank account. 

It displays the following account information: Account NameTypeDescriptionAvailable BalanceCurrent BalanceISO Currency CodeLinked CP Bank Abbrv (US), and Linked CP Bank Abbrv (Non-US).

It also has the Refresh Accounts button, which you can click to update records on the subtask, and the Delete Disconnected Account button, which you can click to delete an account record that you have disconnected from the Link interface.

 

Transactions Subtask

This subtask of the Accounts subtask displays all transactions imported from a Plaid bank account. 

When you select a record on the Accounts subtask, transactions downloaded from that account display on this subtask. It displays the following transaction information: DateNameCurrency CodeAmountPending, and Check Number.

 

Transfer Plaid Bank Transactions (CMPPLDDAT)

The Cash Management module now also includes the Transfer Plaid Bank Transactions screen, which provides a simplified process of importing plaid bank transactions into Costpoint. 

After you have set up the bank integration settings with Costpoint on the Manage Plaid Bank Accounts screen, use this screen to download transactions from your Plaid-supported bank accounts and import them into Costpoint. 

You have the option to run the transfer process in real time or include it in a batch process. However, you can run the transfer process only once every 24 hours.

The Transfer Plaid Bank Transactions screen has the Bank Name field, which you can use to enter the Plaid-supported bank from which transactions will be retrieved. You must enter only banks that have been added on the Manage Plaid Bank Accounts screen.

It also has the Parameter ID and Description fields, which you can use to create or retrieve previously saved parameters for running the transfer process, and the File Location field, which allows you to enter a location where you want to store the transfer process log file.

Each time you run a transfer process, you can monitor the integration information on the View Interface Execution Status History screen.

 

Plaid Integration Subtask

The Manage Company Bank Accounts (US Banks) (GLMCOBNK) and Manage Company Bank Accounts (Non-US Banks) (CMMCOBKI) screens now both include a Plaid Integration subtask. 

After you have configured the integration between a Plaid-supported bank and Costpoint company bank account on the Manage Plaid Bank Accounts screen, use this subtask to configure the Plaid-supported bank and account from which transactions will be downloaded and linked to a company bank account.

You can link only one company bank account to a single Plaid-supported bank account.

The Plaid Integration subtask has the following fields:

Field

Description

Plaid Bank

Use this field to enter or select a Plaid-supported bank. 

Plaid Account

Use this field to enter or select the Plaid-supported bank account from which transactions will be downloaded.

Active for Integration

This checkbox indicates if the account has correct integration configuration and is ready for transaction download.

Last Successful Import

This field displays the latest date when transactions were downloaded successfully.



Cash Account Transaction Description for Cash Receipts (Opt-In Available)
2025.2

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.2 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now allows you to enter custom descriptions for your cash account transactions when you enter cash lines using Manage Cash Receipts or Import Cash Receipts. 

This update overcomes the previous limitation where the description for cash line journal entries defaulted to the cash account's name set up in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings and also significantly improves transparency by providing detailed visibility into the sources of your cash receipts, enabling more accurate record-keeping and easier identification of transaction details. 

In addition, the custom descriptions you provide will automatically be reflected across various Costpoint Accounts Receivable screens, including those used for copying, reversing, and posting cash receipts. These custom descriptions will also be included in cash receipt reports, ensuring consistency and clarity in your financial documentation.

Multiple Costpoint Accounting screens have been updated to support this feature.

 

Manage Cash Receipts (ARMCR)

The Manage Cash Receipts screen now has multiple new fields to support the entry of cash receipt types and custom descriptions for your cash receipt detail lines.

Location

Field

Description

Main Screen

Default Cash Receipt Type

Use this field to enter a preset receipt type for cash receipt detail lines.

The value you enter in this field will automatically be reflected in the Cash Receipt Type field of each new line in the Cash Receipt Details table window.

You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters.

Cash Receipt Details Table Window

Cash Receipt Type

Use this field to enter the method or source by which you received payment.

If you entered a Default Cash Receipt Type, that value displays in this field for new detail lines.

Cash Receipt Details Table Window

Cash Line Description

Use this field to enter a custom description for the cash receipt detail line.

If this field is blank when you save the record, the value will default to the cash account description.

In addition, three unlabeled fields, formerly removed, that display the names of the values you select in the Account, Organization, and Project fields have been re-added to the Cash Receipt Detail table window for easier identification and tracking of account/organization/project combinations in details lines.

 

Import Cash Receipts (AOPUTLCR)

The Import Cash Receipts screen now includes a new field and an enhanced CSV input file layout. This update allows you to enter different cash receipt types and add custom descriptions for your cash receipt detail lines during the import process.

The Default Cash Receipt Type field, now available in the Input File Options group box, allows you to enter a preset receipt type for the detail lines in the input file. The value you enter in this field will be assigned to imported detail lines that have a blank Cash Receipt Type

In addition, two new columns have been added to the CSV input file:

Column

Costpoint Field

Type

Length

Required or Optional

Format/Notes

Cash Receipt Type

CASH_RECEIPT_TYPE

Alphanumeric

15

Optional

Use this column to enter the method or source by which you received payment.

If this column is blank, the Default Cash Receipt Type will be assigned. 

Cash Line Description

CASH_ACCT_TRN_DESC

Alphanumeric

30

Optional

Use this column to enter a custom description for the detail line.

If you leave this column blank, the value will default to the cash account description.

Because the new fields mentioned above are available only for CSV, when you import cash receipts using a NACHA or EDI file and view the imported records in Manage Cash Receipts, the Cash Line Description field will display the cash account description set in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings.

 

Post Cash Receipts (ARPCR) 

The Post Cash Receipts screen has been updated to use the value of the Cash Line Description field of cash lines instead of their Transaction Description when you post them to the general ledger and when you print the Cash Receipts Journal. This enhancement ensures that the custom descriptions you provide for each cash line are accurately reflected in your financial records.

 

Copy/Reverse Cash Receipts (ARPRESCR) 

The Copy/Reverse Cash Receipts screen has been updated to reflect the values of the Cash Receipt Type and Cash Line Description fields of detail lines when reversing or copying cash receipts. This enhancement ensures that the details of the original transactions are accurately carried over, providing consistency and clarity in your cash receipt records.

 

Print Cash Receipts Edit Report (ARRCR) and Print Cash Receipts Register Report (ARRCRREG)

The Print Cash Receipts Edit Report and Print Cash Receipts Register Report screens now feature a new Cash Receipt Type report column. This column displays the receipt type for each cash line, enhancing the clarity and detail of your financial reports to help you quickly identify the source of the cash for each line.

In addition, reports generated from these screens now display the value of the Cash Line Description fields, if available, in the Transaction Description column. Otherwise, if the Cash Line Description is blank, the previous functionality of using the line’s transaction description remains.



Cash Receipt and Cash Disbursement Posting Enhancements
2026.1

Costpoint now provides the capability to prevent the posting of cash receipts and cash disbursements to fiscal years, periods, or subperiods where the journal entry status for codes CD and CR are marked as Not Available

This feature gives you greater control over posting behavior, reducing the risk of accidental postings in closed or restricted periods. It also supports audit readiness by enforcing stricter controls when needed while still maintaining flexibility.

 

Configure General Ledger Settings (GLMSETNG) 

A new checkbox, Prevent posting of CR and CD journals in a Not Available FY/Period/Subperiod, has been added to the Configure General Ledger Settings screen. 

Select this checkbox to disallow the posting of cash receipt and cash disbursement journals to fiscal years/periods/subperiods when the CD and CR journal codes have a Not Available status in Manage Accounting Periods or Manage Subperiods.

Note: For Costpoint Essentials, the checkbox displays as Prevent posting of CR and CD journals in a Not Available FY/Period.

When this checkbox is selected, Costpoint validates the status of journal codes CR (Cash Receipt) and CD (Cash Disbursement) in Manage Accounting Periods and Manage Subperiods. If the status is Not Available, Costpoint blocks the posting of these journals for the selected fiscal year/period/subperiod.

 

Post Cash Receipts (ARPCR) and Post Cash Disbursements (APPPSTCD)

When you post cash receipts or cash disbursements and Prevent posting of CR and CD journals in a Not Available FY/Period/Subperiod is selected in Configure General Ledger Settings, Costpoint validates the status of journal codes CR (Cash Receipt) and CD (Cash Disbursement) in Manage Accounting Periods and Manage Subperiods. 

If the status is Not Available for the selected fiscal year/period/subperiod, Costpoint blocks the posting of these journals and displays the message “The following Fiscal Year/Period/Subperiod combination is not open: [year/period/subperiod].”



Cash Receipt Approvals
2026.2

Costpoint now includes a cash receipt approval workflow that supports stronger internal controls and clearer separation of duties by routing entered receipts to authorized approvers who can review and approve receipts individually or in bulk. 

In addition, this feature offers a receipt submission functionality that lets you enter receipts as drafts and submit them only when the details are complete and finalized, making it easier to distinguish receipts that are ready for approval or posting from those that still need modification.

 

Feature Highlights:

  • Cash Receipt Submission: Users can save receipts as drafts and submit them only when finalized.

  • Approver Assignments: Administrators can assign approvers by user, group, or department.

  • Approval Screen: Approvers access a dedicated screen that allows them to filter, search, and approve one or multiple pending receipts.

  • Receipt Detail Review: Approvers can review header data, line details, user information, timestamps, and attachments.

  • Approval Actions: Approvers can approve one or multiple receipts at a time. Costpoint records the approver and timestamp for each action.

  • Audit Trail: All approval actions are logged to support review requirements.

  • Security Controls: Only users with approver permissions can access and approve receipts.

  • Updated Reporting: Approver information now displays in cash receipt inquiries and reports.

 

Configure Accounts Receivable Settings (ARMSETNG)

New options are now available on the Configure Accounts Receivable Settings screen to support cash receipt approvals. These settings allow you to control when approvals are required and whether new receipts start in draft status.

  • Require Approvals for Cash Receipts: Select this checkbox to require approval before cash receipts can be posted.

  • Approval for Cash Receipts Required Above: Enter an amount to define when approval is needed. Receipts with total functional debit amounts greater than this value will require approval. This field is available only if you selected Require Approvals for Cash Receipts.

  • Create New Cash Receipts in Draft Status: Select this checkbox to create all new cash receipts in draft status and enable the submission workflow. When you select this checkbox, you will be able to modify draft receipts before submitting them for approval.

 

Manage Cash Receipts (ARMCR)

The Manage Cash Receipts screen now supports the entry and maintenance of draft receipts, and also now indicates if a cash receipt has already been approved. 

The following fields have been added to support these functionalities: 

  • Submit: Use this button to submit a draft receipt. When you click this button, the Entry Status of the receipt is updated to Submitted.

This button displays only if Create New Cash Receipts in Draft Status is selected in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings.

  • Approved: This checkbox indicates if a cash receipt has been approved. This field displays only if Require Approvals for Cash Receipts is selected in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings. 

  • Entry Status: This field displays whether a receipt is a draft or has been submitted. This field displays only if Create New Cash Receipts in Draft Status is selected in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings.

When the draft functionality is enabled, new receipts are automatically saved with an Entry Status of Draft. You can edit draft receipts as often as needed before submission, allowing you to ensure accuracy of receipt details before they are finalized.

A control for cancelling submissions is also available. For submitted receipts, the Submit button changes to Unsubmit. This button is available for submitted receipts as long as they have not yet been posted. When you click this button, the Entry Status reverts to Draft, allowing you to make further changes before resubmitting.

For newly entered cash receipts or those newly created from other Costpoint screens, the following default values are applied to the Approved checkbox and Entry Status field depending on the settings in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings:

Approvals

Draft Status

Within Approval Threshold

Action

Enabled

Enabled

Yes/No

Approved = Cleared

Entry Status = Draft

Disabled

Enabled

N/A

Approved = Cleared

Entry Status = Draft

Enabled

Disabled

No

Approved = Cleared

Entry Status = Hidden

Yes

Approved = Selected

Entry Status = Hidden

Disabled

Disabled

N/A

Approved = Selected

Entry Status = Hidden

 

 

 

 

For cash receipts already existing prior to this enhancement, the Approved checkbox defaults to selected and the Entry Status defaults to Submitted.

In addition, the following new fields now display in the output when you generate a Quick Cash Receipts Edit report:

  • Approved

  • Approval User

  • Approval Date

  • Entry Status

 

Post Cash Receipts (ARPCR)

The posting process has been updated to ensure that only approved cash receipts are posted when Require Approvals for Cash Receipts is selected in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings. 

This enhancement prevents unapproved receipts from being posted and allows users to continue reviewing or updating them until they are ready for approval and posting.

In addition, when you post cash receipts, the following approval details are recorded in the Cash Receipts Header History table (CASH_RECPT_HDR_HS):

  • Approved

  • Approval Date

  • Approval User

 

Configure Cash Receipts Approver Settings (ARMSETA)

A new screen, Configure Cash Receipts Approver Settings, has been added to Costpoint. This screen allows you to assign approvers for cash receipts and link entry users to appropriate approvers. 

You can access this screen in Accounting » Accounts Receivable » Accounts Receivable Controls.

When a user enters a cash receipt that requires approval, the approvers linked to their account on this screen can view the receipt on the Approve Cash Receipts screen and complete the approval process.

The screen includes the Approver and Name fields, which you use to set up approvers. It also includes the Link Users subtask that you can use to connect entry users to their assigned approvers.

 

Approve Cash Receipts (ARMCRA)

The new Approve Cash Receipts screen has been added to support the review and approval of cash receipts by designated approvers.

You can access this screen in Accounting » Accounts Receivable » Cash Receipts Processing.

The screen includes an Identification group box, which has the following fields:

  • Approver: This field displays the current user’s ID. 

  • Cash Receipts Approval Required Above: This field displays the value of the same field in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings.

It also has table windows that correspond to the table windows in Manage Cash Receipts, but all fields are read only except for the Appr checkbox, which you can select or clear to mark a receipt as approved or not approved.

Only receipts that meet the following criteria display on this screen:

  • Receipts that are not yet posted

  • Receipts with an Entry Status of Submitted

  • Receipts that were entered by a user that is linked to your Approver ID in Configure Cash Receipts Approver Settings

If your user account is not set up as an approver in Configure Cash Receipts Approver Settings, no records will display on this screen and the message “You are not authorized to approve cash receipts” displays.

 

Copy/Reverse Cash Receipts (ARPRESCR)

The Copy/Reverse Cash Receipts screen has been enhanced to automatically assign default approval and entry status values based on the approval and draft settings in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings. 

This ensures that copied or reversed receipts follow the same workflow rules as newly entered receipts.

When you copy or reverse a cash receipt, the following default values are applied to the Approved checkbox and Entry Status field in Manage Cash Receipts depending on the settings in Configure Accounts Receivable Settings: 

Approvals

Draft Status

Within Approval Threshold

Action

Enabled

Enabled

Yes/No

Approved = Cleared

Entry Status = Draft

Disabled

Enabled

N/A

Approved = Cleared

Entry Status = Draft

Enabled

Disabled

No

Approved = Cleared

Entry Status = Hidden

Yes

Approved = Selected

Entry Status = Hidden

Disabled

Disabled

N/A

Approved = Selected

Entry Status = Hidden

 

Print Cash Receipts Edit Report (ARRCR)

When you print a Cash Receipts Edit report, the following fields now display in the output:

  • Approval User

  • Approval Date

  • Entry Status

 

View Cash Receipts (ARQCR)

The View Cash Receipts screen now includes Approval User in the selection criteria, allowing you to filter and view cash receipts based on the approver.

The screen also includes the following new fields in the Cash Receipts Header table window to provide better visibility into each receipt’s status and approval history:

  • Entry Status

  • Approved

  • Approval User

  • Approval Date



Closing Manager
2025.3

Optimize your financial closing process with Costpoint’s new Closing Manager feature. With customizable templates, clear task assignments, and built-in deadline tracking, you can standardize your month-end workflows and reduce manual effort.

This feature includes the addition of several new screens in the General Ledger module.

 

Closing Plan (GLPCHECKLIST)

The new Closing Plan screen enables you to easily create, configure, and capture to-do items for month-end, quarter-end, or year-end processes, assign tasks to the right team members, and track progress in one centralized view. Gain clarity with real-time status updates and guided insights that show you or your team exactly what needs to be done and where to focus next.

The header section of this screen contains fields used for configuring a closing plan. The fields include:

Field

Description

Closing Plan Name

Use this field to enter a name for the closing plan.

Closing Plan Owner

This field displays the name of the user you selected in the Closing Plan Owner ID field.

Closing Plan Owner ID

Use this field to enter or select an owner for the closing plan.

Active

Select this checkbox to indicate if the closing plan is active. You can set only one active closing plan at a time.

Template

Select this checkbox to use the plan as a template for other plans.

Fiscal Year

Use this field to enter or select the fiscal year for which the closing plan is to be executed.

Period

Use this field to enter or select the period for which the closing plan is to be executed.

Sub

Use this field to enter or select the subperiod for which the closing plan is to be executed.

Start Date

Use this field to enter or select a start date for the closing plan.

End Date

Use this field to enter or select an end date for the closing plan. 

Est Completion

Use this field to enter or select an estimated completion date for the closing plan.

Tasks Open

This field displays the number of open tasks in the plan.

Tasks Closed

This field displays the number of closed tasks in the plan.

Tasks in Closing Plan

This field displays the total number of tasks in the plan.

Status

This field displays the progress of plan execution. It displays one of the following values:

  • Not Started

  • In Progress

  • Complete

  • Closed

Completed and Closed

When all tasks in the plan are complete, select this checkbox to mark the plan as completed and closed.

The Closing Plan screen also has the Tasks subtask. Use this subtask to set up, manage, or delete steps in the closing plan. It has the following fields:

Field

Description

Task ID

This field displays a system-generated identification number for the task.

Group

Use this field to enter the name of the task group in which the task is included.

The value you enter in this field will display on the lookup of the Dependencies field.

Category

Use this field to enter or select a category for the task. 

The value of this field must match a valid record on the Closing Plan Categories screen.

Task Name

Use this field to enter a name for the task.

Task Instructions

Use this field to enter directions for completing the task.

Priority

Use this drop-down list to set a priority level for the task. The options are: 

  • High

  • Medium

  • Low

Closing Day

Use this field to assign the task to a closing day.

Start Date

Use this field to enter or select a start date for the task.

End Date

Use this field to enter an end date for the task.

Status

Use this field to select the progress of the task. The options are:

  • Not Started

  • Ready

  • In Progress

  • Waiting 

  • Completed

Note: Costpoint automatically assigns Ready to tasks with all dependencies completed, while it assigns Waiting to tasks with dependencies not yet completed.

Dependencies 

Use this field to select a group of tasks that must first be completed before the current task can be started. 

The lookup of this field displays available tasks groups entered in the Group field.

Assigned User

This field displays the name of the user you selected in the Assigned User ID field.

Assigned User ID

Use this field to enter or select a user who must perform the task.

Completed By

This field displays the name of the user who completed the task.

Notes

Use this field to enter notes regarding the task.

Application Name

Use this field to enter or select the application required to complete the task.

Job

Use this field to enter or select a job to be assigned to the task.

Auto

Select this checkbox to mark the task for automatic running.

Note: This functionality is under development and will be available in a future Costpoint release.

 

Closing Day Codes (GLMCLOSEDAY)

The new Closing Day Codes screen enables you to set specific accounting closing days and assign a required set of activities for each one. This ensures that essential closing tasks are clearly defined and consistently executed, helping you stay organized and on track during the closing process.

It has the following fields:

Field

Description

Closing Code

Use this field to enter a unique code for a closing day. You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters.

Closing Day Description

Use this field to enter a description for a closing day. You can use this field to specify which type of closing activities are included for this day.

Active

Select this checkbox to indicate that the closing day is active.

Before you can enter or select a Closing Day on the Tasks subtask of the Closing Plan screen, you must first set up records on this screen.

 

Closing Plan Categories (GLMCLOSECAT)

The new Closing Plan Categories screen provides the capability to organize closing plan tasks into customized categories. This makes it easier to group related tasks, improve visibility, and manage complex plans more efficiently, supporting smoother and more structured closing processes.

It has the following fields: 

Field

Description

Category Code

Use this field to enter a unique code for a category. You can enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters.

Category Description

Use this field to enter a description for category.

Active

Select this checkbox to indicate that the category is active.

Before you can enter or select a Category on the Tasks subtask of the Closing Plan screen, you must first set up records on this screen.

 

Create New Closing Plans (GLPCHECKLISTNEW)

The new Create New Closing Plans screen makes it easier to build on past work. It complements the existing Closing Plan screen by enabling you to quickly replicate existing closing plans, saving time and reducing manual effort. This update streamlines your closing process and helps ensure consistency across similar procedures.

It has the following fields and button:

Field/Button

Description

Copy from Closing Plan Name

Use this field to enter or select the name of an existing plan you want to copy.

New Closing Plan Name

Use this field to enter a name for the new plan.

Offset Days

Use this field to enter the number of days to be added to the start date of the original plan. The resulting date will be set as the start date for the new plan.

Create New Closing Plan

Click this button to create a new plan.



Closing Manager: Phase 2
2025.4

The Closing Manager feature, first introduced in Costpoint 2025.3, has evolved with powerful new capabilities that simplify and accelerate the financial closing process. Building on its foundation of customizable templates, clear task assignments, and deadline tracking, the latest enhancements include:

  • Automated Closing Execution: Reduce manual effort with automatic initiation and completion of closing tasks.

  • Prebuilt Jobs: Speed up the closing process with ready-to-use job configurations tailored for common closing scenarios.

  • AI-Powered Assistance: Leverage artificial intelligence to access and manage closing plans, even without accessing any closing-related screen.

 

Auto Run Closing Plans (GLPAUTORUN)

The new Auto Run Closing Plans screen automates your period-end processes by identifying and executing qualified tasks without manual intervention. When you select a closing plan to automate, Costpoint validates if that plan is not marked as a template, nor is it marked as completed and closed.

If the plan is valid, Costpoint checks each task under that plan. Tasks are automatically submitted to the job queue when they meet all of the following criteria: 

  • The task status is set to Ready.

  • The task is assigned to a job.

  • The Auto checkbox is selected.

The Auto Run Closing Plans screen has the following fields:

Field

Description

Parameter ID

Use this field to enter a parameter ID of up to 15 alphanumeric characters.

When you save selections you made on the screen, the value in this field will be assigned as identification of those parameters. 

Saved parameters are useful and necessary when you want to run the process repeatedly or as part of a batch job.

Description

Use this field to enter a description for the screen parameters.

Closing Plan Name

Use this field to enter or select the closing plan you want to automatically run.

Job Queue

Use this field to enter or select the job queue to which you want to submit the closing plan tasks.

Notify Me when Complete?

Select this checkbox to enable Costpoint to send an email notification when the process execution is completed.

Run Processes

Click this button to execute the closing plan.

 

Change Period Report Parameters Accounting (GLPARMS)

The new Change Period Report Parameters Accounting screen provides an easy and efficient approach in updating reporting parameters across your financial modules. 

You can modify the fiscal year, period, and subperiod for one or more of 23 reports, including general ledger, accounts payable, accounts receivable, and fixed assets, all at once. This eliminates the need to open each report screen individually to make changes.

Use this screen to update report parameters before executing your closing process to ensure your financial records are accurate, consistent, and up-to-date.

Attention: For more information on this screen, view the Change Period Report Parameters Accounting online help topic.

 

Dela Assistance

The Closing Manager feature now works directly with Dela, enabling you to access and manage closing plans, even without accessing any closing-related screen. 

Through Dela, you can get personalized closing plan information and use intelligent agents to create, modify, or assign closing tasks. 

If you configured Costpoint integration with Microsoft Teams, you can take full advantage of the Dela-assisted closing manager functionality directly within Teams, making your closing process even more efficient and accessible.

 

Manage Jobs (PMMPROC)

New prebuilt jobs for period closing have been added to the Manage Jobs screen, enabling you to execute closing tasks quickly and efficiently. 

This eliminates the need to manually create jobs, saving you time and reducing the risk of setup errors, and at the same time enables you to complete routine closing activities with fewer steps and greater consistency.

The new jobs include:

  • Standard Fixed Asset Closing

  • General Ledger Reporting Package

  • Accounts Payable Voucher Posting

  • Post Adjusting JE Entries

  • Posting Pool Allocations

  • Posting Cash Receipts

  • Post Cash Disbursements 

 

Revenue Reconciliation Inquiry (GLQREVREC)

The new Revenue Reconciliation Inquiry screen enables you to view and compare general ledger revenue with project revenue for a selected period. It presents a side-by-side view of revenue totals from both sources, along with the variance, making it easier to identify discrepancies and reconcile financial records.

It also provides the capability to drill into general ledger transactions to see detailed entries contributing to project revenue, helping clarify which items have been posted and which remain in project tables. 

This visibility provides insight into your general ledger and project data, enabling you to execute necessary actions to ensure that your financial data is accurate and up-to-date before performing your closing process.

Attention: For more information on this screen, view the Revenue Reconciliation Inquiry online help topic.



Direct EFT File Upload
8.2.5

Costpoint now provides you the option to directly upload EFT files to US bank websites or systems. This eliminates some steps in the previous process where you must store generated EFT files in a repository and require other authorized personnel to retrieve the EFT files and then access your bank’s system and upload the files.

Now, you only must do a one-time setup to integrate Costpoint with your bank’s system, and you can automatically transmit EFT files to your bank in real-time without the need for manual input.

The following enhancements have been applied to Costpoint to support this feature.

 

New Tab in the Product Configuration Utility

Use the new Bank FTP tab in the Product Configuration Utility to set up and store the bank FTP server connections needed to generate and directly upload EFT files to bank systems. You must provide information such as the Bank FTP ID, connection type, FTP host, port, user, password, and company ID to set up a connection. 

After you configure the connection information, you can view the details on the new Bank Integration subtask on the Manage System Integration Accounts screen.

 

Manage System Integration Accounts

The new Bank Integration subtask has been added to the Manage System Integration Accounts screen.

This subtask displays the Bank FTP IDBank LoginPassword, and Confirm Password fields. It only allows you to update the Bank LoginPassword, and Confirm Password fields, but you cannot add, copy, or delete a record. 

The records on this subtask correspond to the bank integration information you set up on the Bank FTP tab of the Product Configuration Utility. 

If you did not set up bank integration information in the Product Configuration Utility, the Bank Integration subtask does not display.

 

Manage Company Bank Accounts (US Banks)

The new Bank Integration group box, which contains the Bank Integration ID field, has been added to this screen to allow you to link your company's bank accounts to credentials that are available on the Bank Integration subtask of the Manage System Integration Accounts screen.

The Bank Integration ID you assign to a bank account will be used to upload EFT files to your bank’s system when you select the EFT Direct Upload checkbox on the Create EFT File screen.

If you did not set up bank integration information in the Product Configuration Utility, the Bank Integration ID field is disabled.

 

Create EFT File

The new EFT Direct Upload checkbox has now been added to the Create EFT File screen. Select this checkbox to upload created EFT files directly to the website or system of the bank account you entered on the Bank Abbr field. This checkbox is displayed only if you selected ACH as the EFT Format Type and is enabled only if the Bank Abbr value you entered has a valid Bank Integration ID on the Manage Company Bank Accounts screen.

If the EFT file is generated and the upload is successful, the message “EFT File has been created and connection to the bank was successful” is displayed. However, if the connection to the bank system is unsuccessful, the message “The EFT file has been created, but connection to the bank has failed. Please upload the file directly to the bank.” is displayed, and you must manually upload the file.



Draft Mode for Accounts Payable Vouchers
2026.3

Costpoint introduces the ability to save Accounts Payable vouchers as drafts. This functionality allows you to distinguish vouchers that are still being worked on from those that are finalized and ready for approval or posting. 

Vouchers saved as drafts remain editable, while submitted vouchers can trigger Dela’s automated approval workflow or be processed through manual approval. This functionality establishes the foundation for future automated posting capabilities.

 

 

Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings (APMSETVR)

A new checkbox, Create New A/P Vouchers in Draft Status, is now available on the Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings screen.

When you select this checkbox, newly entered Accounts Payable vouchers are created with an Entry Status of Draft, and the voucher submission workflow is enabled. To prevent unintended approval of draft vouchers, Costpoint disables the Approved checkbox in Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers.

If the draft feature is disabled, newly entered vouchers are created as Submitted and are routed through your configured approval process, if applicable.

 

 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

The Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers screen now supports the entry and maintenance of draft vouchers and indicates whether a voucher has been submitted. 

When the draft feature is enabled, the following screen elements display: 

  • Submit: Use this button to submit a draft voucher. When you click Submit, Costpoint updates the Entry Status of the voucher to Submitted, automatically saves the record, and disables all screen fields, except Entry Status.

For submitted vouchers that have not been posted, the Submit button changes to Unsubmit. Click Unsubmit to revert the voucher as a draft, allowing you to make additional changes before resubmitting the voucher.

  • Entry Status: Use this drop-down list to specify whether a voucher is a draft or submitted. If you update the entry status, you must manually save the record. 

When the draft functionality is enabled, vouchers that you enter or create from other Costpoint screens are created as drafts and remain editable until submitted.

If Require Approvals is selected in Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings and the voucher amount exceeds the value entered in Approval Required Above:

  • If Allow Dela Approval is selected, submitting the voucher, either by modifying the Entry Status or clicking Submit, triggers Dela’s automated voucher assessment process.

  • Otherwise, you must manually review and approve submitted vouchers in Approve Vouchers.

 

 

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

The Approve Vouchers screen has been enhanced to exclude draft Accounts Payable vouchers from the approval process when the draft feature is enabled.

 

 

Reverse Posted Vouchers (APPREVVR)

When you reverse posted vouchers, Costpoint sets the Entry Status of the reversed vouchers to Submitted, maintaining the existing behavior that reversed vouchers cannot be modified.  

Approval details are populated based on the setting of the Approve Vouchers checkbox at the time you run the reversal process. 

The following table describes how the Entry Status and approval details are populated for reversed vouchers:

Approve Vouchers

Entry Status

Approval Details (Approved, Approval Date, Approver)

Selected

Submitted

Populated per current approval logic

Cleared

Submitted (Hidden)

Blank

  

 

Print Voucher Edit Report (APRVCHR)

The Print Voucher Edit Report screen now includes an Entry Status group box containing the Draft and Submitted checkboxes.

Use these checkboxes to filter vouchers to be included in the report by Entry Status. The checkboxes are selected and disabled by default. They become enabled when you select Unposted Only in the Posting Status group box.

The selected Entry Status options also display in the report output.

 

 

Print Pending Vouchers Report (APRPEND) 

When you print a Pending Vouchers report, only submitted vouchers are included in the output.

 


View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

The View Voucher History Inquiry screen now includes the Entry Status field in the Voucher History Table window. This field displays only when you select Include Unposted Vouchers

For unposted vouchers, the field displays Draft or Submitted. For posted vouchers, this field is blank.

 

 

Import Accounts Payable Vouchers (AOPUTLAP) and Import Accounts Payable Multicurrency Vouchers (AOPUTLAM) 

When you import vouchers using these screens, Costpoint sets the Entry Status for each voucher after the import process completes. If the draft feature is enabled, imported vouchers are created with an Entry Status of Draft. If the draft feature is disabled, imported vouchers are created with a Submitted status in the database, but the Entry Status field does not display in Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers.

 

 

Create Recurring Accounts Payable Vouchers (APPRECVR) 

When you create recurring Accounts Payable vouchers, Costpoint assigns a default Entry Status for the new vouchers. If the draft feature is enabled, vouchers are created with an Entry Status of Draft. If the draft feature is disabled, vouchers are created with a Submitted status in the database, and Costpoint assigns approval details based on the current approval setup, including manual approval and Dela approval.  

However, the Entry Status field does not display in Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers when the draft feature is disabled.

 

 

Import TE Expenses/Advances (AOPUTLTE) 

When you import records using this screen, Costpoint sets the Entry Status and approval details for vouchers created by the import based on the Mark Vouchers as Approved checkbox selection and whether the draft feature and approval options are enabled in Configure Accounts Payable Voucher Settings.

The following table describes how the voucher Entry Status is populated when the voucher is created:

Create New A/P Vouchers in Draft Status (APMVCHR)

Mark Vouchers as Approved

Entry Status (APMVCHR)

Selected

Cleared

Draft

Selected

Selected

Submitted

Cleared

Select or Cleared

Submitted (Hidden)

 

The following table demonstrates how voucher approval details are populated when vouchers created from the import have an Entry Status of Submitted.

Require Approvals (APMSETVR)

Mark Vouchers as Approved

Above Approval Threshold (APMSETVR)

Approved Flag (APMVCHR)

Approval Date, Approver (APMVCHR)

Cleared

Cleared

N/A

Selected

Populated

Selected

Cleared

Yes

Cleared

Blank

Selected

Cleared

No

Selected

Populated

Selected

Selected

N/A

Selected

Populated

 

 

Create Accounts Payable Vouchers (PRPAPVCH) and Post IWO Journal (IWPPOST)

When you run the Create Accounts Payable Voucher screen in the People domain or the Post IWO Journal screen in the Projects domain, Costpoint sets a default Entry Status for the vouchers created from these screens.

If the draft feature is enabled, new vouchers are created as drafts. Otherwise, their status defaults to Submitted.



Draft Mode for Purchase Order Vouchers
2026.3

Costpoint introduces the ability to save PO vouchers as drafts. This functionality allows you to distinguish vouchers that are still being worked on from those that are finalized and ready for approval or posting. 

PO vouchers saved as drafts remain editable, while submitted vouchers can trigger Dela’s automated approval capability or be processed through manual approval.

 

 

Configure Purchase Order Voucher Settings (POMAPSET)

A new checkbox, Create New PO Vouchers in Draft Status, is now available on the Configure Purchase Order Voucher Settings screen.

When you select this checkbox, newly created PO vouchers are created with a Status of Draft, and the voucher submission workflow is enabled. To prevent unintended approval of draft vouchers, Costpoint disables the Approved checkbox in Manage Purchase Order Vouchers.

If you leave the Create New PO Vouchers in Draft Status checkbox cleared, newly created PO vouchers are assigned a Status of Submitted and are routed directly through your configured approval process, if applicable.

 

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

The Manage Purchase Order Vouchers screen now supports the entry and maintenance of draft PO vouchers and indicates whether a PO voucher has been submitted.

To support this functionality, the following screen elements are available when Create New PO Vouchers in Draft Status is selected in Configure Purchase Order Voucher Settings:

  • Submit: Use this button to submit a draft PO voucher. When you click Submit, Costpoint updates the Status of the voucher to Submitted and enables the Approved checkbox.

  • Unsubmit: For submitted PO vouchers that have not been posted, Submit changes to Unsubmit. Click Unsubmit to revert the Status to Draft, allowing you to make additional changes before resubmitting the voucher.

  • Status: Use this drop-down list to specify if a voucher is a Draft or is Submitted. The value of this drop-down list also automatically changes when you click the Submit or Unsubmit button for a voucher.

When the draft functionality is enabled, PO vouchers that you enter or that are created from other Costpoint screens will default to Draft status. Draft PO vouchers remain editable until they are submitted.

If the draft functionality is disabled, the Status field and Submit/Unsubmit buttons are hidden, and PO vouchers default to Submitted status in the database.

 

 

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

The Approve Vouchers screen has been enhanced to exclude PO vouchers with a Status of Draft.

Only PO vouchers with a Submitted status are available for approval.

 

 

PO Voucher Status Assignment from Approved Invoices

When PO vouchers are created from invoices approved through the following screens, Costpoint sets the voucher Status based on the Create New PO Vouchers in Draft Status setting in Configure Purchase Order Voucher Settings:

  • Manage Invoices (SPMINVC)

  • Approve PO Invoices (POMAINVC) 

  • Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC)

  • Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC)

  • Create Subcontractor Invoices (SMPINVC)

If the draft feature is enabled, newly created PO vouchers will default to Draft status.

Otherwise, newly created PO vouchers default to Submitted status and can proceed directly to the approval process, either through Dela’s automated approval workflow or through manual approval, when applicable.

 

 

PO Voucher Status Assignment from Creation Screens

When you import or create PO vouchers using the following screens, Costpoint sets the Status for each voucher based on whether Create New PO Vouchers in Draft Status is selected in Configure Purchase Order Voucher Settings:

  • Import Purchase Order Vouchers (AOPPOVCH)

  • Recompute and Print Discrepancies (POPDISCR)

  • Create Debit Memos (POPDM)

  • Create PO Vouchers from POs/Receipts (POPPOVCH) 

  • Create Subcontract Purchase Order Vouchers (POPSCVCH)

If the draft feature is enabled, newly created PO vouchers default to Draft status. Otherwise, the vouchers default to Submitted status in the database.



EFT International Format
8.2.5

Costpoint is currently being enhanced to have the feature to create ACH files for outgoing International ACH Transactions (IAT) bound for your vendors’ banks or financial institutions outside the United States. This enhancement is limited only to the creation of ACH files for IAT. Other EFT files for Non-US banks must be created using third-party tools.

Two Accounting screens have been updated to partially support this enhancement. The full functionality of the feature will be available in a future release.

 

Manage Vendors (APMVEND)

The ACH Code drop-down list has been added to the EFT Info (Non-US) subtask of the Addresses subtask.

This refers to the transaction code to be entered in positions 02-03 of the Entry Detail Record in the ACH file. It identifies the transaction as a debit or credit, and the type of account the transaction is intended for.

The ACH Code drop-down list has the following options:

  • ‘22’ Live Checking Account: Select this option to indicate a credit to a live checking account.

  • ‘23’ Prenote Checking Account: Select this option to indicate a credit to a prenote checking account.

  • ‘32’ Live Savings Account: Select this option to indicate a credit to a live savings account.

  • ‘33’ Prenote Savings Account: Select this option to indicate a credit to a prenote savings account.

You must first select the Non-US EFT Active checkbox on the Addresses subtask for you to be able to save the ACH Code you selected. If you select an ACH Code but the Non-US EFT Active checkbox is cleared, the ACH Code defaults to None when you save the record.

The ACH Code also displays on the output when you print a Current Record Information report for the EFT Info (Non-US) subtask.

 

Import Vendors (AOPUTLVU)

This screen now has updated validation rules and messages when you import a vendor that has its Non-US EFT Active flag set to Y

Condition

Message Type

Message

The Non-US EFT Active flag is set to Y, but the Non-US Bank ID is blank.

Warning

Non-US Bank ID (NON_US_BANK_ID) is missing for this Non-US EFT record. Non-US Bank ID is required when creating outgoing IAT Files for EFT payments.

The Non-US EFT Active flag is set to Y, but the ACH Code is blank.

Warning

ACH Code (S_ACH_TRN_CD) is missing for this Non-US EFT record. ACH is required when creating outgoing IAT Files for EFT payments.

The Non-US EFT Active flag is set to Y, but the Bank ID (ABA No.) and Bank Account fields are not blank. 

Warning

Warning: Bank ABA Number and Bank Account must be null for a Non-US EFT record. The record will be imported with those values set to NULL.



EFT International Format (IAT) (Opt-in Available)
8.2.15

Note:

  • For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

  • This feature completes the functionality of the EFT International Format feature previously released in Costpoint version 8.2.5.

Costpoint now has the feature to create NACHA files for outgoing International ACH Transactions (IAT) without the need for external tools. This enables you to transmit payments bound for your vendors’ banks or financial institutions outside the United States. This enhancement is limited only to the creation of NACHA files that follow the IAT format. Other EFT files for Non-US banks must be created using third-party tools.

Multiple Accounting screens have been enhanced to support this feature.

 

Create EFT File (APPEFT)

The EFT Transfer Code drop-down list now has the new IAT option to allow you to create a NACHA file that follows the International ACH Transaction (IAT) format which you can send to your vendors’ banks or financial institutions outside the United States. This option displays only if the EFT Format Type is ACH and the Currency of the Bank Abbr you selected and your functional currency are both USD.

Note that this feature only works for vendors that are configured for international EFT payments.

The new IAT File Selections group box is also now available on this screen to enable you to configure the IAT settings. It displays only if you selected IAT as the EFT Transfer Code, and it contains the following fields:

  • Pay Currency: Use this field to enter or select the code of the currency in which the pay vendor is expecting payment.

  • Destination Country: Use this field to enter or select the two-character country code of the payment destination.

  • Exchange Indicator: This field displays the exchange rate type for the payment transaction.

If the Pay Currency is USD, this field displays Fixed to Fixed (FF). Otherwise, it displays Fixed to Variable (FV).

 

Print EFT Pre-Transfer Edit Report (APREFTPR)

The 2nd Sort drop-down list now includes a new option: Pay Currency/Destination. When you select this new option, a 3rd Sort drop-down list displays, offering the previous Pay Vendor and Pay Vendor Name options for additional sorting, and the items in the report will be sorted by Bank Abbrev, Pay Currency/Destination, and the third sorting option you selected.

The Print EFT Pre-Transfer Edit report has also been upgraded with a new layout. It now displays the following information:

  • Voucher

  • Invoice / Invc. Date

  • Disc Rate / Disc Date

  • Invoice Amount / Due Date

  • Amount Remaining

  • Disc to Take

  • Exchange Rate

  • Functional Amount to Pay

  • Amount To Pay

If you select the Pay Currency/Destination sorting option, the Pay Currency/Destination Code for each Pay Vendor also displays on the report.

If you entered or selected a Bank Abbrev for a US bank account and you select the Include vouchers with Non-US payment banks checkbox, the pay vendors and vouchers with Non-US payment banks will now display on the EFT Pre-Transfer Edit report instead of the EFT Pre-Transfer Exception report. Even if the Pay Currency is not equal to the Bank Abbrev, the vouchers will still display on the printed report.

Pay vendors with non-US banks are marked with a single asterisk (*) to indicate that they are configured for non-US EFT payment. 

To guide you on the new feature for non-US EFT, the following message has been added to the notes section of the EFT Pre-Transfer Edit report: “* indicates vendor with Non-US EFT Bank Setup. IAT File must be used on the Create EFT File screen to pay the vendor using the EFT process.”

If you entered or selected a Bank Abbrev for a non-US bank, information for that Bank Abbreviation still prints on the EFT Pre-Transfer Exception report.

 

Print EFT Edit Report (APREFTED)

The EFT Edit Report now also provides a new layout when you generate a report for an international ACH file.

If you enter or select an international ACH file in the Select File Name field, the report displays the new IAT file type and the following information: 

  • Header: 

  • Pay Currency

  • Exchange Indicator

  • Destination Country

  • Exchange Rate

  • Details:

  • Pay Vendor Name

  • Transaction Type Code

  • Bank ID

  • Bank Account

  • Bank Name

  • TR CD

  • Debit Amount

  • Paid Amount

 

Print/Void Checks (APRCK)

The Print/Void Checks screen has been enhanced to include the applied exchange rate and exchange rate date when you send EFT email advices for IAT files.

This functionality is executed when you select the Print/Email EFT Advices option on the Print/Void drop-down list and the Pay Currency Code is different from the currency of the Bank Abbreviation you selected. 



Enhanced Bank Reconciliation Process (Opt-In Available)
2025.3

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.3 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now offers you the capability to execute a daily bank reconciliation process that enables real-time matching and reconciliation of your bank transactions, streamlining your reconciliation workflow and ensuring accuracy and efficiency while keeping your financial records up to date.

This feature aims to eliminate some steps in the previous process, making your reconciliation procedure faster and more efficient. It helps reduce costs, saves valuable time, and boosts overall productivity.

Multiple Accounting screens have been updated to support this enhancement.

 

Manage Bank Statement Information (GLMSTMT)

The Manage Bank Statement Information screen has been updated with a redesigned user interface. 

The Fiscal Year, Period, and Subperiod fields have been removed from the Bank Statement Info Detail section, eliminating the need for manual entry and removing the requirement to set the default fiscal year/period/subperiod combination in Configure User Preferences before uploading bank statements.

Now, whether you manually enter only bank statement details or upload your bank statements, Costpoint uses the Bank Statement Beginning Date and Bank Statement Ending Date instead of the fiscal year/period/subperiod combination to identify the records.

In addition, a new Clear Code field has been added in the table window of the Bank Statement Details subtask to provide ease in identifying whether a bank transaction is cleared (CLR) or outstanding (OUT). 

Attention: For more information on clear or outstanding transactions, view the Code field description on the Accept Bank Transactions online help topic.

 

Print Bank Statement Report (GLRSTMT)

The Print Bank Statement Report screen features a redesigned user interface, offering a more intuitive and streamlined experience. This update aligns with the enhancements made to the Manage Bank Statement Information screen, ensuring consistency and improved usability across related functionalities.

The Statement Date Range fields now replace the former Statement End Date and Accounting Period selection criteria, enabling you to define a precise selection of bank statements for printing. Now, when you enter the statement start and end date, Costpoint efficiently retrieves bank transactions dated within the specified range, offering enhanced control and accuracy in statement selection.

The redesign also enhances the printed report, ensuring consistency with the updated interface. On the cover page and report header, labels reflecting selection criteria no longer display the Statement End Date or the Fiscal Year/Period/Subperiod combination. These have been replaced with the Statement Date Range, providing clearer and more precise information that aligns with the new selection method.

 

Create Bank Transactions History (GLPBKTRN)

The Create Bank Transactions History screen now applies an improved process for recording check transactions in the Bank Transaction History table. Previously, checks were added to the history table even if they had not yet been posted to the general ledger. 

With this update, Costpoint filters checks based on a valid posting sequence number (POST_SEQ_NO and VOID_POST_SEQ_NO), ensuring that only posted or voided checks are recorded. This enhancement aims to improve accuracy and alignment between bank transaction history and the general ledger, providing more reliable financial data for reconciliation and reporting.

 

Post Cash Disbursements (APPPSTCD)

The Post Cash Disbursements screen now updates the new VOID_POST_SEQ_NO column of the VEND_CHK table to support the updated process in populating the Bank Transactions History table.

 

Accept Bank Transactions (New) (GLMACPTN)

Costpoint introduces a new Accept Bank Transactions screen, a significant upgrade from the previous screen (GLMACPT), which offers a streamlined user interface designed for improved efficiency and ease of use.

Key highlights of this new screen include:

  • Transactions by date: It retrieves records with a Trans Date that fall within the values you enter in the Start Date and Through Date fields.

  • Amount Totals: It displays the total amount of GL transactions, total amount of bank transactions, and the difference between the two, providing greater transparency into your reconciliation status.

  • Update Status: It features the Update Status button that displays the Process Status pop-up window, which outlines necessary reconciliation steps and provides direct links to relevant screens, making your bank reconciliation process more intuitive and efficient.

Attention: For more information, view the Accept Bank Transactions (New) online help topic.

 

Process Bank Transactions Acceptances (GLPBATCH)

The Fiscal Year, Period, and Subperiod fields have been removed from the Bank Acceptance Info group box, streamlining the process by eliminating manual entry of default acceptance values. 

This update enhances efficiency and supports the new functionality of using the Date you entered in the Bank Acceptance Info group box as the Cleared Date when accepting bank transactions.

 

View Bank Reconciliation Summary (GLQBKINQ) and Print Bank Reconciliation Summary Report (GLRBKSUM)

The View Bank Reconciliation Summary and Print Bank Reconciliation Summary Report screens now feature a redesigned user interface for a more streamlined experience. 

On both screens, the Fiscal Year and Period fields have been replaced with Bank Reconciliation Date fields, allowing you to filter transaction records according to the reconciliation date range you entered.

New calculation methods have also been applied to the following fields, both on screen and in the Bank Reconciliation Summary Report:

Field

Condition

Calculation

Beginning Book Balance

Bank Abbrev Currency IS SAME as the Functional Currency

 

General Ledger balance for the G/L account/organization for the G/L fiscal year/period/subperiod combination with a subperiod end date prior to the reconciliation Start Date you entered for the report.

Beginning Book Balance = [Beginning Amounts] + [Period Amounts] – [excess Subperiod Amounts]

Bank Abbrev Currency IS DIFFERENT from the Functional Currency

Beginning balance of the most recent bank statement with a date that matches the reconciliation Start Date you entered for the report.

Bank Statement Ending Balance

Bank Statement Ending Date IS SAME as the Through Date

Ending balance of the bank statement with and ending date that matches the reconciliation Through Date you entered for the report.

Outstanding Bank Statement Items

None

Sum of Tran Amount of transactions in a statement with a Bank Statement Ending Date prior or equal to the Through Date you entered for the report, less cash receipts and deposits, plus outstanding checks.

Outstanding Bank Statement Items = [Sum of Tran Amount] – [cash receipts] – [deposits] + [outstanding checks] 

 

View Bank Reconciliation Screen Subtasks

Enhancements have also been applied to the subtasks of the View Bank Reconciliation screen to reflect the UI updates to the main screen.

Subtask headers now only display the Bank Abbr, Bank Desc, Currency, and Bank Reconciliation Dates (Start Date and Through Date). The G/L Pd Ending Date and Bank Statement Ending Date fields have also been removed from all subtasks.

The Bank Accpt FY, Bank Accpt Pd, and Bank Accpt Subpd fields, previously available on the Unmatched C/R, Unmatched C/D, and Unmatched Adj subtasks, have been removed.

Access to all subtasks has also been made easier through direct links in the following fields of the Bank Statement table window:

  • Cash Receipts

  • Cash Disbursements

  • Manual Adjustments

  • Deposits in Transit

  • Outstanding Checks

  • Outstanding Manual Adjustments

  • Outstanding Bank Statement Items

  • Unmatched Cash Receipts

  • Unmatched Cash Disbursements

  • Unmatched Manual Adjustments

 

Bank Reconciliation Summary Report Layout

The UI enhancement also extends to the printed output of the Print Bank Reconciliation Summary Report screen, where the cover page now displays the Reconciliation Date Range (Start and End) instead of the Accounting Period.

In addition, the new Bank Currency field has been added to the report. It displays only if you are licensed for Multicurrency.

 

Print Bank Reconciliation Detail Reports (GLRBKREC)

The Print Bank Reconciliation Detail Reports screen has been updated with improvements to both the user interface and the printed report.

In the Selection Ranges group box, fields have been reordered and the Accounting Period selection range has been removed, providing a more comprehensive selection criteria without limiting the result set to a specific accounting period.

The Select Reports group box has been reorganized to improve clarity in reports. It now has the following options:

  • Transactions Per Books

  • AP

  • CR

  • PR

  • Manual Adjustments

  • Outstanding Transactions

  • AP

  • CR

  • OR

  • Outstanding Adjustments

  • Outstanding Bank Statement Items

This enhancement allows you to generate reports that are grouped into more structured categories, making it easier to distinguish between different transaction types.

 

Report Layout Enhancements

Printed reports also align with the updated user interface, reflecting the parameters you entered on the screen. All cash receipt and disbursement transactions are now consolidated on the Transactions Per Books report page, while deposits in transit and outstanding checks are included on the Outstanding Transactions page.

Furthermore, the Bank Statement Outstanding Items page has been renamed to Outstanding Bank Statement Items.

 

Purge Bank Transactions History (GLPBKPRG)

The new Purge Date (Options, Start, and End) fields now replace the Fiscal Year and Period selection criteria, enabling you to define a precise selection of bank statements for purging. Now, when you enter the purge start and end date, Costpoint efficiently retrieves bank transactions dated within the specified range, offering enhanced control and accuracy in selection.

The redesign also enhances the Purge Bank Transactions History report, ensuring consistency with the updated interface. On the cover page and report header, labels reflecting selection criteria no longer display the Fiscal Year and Period. These have been replaced with the Purge Date (Start and End), providing clearer and more precise information that aligns with the new selection method.

The enhancement also applies to the report layout, where the FY, PD, and Subpd columns have been removed, and a new Trans Date column has been added.

 

Update Beginning Bank Statement Balances (GLPTOOL1)

The Update Beginning Bank Statement Balances screen features a redesigned user interface to allow for an optimized process. 

The following fields have been removed from the screen to support the new functionality of updating bank statement beginning balances based on the Statement Beginning Date and Statement Ending Date:

  • Accounting Period and Accounting Period to be Updated selection ranges (Option, Fiscal Year, Period, Subperiod, and End Date fields)

  • Update Selected Subpd End Balance checkbox

This update allows for a more flexible and comprehensive record retrieval process, no longer restricted by a specific accounting period.

This enhancement allows for an improved update process that covers a more comprehensive range of records, no longer restricted to a specific accounting period.

New calculation methods now apply when computing the statement beginning and ending balances and beginning book balance that displays in Manage Bank Statement Information after the update process, depending on the Balance Update Method that you select. 

Balance Update Method

Calculation

Use Cleared Bank Transaction History

  1. Retrieve the Bank Statement Beginning Balance and Beg Book Balance Bank Crncy of the bank statement with an end date that is one day prior to the Statement Beginning Date you entered.

  2. In the Bank Transactions History table, retrieve and total the Bank Amounts of records that were cleared within the Statement Beginning Date and Statement Ending Date you entered. 

  3. In the Bank Transactions History table, retrieve and total the Trans Amounts of records that were cleared within the Statement Beginning Date and Statement Ending Date you entered.

  4. New Bank Statement Beginning Balance = [Bank Statement Beginning Balance in Step 1] + [Sum of Bank Amounts in Step 2]

  5. New Beg Book Balance Crncy = [Beg Book Balance Crncy in Step 1] + [Sum of Trans Amounts in Step 2]

Use Uploaded Bank Statement Detail

  1. Retrieve General Ledger balances for the G/L account/organization for the G/L fiscal year/period/subperiod combination with a subperiod end date prior to the Statement Beginning Date you entered.

  2. New Bank Statement Beginning Balance = [Beginning Amounts] + [Period Amounts] – [excess Subperiod Amounts]

  3. New Beg Book Balance Crncy = [Sum of Trans Amounts of records from the BANK_ACCT_STMT_DTL table that were cleared within the Statement Beginning Date and Statement Ending Date you entered] + [Beg Book Balance Bank Crncy of the bank statement with an end date that is one day prior to the Statement Beginning Date you entered]



Enhanced Payment Tracking in Manage Manual Checks
2025.3

Managing payments to vendors is now more efficient with upgrades to manual check management. New fields have been introduced to help you track payment details effortlessly, including the payment transaction type, reference code, and additional notes, providing greater clarity and flexibility and making it easier for you to identify payments made not only through checks, but also other payment methods.

The details you enter in these new fields will seamlessly be carried over to other check management and history screens, and vendor or voucher history inquiry screens, to ensure consistency and provide a more comprehensive view of payment records across various Costpoint Accounts Payable screens.

In addition, the payment transaction type and payment reference code fields are now available in voucher management and import screens, enabling you to enter payment details for newly created or imported vouchers, excluding Travel Advance (TA) and Travel Expense (TE) vouchers. This enhancement enables you to link vouchers to payment records in Manage Manual Checks, ensuring accurate reconciliation and streamlined tracking of payments.

 

Manage Manual Checks (APMMANCK)

A new Transaction Details tab is now available on the Manage Manual Checks screen, offering enhanced visibility into payment tracking and a more structured way to monitor transactions, ensuring easy access to detailed payment information.

It has the following fields:

Field

Description

Payment Transaction Type

Use this drop-down list to select the payment method:

The options are:

  • Check

  • Credit Card

  • EFT

  • Wire

  • Other

Payment Reference Code

Use this field to enter a reference number to identify the payment transaction.

Additional Notes

Use this field to enter comments or remarks regarding the payment transaction.

 

Print/Void Checks (APRCK)

The Print/Void Checks screen now automatically updates the PAY_TRANS_TYPE column in the VEND_CHK database table when you select Print Check or Print/Email EFT Advices from the Print/Void drop-down list.

This column corresponds to the Payment Transaction Type field in other Costpoint Accounting screens, ensuring consistency across payment records. With this enhancement, payment transaction details are accurately reflected in related screens, inquiries, and reports.

 

Manage Check History (APMCKHST)

The Manage Check History screen now also has the Payment Transaction TypePayment Reference Code, and Additional Notes fields, enhancing visibility into payment tracking. Similar to the updates in Manage Manual Checks, these new fields provide you with easier access to detailed payment information, ensuring a more comprehensive record of check history. This improvement enables you to add essential transaction details to historical check data.

 

View Check History inquiry (APQCKHST)

The View Check History Inquiry screen now offers an improved filtering method, enabling you to sort records by payment transaction type for more precise searches. In addition, newly added fields provide comprehensive details about each transaction, giving you better visibility into payment history.

Location

Field

Description

Main screen

Payment Transaction Type

Use this drop-down list to view records according to the payment method:

The options are:

  • None

  • Check

  • Credit Card

  • EFT

  • Wire

  • Other

Check History Table Window

Payment Transaction Type

This field displays the payment method.

Check History Table Window

Payment Reference Code

This field displays the reference number for the payment transaction.

Check History Table Window

Additional Notes

This field displays remarks or comments about the payment transaction.

 

View Vendor History Inquiry (APQVENDH) and View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

The Checks Disbursed subtask on each inquiry screen now includes additional fields that provide a more detailed view of payment records, making it easier for you to track vendor payments and reference important notes about the payment.

Field

Description

Payment Transaction Type

This field displays the payment method.

Payment Reference Code

This field displays the reference number for the payment transaction.

Additional Notes

This field displays remarks or comments about the payment transaction.

 

Print Check Register Report (APRCKREG) and Print Accounts Payable History Report (APRHIST)

The output from each of these report screens now includes the Payment Transaction Type and Payment Reference Code information, providing you a more detailed insight into your payment transactions.

 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR) and Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

The Check Information group box of the Check tab on each of these screens now includes the Payment Transaction Type and Payment Reference Code fields. These new fields allow you to enter the payment method and payment reference number, respectively, for vouchers paid through manual checks, and enable you to associate more detailed payment information with vouchers for easier payment tracking.

These fields are enabled only if the Voucher Type is not TA Voucher or TE Voucher.

In addition, each of these screens now has a new validation process that ensures consistency by requiring that multiple vouchers paid with the same manual check (same Check Number) also share the same Payment Transaction Type and Payment Reference Code.

 

Import Accounts Payable Vouchers (AOPUTLAP) and Import Accounts Payable Multicurrency Vouchers (AOPUTLAM)

The input file layout for the Import Accounts Payable Vouchers and Import Accounts Payable Multicurrency Vouchers screens has been enhanced to provide you the option to include additional check payment information when you import vouchers.

The following columns have been added to the header input file of each screen:

Type

CP Column/Table

Characters

Required?

Format

Payment Transaction Type

PAY_TRANS_TYPE

Character 5

Optional

  • CHK: Check

  • CRD: Credit Card

  • EFT: EFT

  • WIRE: Wire Transfer

  • OTH: Others

Payment Reference Code

PAY_REF_CODE

Character 50

Optional

 

Costpoint saves the information in these columns only if the Check Number is not blank.

The new validation process on voucher management screens also applies to these import screens. When you import multiple vouchers that have been paid with the same manual check, they must share the same Payment Transaction Type and Payment Reference Code.

 

Import Purchase Order Vouchers (AOPPOVCH)

The following fields are now available in the Check Information group box to enable you to enter specific payment information for a check used to pay for the batch of vouchers you are importing:

  • Payment Transaction Type: Use this field to select the payment method.

  • Payment Reference Code: Use this field to enter a reference number to identify the payment transaction.

 

Post Vouchers (APPOSTV)

The Post Vouchers screen has been upgraded with an enhanced validation process to ensure that when you post multiple vouchers that were manually paid with the same check, the Payment Transaction Type and Payment Reference Code must be consistent across the vouchers.



Enhanced USER_LOCK Column Logic for the OPEN_AP Table
2025.4

This update introduces smarter logic for managing the USER_LOCK column in the OPEN_AP table when you use the Approve Checks application. Previously, the USER_LOCK column would remain populated with the application ID even after closing the screen. This caused vouchers to be excluded from the Edit Voucher Payment Status screen while still being included in the Open Accounts Payable report, requiring manual clearing of the USER_LOCK column through an SQL script.

With this enhancement, Costpoint now automatically clears lingering values in the USER_LOCK column, eliminating the need for manual intervention. 



Extended Invoice Number Field Length - Phase 2
2026.1

To better support vendors with longer invoice formats and improve data accuracy, Costpoint is being enhanced to allow invoice numbers with up to 50 characters, significantly more than the previous 15-character limit. This update aims to prevent truncation and reduce errors caused by incomplete entries.

Phase 1 applied the expanded field length to inquiry and reporting screens in the Accounting domain.

In Phase 2, this capability is now made available across multiple screens where Invoice Number is displayed as read-only. These include:

  • Accounting

  • Approve Checks

  • Approve Vouchers

  • Edit Voucher Payment Status

  • Manage Asset Master User-Defined Global Changes

  • Manage Check History

  • Manage Lien Waiver Information

  • Manage Manual Checks

  • Print Asset Master Detail Report

  • Print Autocreation Transactions Edit Report

  • Print Intra European Community Trade Statistics Report

  • Print Lien Waivers

  • Print Project Ledger Detail Report

  • Recompute and Print Discrepancies

  • Select Vouchers For Payment

  • Materials

  • Manage Supplier Actions

  • Supplier Portal Dashboard

  • Projects

  • Approve Subcontractor Invoices

  • Print Subcontractor Invoices

However, entry screens for invoices and accounts payable (AP) and purchase order (PO) vouchers still retain the original 15-character limit and will be enhanced in future Costpoint versions. This phased approach ensures a smooth transition while maintaining compatibility with existing workflows.



Extended Invoice Number Field Length: Phase 1
2025.4

To better support vendors with longer invoice formats and improve data accuracy, Costpoint is being enhanced to allow invoice numbers with up to 50 characters, significantly more than the previous 15-character limit. This update aims to prevent truncation and reduce errors caused by incomplete entries.

In Phase 1 of the rollout, the expanded field length is now available across several inquiry and reporting screens within the Accounting domain. These include:

  • Accounts Payable Inquiries screens:

  • View Check History Inquiry

  • View Voucher History Inquiry

  • View Vendor History Inquiry

  • Accounts Payable Reports screens:

  • Print Cash Requirements Report

  • Print Prepayment Edit Report

  • Print Check Register Report

  • Print Duplicate Invoices

  • Print EFT Pre-Transfer Edit Report

  • Print Accounts Payable History Report

  • Print Open Accounts Payable Report

  • Print Voucher Edit Report

  • Print Voucher Register Report

  • General Ledger Inquiries screens:

  • View Account Activity

  • View General Ledger Activity

  • View Tax Reporting Status by Tax Account

  • View Tax Reporting Status by Transaction

  • General Ledger Reports screens:

  • Print General Ledger Detail Report

  • Print Sales/Value Added Tax Report

However, entry screens for invoices, accounts payable (AP), and purchase order (PO) vouchers still retain the original 15-character limit. This phased approach ensures a smooth transition while maintaining compatibility with existing workflows.



Financial Anomaly Analysis
2026.2

Costpoint can now detect anomalies in your income statements and balance sheets for an accounting period. This feature uses Dela to analyze historical patterns, calculate variances, and identify missing activity to highlight unusual variances in your financial data. Detected anomalies are saved in the database so you can review them for further investigation.
You can track deviations at the organization or account level, giving you a clearer view of where unexpected activity is occurring. The analysis determines which accounts or lines in the current period qualify as anomalies, helping you quickly spot irregularities, investigate their root causes, and reduce the time you spend on manual review during closing periods.

 

Create General Ledger Report Tables (GLPCRRPT)

You now have the option to activate Dela’s financial anomaly detection feature when you create general ledger report tables.

When you activate anomaly detection, Dela generates an analysis based on data from RPT_FS_COMPARE table for the specified fiscal year and period. Dela uses your configuration settings to determine the balance sheet, income statement, and the organization and account level to include in the analysis.

To run the financial anomaly detection feature, use the newly added AI Analysis group box. It has the following fields:

  • Run AI Anomaly Analysis: Select this checkbox to execute the financial anomaly detection process when you create general ledger report tables.

If you select this checkbox, the Option for the Accounting Period selection range must be One.

  • Balance Sheet Financial Statement Code: Use this field to enter or select the balance sheet to be analyzed.

  • Income Statement Financial Statement Code: Use this field to enter or select the income statement to be analyzed.

  • Income Statement Organization Level: Use this field to enter the organization level of the income statements to be analyzed. Enter 0 to include all organization levels.

  • Account Level: Use this field to enter the account level to be analyzed. Enter 0 to include all account levels.

  • Materiality Threshold: Use this field to enter the maximum value that Dela should ignore during analysis.

 

Dela Analysis for Financial Anomaly

When you run an anomaly analysis, Dela first checks each line or activity against the materiality threshold. Any item that does not exceed the threshold is excluded from the analysis. For all remaining items, Dela calculates the following:

  • Period Percentage Variance

(actual vs. budget) (current period actual amount - current period budget amount) / current period budget amount

  • Year-to-date Percentage Variance

(actual vs budget) (YTD period actual amount - YTD period budget amount) / YTD period budget amount

  • Period-over-period change

(current period actual amount - prior period actual amount) / prior period actual amount

  • Year-over-year change

(YTD actual amount - prior YTD actual amount) / prior year YTD actual amount

  • Year-to-date Variance Amount

YTD budget amount - YTD actual amount  

  • Period Variance Amount

current period budget amount - current period actual amount

  • Prior Period Variance Amount

current period actual amount  -  prior period actual amount

  • Prior Year-to-date Variance Amount

YTD actual amount - prior year YTD actual amount

After calculating these values, Dela compares the results with the most recent two years of historical data and flags any items that deviate from established financial patterns. All identified anomalies are saved in the database for reference and follow up. After the analysis is complete, you can view the records marked as anomalous on the Financial Anomaly Analysis screen to support your review and investigation.

 

Financial Anomaly Analysis (GLQFSA)

The Financial Anomaly Analysis screen has been added to Costpoint to help you review and investigate variances in your financial data. It displays the anomalies that Dela identifies when you run the anomaly analysis process in Create General Ledger Report Tables.

You can access this screen in General Ledger » General Ledger Reports/Inquiries » Inquiries.
The screen provides multiple selection ranges that allow you to filter the records you want to review. You can view either balance sheets or income statements for a specific fiscal year and accounting period. You can also choose to display data for a single organization or a range of organizations.

It also has the Details subtask that displays each financial statement line flagged by Dela as anomalous. The Details subtask has the following fields:

Field

Description

FS Line

This field displays the line title for the financial statement line.

You can click the value of this field to view additional information about the FS Line. When you click the link, the Financial Statement Comparison Inquiry screen opens and automatically displays the corresponding financial statement.

Organization

This field displays the organization ID.

Organization Name

This field displays the name of the organization.

Dela Reason

This field displays Dela’s rationale why it flagged the record as an anomaly.

Fiscal Year

This field displays the fiscal year you entered in the Selection Ranges group box.

Period

This field displays the value you entered in the Period field of the Selection Ranges group box.

FS Code

This field displays the financial statement code.

Period Amount

This field displays the financial statement line for the selected period.

YTD Amount

This field displays the year-to-date balance amount for the financial statement line.

Period Budget

This field displays the FS line budget amount for the selected period.

YTD Budget

This field displays the year-to-date budget amount.

YTD Var %

This field displays the percentage difference between the YTD budget and YTD balance.

Period Var %

This field displays the percentage difference between the budget and the balance for the selected period.

Period over Period Chg

This field displays the percentage change between the current period amount and the prior period amount.

Year over Year Chg

This field displays the percentage change between the current year balance and the prior year balance.

Pd Var

This field displays the difference between the budget and balance for the selected period.

YTD Var

This field displays the difference between the YTD budget and YTD balance.

Prior Pd Var

This field displays the difference between the balances for the current period and preceding period.

Prior YTD Var

This field displays the difference between the current YTD balance and the YTD balance for preceding fiscal year.

Prior YTD Amount

This field displays the YTD balance for the preceding fiscal year.

Prior Period Amount

This field displays the financial statement line balance for the preceding period.


The Details subtask also includes the Account/Organization Details subtask, which allows you to drill down into the account and organization details associated with each FS Line displayed in the Details subtask.

It has the following fields:

Field

Description

Account

This field displays the account ID.

You can click the value of this field to view account activity information. When you click the link, the View General Ledger Activity screen opens and automatically displays the corresponding account activity details.

Organization

This field displays the organization ID.

Organization Name

This field displays the name of the organization.

Dela Reason

This field displays Dela’s rationale why it flagged the record as an anomaly.

Fiscal Year

This field displays the fiscal year you entered in the Selection Ranges group box.

Period

This field displays the value you entered in the Period field of the Selection Ranges group box.

Period Amount

This field displays the account balance for the selected period.

YTD Amount

This field displays the year-to-date amount for the account.

Period Budget

This field displays the account budget amount for the selected period.

YTD Budget

This field displays the year-to-date budget amount for the account.

YTD Var%

This field displays the difference between the YTD budget and YTD balance.

Period Var %

This field displays the percentage change between the account budget and account balance for the selected period.

Period over Period Chg

This field displays the percentage change between the account’s current period amount and the prior period amount.

Year over Year Chg

This field displays the percentage change between the account’s current year balance and the prior year balance.

Pd Var

This field displays the difference between the account budget and account balance for the selected period.

YTD Var

This field displays the difference between the account’s YTD budget and YTD balance.

Prior Pd Var

This field displays the difference between the current and previous period account balances.

Prior YTD Var

This field displays the difference between the account’s current YTD balance and its YTD balance for preceding fiscal year.

Prior YTD Amount

This field displays the account’s YTD balance for the preceding fiscal year.

Prior Period Amount

This field displays the account balance for the preceding period.




Financial Statement Inquiry and Comparison
2026.1

Costpoint now has the Financial Statement Inquiry and Financial Statement Comparison Inquiry screens, giving you a faster and more efficient way to analyze financial data.

You can access these screens in the General Ledger module of the Accounting domain.

 

Financial Statement Inquiry (GLQFSI)

The new Financial Statement Inquiry screen provides a centralized view of income statements and balance sheets, making it easier to analyze financial performance.

Use its header section to define selection criteria, including the financial statement type, account, or organization. You can select only one F/S Code and Fiscal Year and choose to view data for all, a single, or a range of organizations and accounting periods.

The Details subtask displays a summary of the financial statement along with line balances based on your selected criteria, giving you quick access to key financial insights. It also provides a drill-down option which enables you to view general ledger activities related to the line balances, such as period activities, GL posting details, GL transactions details, and labor details.

Attention: For more information, see the Financial Statement Inquiry online help topic.

 

Financial Statement Comparison Inquiry (GLQFSC)

The new Financial Statement Comparison Inquiry screen makes it easier to view income statements and balance sheets alongside historical data for deeper financial analysis.

Similar to the Financial Statement Inquiry screen, it includes a header section where you define selection criteria such as financial statement type, account, or organization. You can select one F/S Code and Fiscal Year and view data for all, a single, or a range of organizations. However, unlike the previously discussed screen, the Financial Statement Comparison screen allows you to select only one accounting period for comparison.

The Details subtask provides a comprehensive summary of the financial statement and line balances for the chosen fiscal year and period. It also includes key comparative metrics to help you assess performance trends, such as:

  • Period budget and variance

  • Prior period balance and percentage change

  • Prior year period balance, variance, and percentage change

  • Year-to-date balance, budget, and variance

  • Prior year-to-date balance, variance, and percentage change

This feature gives you a clear, side-by-side view of current and historical financial data, enabling more informed decision-making and trend analysis. It also provides a drill-down option that enables you to view account activities related to line balances, such as account activity totals and posting details.

Attention: For more information, see the Financial Statement Comparison Inquiry online help topic.

Note: Before you execute an inquiry on this screen, you must first run the Create General Ledger Report Tables screen to ensure that the most recent account activities are accurately recorded.



Fiscal Year and Period Support for Bank Reconciliation
2026.3

This feature enhances bank reconciliation processing by adding fiscal year, period, and subperiod support across bank statement entry, bank transaction acceptance, inquiries, and bank reconciliation reports. You can associate bank statements and cleared bank transactions with specific accounting periods and view reconciliation results and reports by either statement date range or accounting period.

 

 

Manage Bank Statement Information (GLMSTMT)

You can now assign fiscal year, period, and subperiod values to bank statements using new fields added to the Bank Statement Info Detail table window:

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Subperiod (Costpoint Advanced only)

When you enter a Bank Statement Ending Date, Costpoint automatically defaults the fiscal year, period, and subperiod based on the accounting period that includes the ending date. When you upload a bank statement, Costpoint uses the ending date from the upload to as default values for these fields.

You can modify the fiscal year, period, and subperiod, and enter values regardless of whether the Bank Statement Ending Date falls within the selected combination. 

This update does not modify existing records. If the Fiscal Year, Period, and Subperiod fields were not previously populated, you must manually enter the values. Manual entry is required only if you already enabled the Enhanced Bank Reconciliation feature in Costpoint 2025.3. Otherwise, the fields are automatically populated. 

 

 

Accept Bank Transactions (New) (GLMACPTN)

Fiscal year, period, and subperiod information have been added to the Accept Bank Transactions (New) screen.

In the GL Transactions table window, the following fields are now available:

  • Fiscal Year Cleared

  • Period Cleared

  • Subperiod Cleared (Costpoint Advanced only)

In the Bank Statement table window, the following fields are now available:

  • Bank Statement Ending Date

  • Bank Statement Fiscal Year

  • Bank Statement Period

  • Bank Statement Subperiod (Costpoint Advanced only)

Fiscal year, period, and subperiod values default from the Date Cleared based on the accounting period in which the date falls. These fields are required and can be edited to populate missing cleared period information. The new fields are available for query selection.

 

 

Transfer Plaid Bank Transactions (CMPPLDDAT)

Plaid-imported bank transactions now include accounting period information.

When a new bank statement record is created from a Plaid import, the fiscal year, period, and subperiod for the transaction are populated based on the bank statement ending date.

The populated values are stored in both the BANK_ACCT_END_BAL and BANK_ACCT_STMT_DTL tables.

 

 

Accounting Period Selection Option for Reports

You now have a new option for filtering records included in bank statement and bank transaction inquiry and reports.

A Date Type group box has been added to multiple inquiry and reporting screens, allowing you to specify whether records are retrieved by Accounting Period or Statement Date Range

When you select Accounting Period, use the Fiscal Year, Period, and Subperiod (Costpoint Advanced only) fields, added in the Selection Ranges group box, to specify the accounting period to be used to retrieve inquiry or report data. Report headers also reflect the statement end date and the selected fiscal year, period, and subperiod.

This enhancement has been applied to the following screens:

  • Print Bank Reconciliation Detail Reports (GLRBKREC)

  • Print Bank Reconciliation Summary Report (GLRBKSUM)

  • Print Bank Statement Report (GLRSTMT)

  • View Bank Reconciliation Summary (GLQBKINQ)

 

 

Process Bank Transaction Acceptances (GLPBATCH)

The Fiscal Year, Period, and Subperiod (Costpoint Advanced only) fields have been restored in the Bank Acceptance Info group box and are required when you process bank transaction acceptances.

When you enter a Date, Costpoint automatically populates the fiscal year, period, and subperiod based on the accounting period in which the date falls. 

If you delete the values of these fields and run the process, an error displays.

 

 

Accept Bank Transactions (GLMACPT)

The old Accept Bank Transactions screen is no longer available. All bank transaction acceptances must be processed using Accept Bank Transactions (New) (GLMACPTN).



GenAI Business Health Brief Smart Summary
2025.3

Costpoint now offers you the capability to quickly view an AI-generated summary of an organization’s financial activities and performance and easily gain insight into an organization’s business health.

Information generated by this feature include:

  • Revenue trend analysis

  • Net income trend analysis

  • Cash flow analysis

  • Debt-to-equity ratio analysis

  • Contract backlog analysis

To use this feature, enter or select an organization on the Manage Organization Elements screen and click the new Smart Summary button. When you click this button, Deltek's digital assistant, Dela, generates business performance insights for the organization you selected and its lower-level organizations.

Considerations:

  • The generated summary is tailored to each user by reflecting the organization's business health for the default fiscal year set up for the current user in Configure User Preferences.

  • Financial information is generated based on an organization's financial statement configuration.

  • To have an accurate cash flow analysis, you must first set up the statement of cash flows in Manage Financial Statements and use the Create Preliminary Cash Flow Statements screen to populate cash flow tables.

  • To be able to generate a contract backlog analysis, you must first create and populate the Report Revenue Summary table in the Projects domain.

Note: You must have Full access rights to be able to utilize this feature.



GenAI Customer Smart Summary
2025.2

Costpoint now offers you the capability to quickly view an AI-generated summary of a customer's activities and performance. 

Information generated by this feature include:

  • Customer payment trends on last 10 invoices paid

  • Top 10 accounts receivable balances by project and invoice

  • Active project financial data

  • CPARs rating summary (if you are licensed for Capture and Contracts)

  • Opportunity review (if you are licensed for Capture and Contracts)

  • Customer communication overview (if you are licensed for Capture and Contracts)

To use this feature, query a customer record on the Manage Customers screen and click the new Smart Summary button.



GenAI Vendor Smart Summary
2025.2

Costpoint now offers you the capability to quickly view an AI-generated summary of a vendor’s activities and performance. 

Information generated by this feature include:

  • Vendor payment trends

  • Projects with recent vendor invoice activity

  • Top 10 outstanding unpaid vouchers (by due date)

  • Performance statistics (if you are licensed for Materials)

  • Current purchase order commitments (if you are licensed for Materials)

To use this feature, query a vendor record on the Manage Vendors screen and click the new Smart Summary button.



ICR Enhancements for Accounts Payable Vouchers
2026.1

The Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers screen now includes a Scan Results popup to streamline invoice processing. When you scan a vendor invoice, the popup displays all extracted details, such as the vendor name, invoice number, PO number, due date, amount, payment terms, and so on, in one centralized view. It also provides a link that opens the Details popup which displays the invoice line items.

This enhancement enables you to review, validate, and edit the scanned data before creating the voucher, improving accuracy and reducing time spent navigating multiple fields.

In addition, vendor matching has been upgraded with fuzzy search capabilities. If an exact vendor match is not found, Costpoint will suggest similar vendor names, making it easier to select the correct vendor and avoid errors.



Multi-User Report Printing for Fixed Asset Journals
8.2.2

The Post Fixed Assets Journal screen now allows multiple users to print or preview the Fixed Assets Journal at the same time.

Note: This multi-user functionality does not allow the use of the same user ID to simultaneously print or preview the Fixed Assets Journal on different workstations.

The posting process remains a single-user functionality. However, multiple users can submit postings simultaneously. Costpoint queues the posting/commitment transactions and processes them one at a time. If you submit multiple postings with the same parameters, only the first one is processed successfully.

Use the Print/Post Fixed Assets option going forward. (The Post Fixed Assets option is no longer available.)

Each report generated from the Print/Post Fixed Assets process contains a unique sequencing number. You should retain these reports, in case they are needed for historical purposes.



Multi-User Report Printing for Unrealized Gains/Losses
8.2.4

The Compute/Post Unrealized Gains/Losses screen now allows multiple users to print or preview the Unrealized Gains/Losses Report at the same time.

Note: This multi-user functionality does not allow the use of the same user ID to simultaneously print or preview the Unrealized Gains/Losses on different workstations.

The posting process remains a single-user functionality. However, multiple users can submit postings simultaneously. Costpoint queues the posting/commitment transactions and processes them one at a time. 

Use the Print and Compute/Post Unrealized Gains/Losses option going forward. (The Compute/Post Unrealized Gains/Losses option is no longer available.)

Each report generated from the Print and Compute/Post Unrealized Gains/Losses process contains a unique sequencing number. You should retain these reports, in case they are needed for historical purposes.



New Database Table for Creating Revaluation Reports
8.2.8

The Costpoint database has been enhanced with the addition of a new table, RPT_BSR_TABLE, which allows for easy generation of revaluation reports. This enhancement is aimed at improving your user experience by providing a more efficient and seamless way to manage and analyze your Multicurrency data.

The RPT_BSR_TABLE is designed to store both summary and detailed data of adjustment information from balance sheet account revaluations. 

This new table offers the convenience of having the necessary information readily available to enable you to easily generate revaluation reports. It has the following layout:

Column

Description

Type

Length

 RPT_BSR_TABLE_KEY

BSR Synthetic Key

Number

10 

 TYPE

BSR Type

Alphanumeric

4

 ACCT_ID

Account

Alphanumeric 

15

 ORG_ID

Organization

Alphanumeric 

20

 PROJ_ID

Project

Alphanumeric 

30

 JE_NO

Journal Entry

Number

10 

 POST_SEQ_NO

Post Sequence Number

Number

10

 FY_CD

Fiscal Year

Alphanumeric

 PD_NO

Period

Number

5

 SUB_PD_NO

Subperiod

Number

 GLDETL_AMT

GL Detail Amount

Decimal

17, 2

 TRN_CRNCY_CD

Transaction Currency Code

Alphanumeric

 TRN_AMT

Transaction Amount

Decimal

17, 2 

 NEW_AMT

New Amount

Decimal

17, 2 

 GAIN_LOSS_AMT

Gain/Loss Amount

Decimal

17, 2 

 EXCH_RT

Exchange Rate

Decimal

28, 15 

 OVERRIDE_FL

Override Flag

Alphanumeric

 ORIG_RT

Original Rate for YTD

Decimal

28, 15

 PR_RT

Prior Rate for Net

Decimal

28, 15 

 SETTL_NO

Settlement Number

(To be used on a future Costpoint release)

Decimal

15 

 BSR_TRN_CRNCY

BSS Transactional Currency

(To be used on a future Costpoint release)

Alphanumeric

 COMPANY_ID

Company ID 

Alphanumeric

10 

 MODIFIED_BY

ID of the user who last created or modified the row 

Alphanumeric

20

 TIME_STAMP

Date and time of row creation or last modification 

Date

N/A 

 ROWVERSION

System-assigned number to handle row concurrency

Number

10

Changes have been applied to the Create Revaluation Entry screen to support this enhancement.

 

Create Revaluation Entry (GLPBSREV) Screen Updates

The options for the Default Action button on this screen have been modified.

Now, only the Compute and Print/Post Revaluation option is available. When you select this option, the following processes are executed:

  1. Costpoint calculates revaluation data, including the revaluation details, even if you leave the Print Revaluation Detail checkbox cleared. This new functionality ensures that the revaluation details will be entered in the RPT_BSR_TABLE even if the detail checkbox is cleared.

  2. Costpoint prints the Revaluation of Balance Sheet Account report, and now also prints a simplified Journal Entry Edit report that does not include the Journal No., Functional Currency, Approval Status, Org Abbrev, and Proj Abbrev information.

The previous printing logic remains, where Costpoint prints the Revaluation Detail report only if you selected the Print Revaluation Detail checkbox.

  1. Costpoint creates the balance sheet revaluation journal entries, posts them in the general ledger, and enters the transaction information in the RPT_BSR_TABLE.

However, If the transaction involves a reversal entry, Costpoint creates the reversal entry but does not post it in the general ledger. You can view the reversal entry on the Manage Journal Entries screen, and you must manually post it using the Post Journal Entries screen.

In addition, if you encounter any issue during the posting process, the revaluation entries will still be created but will not be posted to the general ledger, and no record will be entered in the RPT_BSR_TABLE. You can view the revaluation entries on the Manage Journal Entries screen, and you must manually post them using the Post Journal Entries screen.

You can also execute the new revaluation process using Batch Mode.

If you opt to only view or print the Revaluation of Balance Sheet Account report but not run the revaluation process, use the Preview and/or Print buttons on the Global Toolbar.



Period Status Change Tracking
2026.3

Costpoint now monitors and records changes to the status of accounting periods, subperiods, and the journal entry code statuses associated with them when you update and save or close periods in the following General Ledger screens: 

  • Manage Accounting Periods

  • Manage Subperiods (Costpoint Advanced only)

  • Close Periods

Changes are written to audit log tables, along with the previous and new values, the user who made the change, and the timestamp.

 

 

Manage Accounting Periods (GLMPD)

When you save changes on this screen, Costpoint logs status change details in the following tables:

  • ACCTING_PD_AUDIT_LOG

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Old Status Code

  • New Status Code

  • Modified By

  • Timestamp

  • JNL_STATUS_AUDIT_LOG

  • Company ID

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Journal Code

  • Old Open Flag

  • New Open Flag

  • Modified By

  • Timestamp


Manage Subperiods (GLMSUBPD)

When you save changes on this screen, Costpoint logs status change details in the following tables:

  • SUB_PD_AUDIT_LOG

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Subperiod

  • Old Status Code

  • New Status Code

  • Modified By

  • Timestamp

  • SUB_PD_JNL_STATUS_AUDIT_LOG

  • Company ID

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Subperiod

  • Journal Code

  • Old Open Flag

  • New Open Flag

  • Modified By

  • Timestamp


Close Periods (GLPCLOSE)

When you successfully close a period, Costpoint logs the resulting status changes, depending on which accounting periods, subperiods, and journal entry code statuses are affected. It also sets the Status of all journal codes in that period to Closed for each affected company and adds audit log rows for each company/journal code combination. These changes are recorded in the following audit log tables: 

  • ACCTING_PD_AUDIT_LOG

  • JNL_STATUS_AUDIT_LOG

  • SUB_PD_AUDIT_LOG

  • SUB_PD_JNL_STATUS_AUDIT_LOG



Populate CP GL Budgets from BP Org Budgets (Opt-In Available)
8.2.8

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt-in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.8 release. The ability to opt-in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of the release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint Accounting includes a new screen for customers who are licensed for Costpoint Planning. 

Use the new Update Org/Acct Budgets from Planning Budgets screen to automatically update general ledger budgets with data pulled directly from Planning » Organization Budgets/Outlooks.

Access the screen from Accounting » General Ledger » General Ledger Budgets.

For more information, see “Populate CP GL Budgets from BP Org Budgets" in the Planning section of these release notes.



Reduced Vendor Credit Card Number Field Size
2025.3

Costpoint now has a feature for storing shortened vendor credit card numbers. With this feature, you can enter only the last four characters of a vendor’s credit card number, optimizing storage and retrieval process, increasing security and privacy, and reducing the risk of errors from entering full-length card numbers. 

 

Update Vendor Credit Card Number (APPTOOLCC)

Costpoint now includes the Update Vendor Credit Card Number screen, offering a streamlined way to convert existing vendor credit card numbers to a shortened format. You can choose to update the credit card number of all vendors, a single vendor, or a selected range. 

Once processed, only the last four digits of the affected vendor’s credit card number will display on the Credit Card Info subtask in Manage Vendors.

 

Import Company Credit Card Transactions (APPUTLCC)

The Import Company Credit Card Transactions screen now features a new checkbox: Take only the last 4 characters of the credit card field on import

This upgrade enables Costpoint to retrieve only the last four characters of the Credit Card Number column for each line in the input file and match those lines with vendor records that use the same shortened format in Manage Vendors. 

Be sure to select this checkbox only if your vendor records in Costpoint have already been updated to have the shortened credit card number format. Otherwise, no matches will be found during import.



Reporting and Inquiry Updates
2025.3

Costpoint now features an easier and faster way to track your financial data. With improved visibility and more intuitive tools, you can manage cash receipts and journal entries with greater confidence and less manual effort.

What’s New:

  • Instantly view cash receipts and journal entries using newly added inquiry screens.

  • Query multiple accounts simultaneously, saving time and reducing repetitive tasks.

  • Build custom queries for non-contiguous account ranges, giving you more control and flexibility.

  • Access cleaner, streamlined reports that simplify financial tracking and improve decision-making.

These enhancements boost efficiency, give you more control over your data, and provide clearer insights into better financial management.

 

View Cash Receipts (ARQCR)

Costpoint now has the View Cash Receipts screen, offering you a centralized way to quickly review your cash receipt data. 

This new screen includes a header section, where you can enter selection criteria for viewing records, and the Cash Receipts Header table window, which has the Exchange Rates and Cash Receipt Lines subtasks.

The intuitive interface improves visibility into your cash receipt transactions and enhances overall cash flow tracking.

You have the option to view all cash receipts, or tailor the result set using the following criteria:

  • Cash Receipts: View records by cash receipt number.

  • Entry User: View records based on the user who entered the record.

  • Pay Currency: View records based on the currency in which the cash receipt was recorded.

  • Fiscal Year: View cash receipts entered within a fiscal year.

  • Period: View cash receipts entered within a period/subperiod or a range of periods/subperiods.

  • Cash Account: View cash receipts based on a cash account or a transfer account.

  • Include Unposted: Display unposted transactions in the result set.

  • Account: View cash receipts based on a general ledger account or range of accounts.

  • Organization: View cash receipts by organization.

  • Project: View cash receipts by project.

After you apply selection criteria, matching records display in the Cash Receipts Header table window. From there, you can:

  • Open the Exchange Rates subtask, a standard functionality on multiple Accounting screens, which displays exchange rates applied to multicurrency transactions.

  • Open the Cash Receipt Lines subtask to explore detailed line items linked to each header record.

 

Cash Receipts Header 

Use this table window to view cash receipt header records based on the selection criteria you entered on the header section of the screen. It reflects the header section of the Manage Cash Receipts screen and has the following columns:

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Subperiod

  • Cash Receipt Number

  • Posted

  • Line Total Functional

  • Line Total Transaction

  • Entered User ID

  • Entered Date

  • Post Sequence

  • Receipt Date

  • Pay Currency

  • Bank Deposit Number

  • Cash Receipt Type (Header)

 

Cash Receipt Lines

Use this subtask to view details of each record in the Cash Receipts Header table window. It reflects the fields in the Cash Receipt Details table window of the Manage Cash Receipts screen and has the following columns:

  • Line Number

  • Account

  • Account Name

  • Organization

  • Organization Name

  • Project

  • Project Name

  • REF1

  • REF2

  • Invoice ID

  • Customer ID

  • Customer Name

  • Check Number

  • Transaction Description

  • Discount Func

  • Amount Received Func

  • Bank Abbr

  • Vendor ID

  • Advance ID

  • Cash Account Line Flag

  • Line Source

  • Amount Received Trans

  • Discount Tran

  • Finance Charge Func

  • Finance Charge Trans

  • Expense Report ID

  • Bank Amount

  • Check

  • Notes

  • Transfer Account Key

  • Cash Account Desc

  • Cash Receipt Type

Attention: For more information, see the View Cash Receipts online help topic.

 

View Journal Entries (GLQJEI)

Costpoint introduces another new screen, View Journal Entries, which provides an easy way to view or monitor your journal entries.

It has the header section, where you can enter selection criteria for viewing records, and the JE Header table window, which has the Exchange Rates and Cash Receipt Lines subtasks.

You have the option to view a comprehensive list of journal entries or refine the selection criteria to view a preferred list based on the following:

  • Fiscal Year: View journal entries entered within a fiscal year.

  • Periods: View journal entries entered within a period/subperiod or a range of periods/subperiods.

  • Journal Type: View journal entries based on the journal type. You can select one of the following:

  • All

  • Adjusting

  • Recurring

  • Reversal Adjusting

  • Reversal Recurring

  • Project Transfer

  • Multi-Job Allocations

  • Balance Sheet Revaluation

  • Intracompany Work Assignment

  • Include Unposted: Display unposted transactions in the result set.

After you apply selection criteria, matching records display in the JE Header table window. From there, you can:

  • Open the Exchange Rates subtask, a standard functionality in multiple Accounting screens, which displays exchange rates applied to multicurrency transactions.

  • Open the Posting Details subtask to explore detailed line items linked to each header record.

 

JE Header

Use this table window to view journal entry header records based on the selection criteria you entered on the header section of the screen. It reflects multiple fields from the Manage Journal Entries screen and has the following columns:

  • Unpost

  • JE Number

  • JE Description

  • Reversal Flag

  • Journal Code

  • Fiscal Year

  • Period

  • Subperiod

  • Post Sequence Number

  • Entered by ID

  • Entered Date

  • Last Modified By

  • Approved Flag

  • Approval Date

  • Approval User ID

  • Trans Currency

  • Debit

  • Credit

  • Trans Debit

  • Trans Credit

  • Hours

 

Posting Details

Use this subtask to view details of each record in the JE Header table window. It reflects the multiple fields from the Manage Journal Entries screen and has the following columns:

  • JE Line

  • Debit

  • Credit

  • Trans Debit

  • Trans Credit

  • Hours

  • Trans Currency

  • Account

  • Account Name

  • Organization

  • Organization Name

  • Project

  • Project Name

  • JE Description

  • Journal Code

  • Notes

  • Ref1

  • Ref2

The Posting Details subtask also features the Employee Labor and Vendor Labor subtasks. Use these subtasks to view labor details if the Hours column of a detail line is greater than 0.

 

Employee Labor

Use this subtask to view labor information for employees for the line selected on the Posting Details subtask. It displays the following information:

  • Sub Line

  • Func Amount

  • Trans Labor Amount

  • Hours

  • Employee ID

  • GLC

  • PLC

  • Effective Bill Date

 

Vendor Labor

Use this subtask to view labor information for subcontractors or consultants for the line selected on the Posting Details subtask. It displays the following information:

  • Sub Line

  • Func Amount

  • Trans Labor Amount

  • Hours

  • Vendor ID

  • Vendor Employee ID

  • Vendor Employee Name

  • GLC

  • PLC

  • Effective Bill Date

 

View General Ledger Activity (GLQINQ)

The View General Ledger Activity screen now offers an expanded capability that enables you to view GL transactions across multiple accounts and organizations. With this enhancement, you can now efficiently access, filter, and analyze journal data across a broader scope. 

The Account and Org ID selection criteria have both been upgraded to drop-down lists which offer the following options:

  • All: Select this option to view GL information for all accounts or organizations.

  • One: Select this option to view GL information for a single account or organization.

  • Range: Select this option to view GL information for a contiguous range of accounts or organizations. If you select this option, you must enter the beginning value for the range in the Start field and enter the ending value of the range in the End field.

  • From Beginning: Select this option to view GL information for a range of accounts or organizations that begins with the first of all the available account or organization records and ends with the value that you enter in the End field. The Start field is disabled for this option.

  • To End: Select this option to view GL information for a range of accounts or organizations that begins with the value that you enter in the Start field and ends with the last of all the available account or organization records. The End field is disabled for this option.

 

Print Journal Entry Posting Summary Report (GLRPSTSM)

Reports generated on the Print Journal Entry Posting Summary Report screen now include additional user and approval information. 

The printouts now display the following:

  • Enter User ID: This field displays the ID of the user who entered the journal entry.

  • Entered User: This field displays the name of the user who entered the journal entry.

  • Approver ID: This field displays the ID of the user who approved the journal entry.

  • Approver: This field displays the name of the user who approved the journal entry.

  • Approval Date: This field displays the date when the journal entry was approved.



Revaluation Settlement (Opt-In Available)
8.2.12

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.12 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint Accounting now offers a streamlined solution for managing your revaluation process. The challenge of addressing unending revaluations from foreign currency transactions that still have remaining amounts in functional currency due to exchange rate fluctuations is now eliminated through the addition of the new Revaluation Settlement screen.

Through this enhancement, you can make a final settlement for any remaining functional amounts from multicurrency transactions and enter them to your gains or losses account to exclude them from the calculations on your future balance sheet revaluation cycles.

Note: Watch this video to learn about the highlights of this feature: Revaluation Settlement.

Multiple changes have been applied to the Accounting domain to support this enhancement.

 

Revaluation Settlement (GLPBSSTL)

The new Revaluation Settlement screen has been added in Accounting » General Ledger » Journal Entry Processing » Revaluation

Use this screen to enter, view, manage, and post settlement journal entries for multicurrency transactions that have been paid in foreign currency but have remaining amounts in functional currency that result from exchange rate fluctuations and balance sheet revaluation processes.

You must select available foreign currency transactions that offset each other and have a net balance of zero (0) when totaled and add them to the Settlement Journal. Once you add offsetting transactions to the journal, any remaining amount in functional currency will be posted to your realized gains or loss account as a final settlement entry and will no longer be included in the calculation when you run a balance sheet revaluation process in the future.

You can create settlement entries any time, but you can post them only if there are no unposted balance sheet revaluation entries. 

You can print the Settlement Journal and Settlement Detail report and post the settlement journal entry in one action by selecting the Print and Post Settlement Journal option on the Default Action drop-down list. If you select this option, Costpoint inserts the data from the Settlement Journal to the RPT_BSR_TABLE, JE_TRN_HS, GL_POST_SUM, and GL_DETL database tables.

You can also opt to only view or print the journal and the detail report without running the posting process by clicking the Preview and/or Print buttons on the Global Toolbar.

The Revaluation Settlement screen has the Revaluation Settlement and Filtering Criteria sections, the Available Transactions and Settled Transactions table windows, and the Settlement Journal subtask.

 

Revaluation Settlement

Use this section to enter the posting parameters for the settlement entry. 

You can use the Fiscal Year and Period fields to specify in which fiscal year and period to post the settlement entry. 

The Processing Options for Posting group box contains options for the offsetting account, offset organization, and the revalue organization.

The Settlement Number field displays an 11-digit system-generated identification number for the settlement entry. It follows the format <YYYY><PP><NNNNN>, where the first four digits correspond to the fiscal year, the fifth and sixth digits correspond to the period, and the remaining digits is the system-assigned journal entry number.

 

Filtering Criteria

Use this section to configure which records you want to display in the Available Transactions table window. Enter or select values in the following fields to set the filtering criteria:

  • Account (except accounts that are entered on the Exclude Accounts from Create Revaluation Entry screen)

  • Currency (foreign transaction currencies that are different from your functional currency)

  • Organization

  • Transaction Date > (Costpoint retrieves records dated after the value you enter in this field and were posted in a fiscal year that is earlier or equal to the value you entered in the Fiscal Year field of the Revaluation Settlement section.)

  • Project

After you enter the filtering criteria, click the Execute button on the Global Toolbar to populate the Available Transactions table window.

Note: The Filtering Criteria section displays the Reverse checkbox and the Settlement Number to Reverse field. However, the ability to reverse a posted settlement is still under development and will be available in a future Costpoint release.

 

Available Transactions

This table window displays transaction records pulled from the GL_DETL table based on the parameters you set in the Filtering Criteria section.

Use this table window to select offsetting transactions with matching currencies which when totaled, result in a zero net (0) transaction amount, and add them to the Settled Transactions table window.

You can highlight multiple records by holding the CTRL key while clicking the corresponding checkbox for each record.

You can repeatedly modify the filtering criteria to display different result sets in this table window, but each result set can display only one currency at a time. 

It has the following buttons and fields:

Field

Description

Query

Click this button to set additional filters or sorting criteria for the records displayed on the table window. 

The parameters you set in the query do not override the parameters in the Filtering Criteria section.

Select

Click this button to add the highlighted records to the Settled Transactions table window.

Account

This field displays the value you entered in the Account field of the Filtering Criteria section.

Org

This field displays the organization assigned to the transaction.

Project

This field displays the project assigned to the transaction.

FY

This field displays the fiscal year to which the transaction is posted.

Period

This field displays the period to which the transaction is posted.

Description

This field displays the transaction description.

Func Amt

This field displays the transaction amount in your functional currency.

Tran Amt

This field displays the transaction amount.

Tran Currency

This field displays the transaction currency.

The result set displays only transactions with the same currency at a time.

 

Settled Transactions

Use this table to review the offsetting transactions you selected in the Available Transactions table window and add them to the Settlement Journal. The fields in this table window are identical to the fields in the Available Transactions table window except for the Add to Settlement button.

Once you have reviewed all the transactions, click Add to Settlement to enter the offsetting records in the Settlement Journal. 

You have the option to add the records in separate groups, provided that the journal entry for the settlement transaction you are modifying has not been posted. In addition, a single Settlement Number can have offsetting transactions in different currencies, but you can add only transactions with the same account/org/currency combination per group, and the total Tran Amt per currency must be zero.

To add more offsetting records, query the Settlement Number of the entry you want to modify on the Revaluation Settlement section. 

You can add transactions to the Settlement Journal only if the value of the Balance (Tran) field is zero, the value of the Balance (Func) field is not zero, and there are no unposted settlement entries. Otherwise, an error message displays.

After you add offsetting transactions to the journal, click the Settlement Journal subtask to view the details of the settlement.

 

Settlement Journal

The Settlement Journal subtask displays detail records of a settlement transaction.

It displays the original offsetting records that you added from the Settled Transactions table window and also displays the settlement record that is posted to your gain/loss account in your functional currency. 

The original offsetting records will have the journal code of the transaction screen where it was entered while the settlement entries will have BSR as its journal code.

It has the following fields:

Field

Description

Query

Click this button to set additional filters or sorting criteria for the records displayed on the subtask.

Settlement Number

This field displays the settlement number of the journal to which the record is added.

Account

If the Journal Code is BSR, this displays the Offsetting Account you selected in the Processing Options for Posting group box.

Otherwise, this field displays the account assigned to offsetting transaction.

Org

If the Journal Code is BSR, this displays the Offset Organization or the Revalue Organization you selected in the Processing Options for Posting group box.  

Otherwise, this field displays the organization assigned to offsetting transaction.

Project

This field displays the project assigned to the offsetting transaction.

FY

If the Journal Code is BSR, this field displays the Fiscal Year you entered on the Revaluation Settlement section. It identifies the fiscal year to which settlement entry is posted.

Otherwise, this field displays the fiscal year to which the offsetting transaction is originally posted.

Period

If the Journal Code is BSR, this field displays the Period you entered on the Revaluation Settlement section. It identifies the period to which settlement entry is posted.

Otherwise, this field displays the period to which the offsetting transaction is originally posted.

Subperiod

If the Journal Code is BSR, this field displays the Subperiod you entered on the Revaluation Settlement section. It identifies the subperiod to which settlement entry is posted.

Otherwise, this field displays the subperiod to which the offsetting transaction is originally posted.

Journal Code

This field displays the journal entry code of the transaction screen where the record was created. 

For settlement records, this field displays BSR.

Description

If the Journal Code is BSR, this field displays Settlement Revaluation or Settlement Reversal.

Otherwise, this field displays the original offsetting transaction description.

Func Amt

This field displays the transaction amount in your functional currency.

Tran Amt

This field displays the transaction amount.

Tran Currency

This field displays the transaction currency.

Gain/Loss Amt

This field displays remaining amount from the offsetting transactions in your functional currency.

BSR Currency

This field displays the settlement currency.

Group No

This field indicates the group identification number to which a record is included when it was added to the Settlement Journal.

 

Delete Settlement Journal

Use this subtask of the Settlement Journal subtask to delete an entire Settlement Journal or a group of records in the journal. This functionality works only for unposted journals.

When you delete a group, the deleted Group No. can no longer be reused for that Settlement Journal. When you enter a new group, Costpoint iterates the last used group number and assigns it to the new group.

Note: The feature for reversing posted settlements is under development and will be available in a future Costpoint release.

 

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE)

The new BSR Tran Currency field has been added to the JE Details table window to allow you to enter the currency that will be used for revaluation when you create a new manual BSR journal entry. 

If you view settlement entries posted through the Revaluation Settlement screen, this field also displays the currency of the offsetting transactions for that settlement. However, if you view BSR entries processed on the Create Revaluation Entry screen, the BSR Tran Currency field is blank.

Note: The feature for reversing posted settlements is under development and will be available in a future Costpoint release.

The BSR Tran Currency field displays only if the Type in the Identification group box is set to Balance Sheet Revaluation.

 

Post Journal Entries (GLPJE)

Updates have been applied to this screen to complement the addition of the BSR Tran Currency field on the Manage Journal Entries screen.

When you post BSR entries, this screen now inserts the BSR Tran Currency to the JE_TRN_HS, GL_DETL, and RPT_BSR_TABLE database tables.

 

Reverse Posted Journal Entry (GLPREVJE)

This screen has been enhanced to prevent the reversal of BSR entries that were created on the Revaluation Settlement screen.

Note: The feature for reversing settlement entries is under development and will be available in a future Costpoint release.

 

Manage System Assigned JE Number (GLMJENUM)

The Journal Code drop-down list on the Details table window now includes the STL option to allow you to manually set up the last system number that can be assigned to a settlement entry for a given fiscal year/period combination.

Although you can enter a maximum length of nine digits, we recommend that you enter only a maximum of five digits for the STL journal code. If you enter more than nine digits, an error displays on the Revaluation Settlement screen.

If you did not set up the last system number for settlement entries and you enter a settlement transaction on the Revaluation Settlement screen, Costpoint automatically sets up an STL record on the Details table window for the fiscal year/period combination of the first settlement transaction. 

 

Manage Accounting Periods (GLMPD)

The Journal Entry Status table window now includes the STL code to enable you to post settlement entries for a given fiscal year/period or fiscal year/period/subperiod combination.

If you set the status of the STL code to Not Available, you will not be able to enter a Last System Number for the STL journal code on the Manage System Assigned JE Number screen. However, you will still be able to enter and post settlement entries on the Revaluation Settlement screen.

 

Manage Subperiods (GLMSUBPD)

The Journal Entry Status table window now includes the STL code to enable you to post settlement entries for a given fiscal year/period/subperiod combination.



Settlement Reversal (Opt-in Available)
8.2.15

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.15 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now provides an enhanced solution for managing your revaluation process with the new Settlement Reversal feature. This addition to the Revaluation Settlement screen, first introduced in Costpoint 8.2.12, allows you to reverse specific records in a previously posted Settlement Journal or reverse an entire journal.

Through this feature, you can reverse only a group of offsetting records or entire journals as needed and make precise modifications to existing Settlement Journals, ensuring accurate revaluation transactions and enhancing the management of multicurrency transactions with greater control and accuracy.

This feature ensures your revaluation processes are more accurate and adaptable, improving overall financial management.

Multiple changes have been applied to the Accounting domain to support this enhancement.

 

Revaluation Settlement (GLPBSSTL)

The Revaluation Settlement screen now has the Reversal group box, which contains the following fields: 

  • Reverse: Select this checkbox to indicate that the transaction is a settlement reversal. When you select this checkbox, fields in the Filtering Criteria section are disabled.

  • Settlement Number to Reverse: Use this field to enter or select the settlement number of a posted Settlement Journal for which you want to make a reversal. 

This field is enabled only if you select the Reverse checkbox.

The Lookup displays records only if you have entered a Fiscal Year and Period and displays only numbers of Settlement Journals that have not yet been fully reversed.

To reverse a settlement:

  1. Select the Reverse checkbox and enter or select a Settlement Number to Reverse.

  2. Click Execute.

The Available Transactions table window displays offsetting transactions under that settlement number. 

  1. Highlight the offsetting transactions that want to reverse and click Select

You must select only offsetting transactions with the same currency, and their net balance must be equal to zero. 

To reverse the entire journal, you must add all the offsetting records under the original settlement number but in separate groups of similar currency at a time. 

The amounts will be displayed as reversed values (positive amounts to negative amounts, and vice versa) in the Settled Transactions table window.

  1. In the Settled Transactions table window, review the records and click Add to Settlement.

You can add to the Settlement Journal only offsetting transactions with the same currency, and their net balance must be equal to zero.

The offsetting records with reversed amounts are added to the reversing Settlement Journal, and the reversing gain/loss record will have a BSR journal code and Settlement Reversal description.

  1. Click the drop-down list of the Default Action button and select Print and Post Settlement Journal.

After you post a reversing Settlement Journal, the reversed offsetting transactions will be made available for future settlement transactions, but the original settlement number can no longer be used.

 

Create Revaluation Entry (GLPBSREV)

With the addition of the Revaluation Settlement screen, the Create Revaluation Entry screen now has more optimized functionalities to provide you a streamlined solution for handling your revaluation process.

Costpoint now includes the revaluation currency in BSR journal entries when you perform a revaluation process. When you view unposted BSR entries on the Manage Journal Entries screen, Costpoint displays the revaluation currency in the BSR Tran Currency field of the JE Details table window.

With the inclusion of the revaluation currency, BSR journal entries are now grouped by account/organization/currency combinations so you can view, analyze, and manage your revaluation entries more easily. Through this update, you can identify your gains/losses amounts for each account/organization/currency combination.

Furthermore, to successfully post revaluation entries, you must ensure that there are no unposted settlement entries for the fiscal year/period combination you are trying to revalue. This is reciprocated on the Revaluation Settlement screen as you would be unable to post settlement entries if there are unposted revaluation entries.

Foreign currency transactions that have been offset and assigned a Settlement Number on the Revaluation Settlement screen will no longer be included in the revaluation process.



Supplier Portal Invoice Status and Payment Information (Opt-in Available)
8.2.12

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 8.2.12 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

This feature allows you to see the invoices you submitted, see the status of these invoices, and be able to communicate on them. In addition, this feature allows you to lookup an invoice in Manage Invoices and see the EFT info, Payments, Invoice Status, and purchase order (PO) balances so you can track payments of the paying company.

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

When processing PO vouchers, payers can now communicate with suppliers using the newly added Notes fields in the Internal Approval and Supplier Approval group boxes of the Invoice Approvals tab. 

Payers can enter messages or comments in the Notes field of the Internal Approval group box, which is enabled only if both the payer and the supplier have approved the voucher or invoice.

Conversely, the Notes field in the Supplier Approval group box displays messages or comments entered by the supplier in Supplier Portal.

In addition, an Invoice Approval History subtask has been added to the screen to display a history of approval action changes made to the invoice. This subtask displays the following information:

Field

Description

Modified Date/Time

This field displays the date and time when the status or notes were last updated by the payer or supplier.

Modified By

This field displays the ID of the user who applied changes.

Approval Action

This field displays the action associated with the supplier or payer making changes to the approval action or adding approval notes.

Valid values include:

  • Created by Supplier

  • Approved by Supplier

  • Modified by Supplier

  • Deleted by Supplier

  • Notes by Supplier

  • Created by Payer

  • Approved by Payer

  • Modified by Payer

  • Deleted by Payer

  • Notes by Payer

Notes

This field displays notes entered regarding the approval.

 

Post Vouchers (APPPOSTV)

When you post vouchers, this screen now includes action notes in the posted records and enters action notes from the VCHR_HDR_ACTION table to the VCHR_HDR_ACTION_HS table.

 

Reverse Posted Vouchers (APPREVVR)

When you reverse posted vouchers, this screen also restores action notes entered in the VCHR_HDR_ACTION_HS table to the VCHR_HDR_ACTION table.

 

View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

The Voucher History Table window now has the Supplier Poral Notes field, which payers can use to communicate with suppliers. This field allows payers to enter any message or comment relating to a voucher. It is enabled only if the Voucher Type is PO, the voucher has been approved, and the vendor is licensed for Supplier Portal.

Two subtasks have also been added to this screen: Invoice Approval History and Payments. These subtasks display information for PO vouchers only.

Similar to the functionality in Manage Purchase Order Vouchers, you can use the Invoice Approval History subtask to view the history of approval action changes made to a voucher, while the Payment subtask displays payment details tied to a voucher. It has the following fields:

Field

Description

Joint Payee

This field displays a joint check payee for checks that were printed outside Costpoint.

Payment Method

This field displays the vendor payment method. Values include Check, EFT, or EFT Non-US.

Separate Check

This checkbox indicates if each voucher for this vendor must be paid using a separate check. If the Pay Vendor ID on the voucher is different from the Vendor ID and cannot be changed, this checkbox is selected.

Check No

This field displays the identification number of the check used for payment.

Check Status

This field displays the status of the check.

Check Date

This field displays the check date.

Check Amount

This field displays the payment amount on the check.

EFT Pmt Type

This field displays the EFT file format for all payments for this vendor address. This information is for non-US EFT only.

The EFT payment type displays only if you are using a custom version of the Create EFT File screen that uses EFT payment types.

EFT Bank ID

This field displays the US or non-US bank ID to which an EFT payment was sent.

EFT Bank Account

This field displays the US or non-US bank account number used for EFT.

EFT Amount

This displays the amount of the EFT transaction.

 

 

 

Materials Domain Enhancements

Multiple enhancements were also applied to the Materials domain to support this feature. For more information, view the same Supplier Portal Invoice Status and Payment Information topic in the Materials section of these release notes.



Vendor Employee Termination Date
2025.4

You can now capture and track a vendor employee’s termination date in Costpoint. This new capability helps ensure better oversight of workforce-related elements and transactional activities that may be impacted by a vendor employee’s termination. It also enables you to manage dependencies and maintain data accuracy across processes related to a vendor employee’s status.

To support this feature, a Termination Date field has been added to the Manage Vendors and Manage Vendor Employees screens. This new field also displays on the Vendor Employee Detail report.

On the Configure Vendor Settings screen, the new Update Vendor Employee Workforce with Termination Date checkbox has been added. Use this checkbox to indicate if changes to a vendor employee’s termination date should automatically update their Ending Date in a workforce record. 

If you select this checkbox and the vendor employee is assigned to a workforce, you can only enter a termination date that is later than the workforce start date.

In addition, the Termination Date (VEND_EMPL_TERM_DATE) column has been added to the input file of the Import Vendor Employees screen to allow you to specify a vendor employee’s termination date when importing records. If you enter a value in this column, Costpoint automatically sets the vendor employee status to Inactive upon import. 

If the Update Vendor Employee Workforce with Termination Date checkbox is selected in Configure Vendor Settings, the vendor employee’s Ending Date in a workforce record will be updated after import.



Vendor Labor Effective Bill Date Validation
8.2.15

The Import Purchase Order Vouchers screen now has an added validation process to check if the Effective Bill Date of a vendor labor line falls within the specified start and end dates of a workforce or project labor category (PLC). 

If an Effective Bill Date is not within a workforce or PLC date range, the line will not be imported and an error will display on the Import PO Vouchers Error Report.



Visibility Enhancements for AI-Powered AP Voucher and Journal Entry Assessments (Opt-in Available)
2026.1

Note:

  • For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to these features (Feature 2418721 for journal entry AI approval insights and Feature 2484473 for AP voucher AI approval insights) for the Costpoint 2026.1 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

  • Feature 2307499 must be enabled in Manage Opt-in Features before you can utilize Feature 2484473.

  • Feature 2374442 must be enabled in Manage Opt-in Features before you can utilize Feature 2418721.

Costpoint now offers greater visibility on how AI makes approval decisions. Further streamlining the AI-Powered Journal Entry and AP Voucher Approval functionalities introduced in a previous release, these new features let you view Dela’s rationale, confidence setting, and reason code for each transaction.

Whether a user’s approval mode is set for recommendation or enforcement, this added transparency helps you understand Dela's decision after assessing a transaction. It also strengthens auditability and gives you more confidence in the automated AI-powered assessment process.

To support these features, the following fields were added to AP voucher and journal entry screens:

Location

Field

Description

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE)

Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

View Journal Entries (GLQJEI)

Dela Review

This field displays Dela’s decision after reviewing the AP voucher or journal entry.

It displays one of the following:

  • Dela Analyzed Review Advised 

  • Dela Recommended

  • Dela Analyzed Manual Approval Required:

  • Dela Approved 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE)

Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

View Journal Entries (GLQJEI)

Dela Reason

This field displays the basis for the decision displayed in the Dela Review field. 

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE)

Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

View Journal Entries (GLQJEI) 

Dela Confidence Setting

This field displays Dela’s confidence level setting at the time of review.

When the confidence level is lower (for example, 70), Dela accepts matches even if it is not very sure. This might result in more matches, but some could be less similar to historical data.

When the confidence level is higher (for example, 100), Dela will only accept matches when it is very sure. This might result in fewer matches but they will closely resemble historical data.

Manage Accounts Payable Vouchers (APMVCHR)

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

View Voucher History Inquiry (APQVCHRH)

Manage Journal Entries (GLMJE)

Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

View Journal Entries (GLQJEI)

Dela Reviewed Date

This field displays the date when Dela analyzed the AP voucher or journal entry.

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

Approval User

This field displays the ID of the user authorized for AI-powered assessments.

Approve Vouchers (APMVCHRA)

Approve Journal Entries (GLMJEA)

Approval Date

This field displays the date when the AP voucher or journal entry was approved.



Year-End Roll Forward with Balance Sheet Revaluation Currency
2025.2

Costpoint introduces a new and improved process for updating general ledger (GL) beginning balances, enabling you to view specific balance details for transactional currencies that have undergone settlement revaluation or balance sheet revaluation. Previously, GL beginning balances displayed only totaled amounts for each transactional currency. 

With this enhancement, transactional currencies involved in revaluations will now have separate lines, one for each balance sheet revaluation (BSR) currency used. 

This update simplifies tracking and improves financial insight by offering greater visibility into revaluation details.

Several screens in the General Ledger module have been enhanced to support this feature.

 

Update General Ledger Beginning Balances (GLPUPBB)

The Update General Ledger Beginning Balances screen now features an improved calculation method that accounts for account/organization/currency combinations.

This upgrade enables Costpoint to identify transactional currencies that have undergone revaluation, calculate beginning balances for each of those transactional currencies based on the Balance Sheet Revaluation (BSR) currency used, and convert those transactional balances accurately into their functional currency values.

When you run the update process, Costpoint applies the new calculation method and saves a separate line for each revalued transactional currency and the BSR currency used for its revaluation.

 

Transactional Currency Beginning Balances Subtask 

The Transactional Currency Beginning Balances subtask has been improved to display separate lines for each transactional currency and BSR currency combination on both the Manage Project Beginning Balances and Manage Non-Project Beginning Balances screens. 

This enhancement provides greater clarity and precision by displaying revalued transactional currencies individually. You will now be able to view distinct entries for each currency combination, with the new BSR Currency field as a key criterion. This change ensures more accurate calculation of a currency’s Beginning Balance Amounts (transactional and functional).

Previously, the subtask displayed only one line per transactional currency. With this update, revalued currencies, whether through revaluation settlement or balance sheet revaluation, will have their own lines, making it easier to track and manage your financial data.



AI PO Voucher Automated Approvals - Additional Enhancements
2026.3

This feature allows you to use Dela to create a purchase order from a requisition and complete the process without manually creating the PO on the Create Purchase Orders screen.

Note: This enhancement is coded under Opt-In Feature 2411396 which is dependent on Feature 2307499 in the Opt-In tool and both are automatically enabled in Costpoint 2026.4. 

 

 

Import Purchase Order Vouchers

This application now supports AI-assisted approval when imported PO vouchers meet the required conditions. If AI approval is enabled and the voucher qualifies, Costpoint can automatically approve the voucher or recommend it for approval. The voucher record also stores AI review details such as approval description, confidence level, date and time, and reason. 


Approve PO Invoices (POMAINVC)

You can now use AI-assisted auto-approval for PO vouchers created from supplier-approved and internally approved PO or subcontractor invoices.

This change also applies to the following screens:

 

  • Manage Invoices (SPMINVC)

  • Manage Subcontractor Invoices (SMMMINVC)

  • Approve Subcontractor Invoices (SMMAINVC)

 

 

Recompute and Print Discrepancies (POPPOVCH)

These applications now use AI-assisted approval logic when creating PO vouchers. When the voucher qualifies, Costpoint can approve it automatically or recommend it for approval, depending on user setup. The applications also update the DELA result fields and support the same notification and manual review behavior used in other voucher approval flows.

This change also applies to the following screens:

 

  • Create PO Vouchers from POs/Receipts (POPDISC)

  • Create Subcontract Purchase Order Vouchers (POPSCVCH)

  • Create Debit Memos (POPDM)

 

 

This change requires the following:

  • cp82_cmnlib_pompolib_006.zip 

  • cp82_poppovch_002.zip

  • cp82_popscvch_004.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11825_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11841_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11947_001.zip

  • cp82_dbc_820_11854_001.zip

  • deltekcostpointmaintenancerelease_8.2.8.5009.exe



CSV Option for Importing Accounts Payable Vouchers
8.2.3

You can now import Accounts Payable (A/P) vouchers using a Comma-Separated Values (CSV) input file.

A CSV file is a text file format that uses commas to separate values. It stores table data in plain text, and each line in the file represents one record. Each record consists of the same number of fields which are separated by commas in the CSV file.

You can enter Header, Detail, or Vendor Labor records. You must import a header format file for every detail format file, while vendor labor format files are optional. 

You can import both A/P vouchers in your functional currency, or multicurrency A/P vouchers using a CSV input file.

Refer to the Processing Details sections of the Import Accounts Payable Vouchers screen and Import Accounts Payable Multicurrency Vouchers screen help topics to view the format of input files.

 

Example

Voucher Header input file:

[image] 

Voucher Detail input file:

[image] 

Vendor Labor input file:

[image] 

 

Screen Updates

To support this enhancement, the new Comma-Separated Values option has been added to the Select Input Format drop-down list of the Import Accounts Payable Vouchers and Import Accounts Payable Multicurrency Vouchers screens.

[image] 



Intelligent Character Recognition for Creating PO Vouchers
2026.3

Costpoint now supports creating purchase order vouchers using Intelligent Character Recognition (ICR) and Content Management Integration (CMI). This enhancement lets you attach and scan PO invoices and have Costpoint automatically extract invoice data and load it into a new PO voucher. This feature reduces manual data entry while ensuring that existing purchase order validations and matching rules continue to apply.

 

 

Manage Purchase Order Vouchers (POMPOVCH)

When the Manage Purchase Order Vouchers screen is set up with the CMI functionality, the Attach & Scan option becomes available in the Attach drop-down list. This option allows you to upload and scan a PO invoice and automatically populate PO voucher fields using extracted invoice data.

When you scan an invoice, Costpoint extracts the following information:

  • Vendor name

  • Invoice number

  • Invoice date

  • Invoice amount

  • Purchase order number

  • Payment terms

  • Invoice due date

  • Notes

  • Line details, including quantity, unit price, and line amount

Costpoint displays the extracted invoice information in a Scan Results pop-up, where you can review and update the data before creating a voucher. Some extracted details, such as invoice line quantities and unit prices, are not displayed in the initial scan results view but are loaded onto the PO voucher when you apply the scan results.

When you click Apply in the Scan Results pop-up, Dela then processes the extracted invoice data and determines whether a PO voucher can be created.

Dela performs the following checks using existing Costpoint logic:

  • Vendor validation

  • Duplicate invoice check

  • Purchase order status check

  • Match rule evaluation:

  • 2-way matching (PO and invoice)

  • 3-way matching (PO, receipt, and invoice)

Note: If no packing slip and/or receipt ID is provided, Costpoint searches and loads all available receipts associated with the purchase order.

During matching, Dela evaluates:

  • Quantity tolerance

  • Price tolerance

  • Receipt availability (for 3-way matching)

All other existing validations that apply when manually creating and saving a PO voucher also apply when vouchers are loaded through ICR.

 

Validation Messages

Costpoint may display the following messages if it encounters issues during processing:

Condition

Type

Message

Behavior

Purchase Order is already closed

Warning

This Purchase Order is already closed.

Costpoint still allows data to be populated on the screen. This is an existing validation and behavior.

Purchase Order ID or release does not exist in the PO_HDR table

Error

Purchase Order / Release does not exist.

Costpoint does not load any information on the screen.

Vendor name on the PO invoice does not match the vendor for the PO ID

Warning

Vendor Name on the PO Invoice does not match the Vendor Name associated to the Purchase Order.

Costpoint does not populate the vendor from the scanned invoice. Instead, it populates the vendor associated with the purchase order.

Receipt ID does not exist for the purchase order

Warning

Receipt ID is not linked to the specified Purchase Order.

Costpoint does not load the receipt ID or any receipt details on the screen.

Packing slip does not exist for the purchase order

Warning

Packing Slip is not linked to the specified Purchase Order.

Costpoint does not load the receipt ID or any receipt details on the screen.

 

 

 

 

 

Costpoint automatically creates the PO voucher and assigns a Draft or Submitted status based on whether the draft feature is enabled. If approval is required, Costpoint can trigger Dela’s automatic approval or route the voucher through the manual approval workflow.

 

This enhancement requires the following:

  • cp82_cmnlib_mmorgseclib_001.zip

  • cp82_cmnlib_pompolib_007.zip

  • cp82_pompovch_011.zip 



Admin

Manage Application/Content Links
8.2.4

For mobile devices, you can now make your camera the default source by selecting Set Camera as the Default Source on mobile devices in the Manage Application/Content Links application.



Capture & Contracts

Activity Notification Enhancements
2025.4

This release introduces an update to the Manage Activities (CTMACTV) screen that improves scheduling efficiency and collaboration. When you click the Download Outlook (.ics) button on the main screen, Costpoint now includes all resources assigned to the activity in the downloaded iCalendar (.ics) file, provided these resources have an associated email address. This helps ensure timely communication and minimizes the chance of missed activities.

As with existing functionality, resources are linked to an activity through the Resources subtask. If a resource has an email address indicated on this subtask, it displays in the .ics file as a Required attendee using the full email address. After you download and open the .ics file, you can click Send or Send Update to forward the invite to all listed recipients.

Note: This enhancement applies only to the Download Outlook (.ics) button on the main screen. It does not apply to the same button found on the Tasks subtask.

The updated functionality is also available on all screens where the Activities subtask is embedded, including:

  • Manage Leads and Contacts (CTMLEAD)

  • Manage Opportunities (CTMOPP)

  • Manage Contracts (CTMCNTR)

  • Manage Subcontracts (CTMSBCNTR)

  • Manage Contract Management Customer Info (CTMCUST)

  • Manage Contract Management Vendor Info (CTMVEND)

 

Tasks Subtask Update

Validation has been added to the Tasks subtask, available on the Manage Activities screen and on the Activities subtask in other applications. If you enter multiple email addresses in the Additional Emails field without separating them with a semicolon, Costpoint now displays an error message when you save the record.



AI-Assisted Contract Creation in Dela
2026.1

Costpoint now offers a smarter, more efficient way to create contract records by enabling you to upload contract award PDFs directly into Dela, leveraging Intelligent Character Recognition (ICR) and Generative AI (GenAI). This enhancement automates data extraction, flags missing required fields, and prompts you only when necessary, enabling a seamless workflow from document upload to record creation.

Key highlights include the following:

  • Simple upload options: Drag-and-drop or search and upload contract award PDFs (supports both editable and image formats).

  • ICR- and GenAI-assisted extraction: The Contract Creation agent automatically captures key details from page 1 of these forms:

  • DD1155 (Department of Defense Form 1155: Order for Supplies or Services)

  • SF26 (Standard Form 26: Award/Contract)

  • SF33 (Standard Form 33: Solicitation, Offer, and Award)

  • SF1449 (Standard Form 1449: Solicitation/Contract/Order for Commercial Products and Commercial Services)

  • Dynamic input form: This form suggests required fields and assists with completion.

  • Integrated workflow: Complete the process from document upload to contract creation.

  • MS Teams integration: Access Dela directly through Teams.

This feature is available in both Costpoint Cloud and on-premises environments. Content Management Integration (CMI) is required for both deployment types to enable this capability. In SaaS (Cloud), CMI is included by default, while on-premises environments require CMI as an add-on component that must be configured.

Note: Your system administrator must first select the Show Scan button checkbox for Manage Contracts on the Manage Application/Content Links screen before you can use this feature. Refer to the Manage Application/Content Links help topics for more information.

To create a contract record using Dela:

  1. Access Dela via Costpoint or Microsoft Teams.

  2. Drag-and-drop or search and upload the contract PDF. 

  3. Review the extracted data displayed by Dela.

  4. Provide any missing required fields as prompted.

  5. Confirm that all required fields are complete.

Once all entries are finalized, Dela automatically creates the new contract record. 



Assessment Ratings (Opt-In Available)
2026.3

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2026.3 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Costpoint now allows you to exclude selected rating codes from performance score calculations. This update provides more control over how assessment scores are calculated by ensuring that only applicable factors impact the results.

The following applications have been updated for this enhancement.

 

Manage Performance Rating Codes (CTMCART)

You can now select the new Exclude From Calculation checkbox for each rating code. When this checkbox is selected, any assessment factor that uses the rating code is excluded from the overall assessment score.

A new Update Contracts button is now also available on this screen to apply changes made to the Exclude From Calculation checkbox. When you modify the Exclude From Calculation value for a rating code, Costpoint displays a prompt reminding you to save your changes and click Update Contracts to apply the updates. Clicking Update Contracts updates all contract records that use the modified rating code and recalculates scores across the following levels in Manage Contracts:

  • Assessment Details and Other Areas Details subtasks (section totals and percentages)

  • Performance Assessment tab (total score and percentage)

  • Contract header (average rating percentage)

 

Manage Contracts (CTMCNTR)

On the Assessment Details subtask of the Performance Ratings tab, each factor now includes an Exclude From Calculation checkbox. The checkbox defaults to the value defined for the rating code on the Manage Performance Rating Codes screen and cannot be edited in Manage Contracts. To modify this setting, update it in Manage Performance Rating Codes.

When an assessment factor is excluded, Costpoint removes it from the score and recalculates the percentage automatically. Updates are reflected immediately on both 

  • the Assessment Details subtask (Section Total Score and Percent

  • the Performance Assessment tab (Total Score and Percent)

The field label in Assessment Details has also been updated from Total Score to Section Total Score.

 

Calculation Behavior

Some rating codes (such as Not Applicable (NA), Insufficient Data, or similar values) are informational and are not intended to affect scoring.

Previously, all responses were included in the calculation, which could lower the overall score even when certain factors were not applicable.

With this update, excluded rating codes do not contribute to the score. As a result:

  • Scores reflect only evaluated criteria.

  • Calculations align more closely with assessment intent.

This behavior is particularly relevant for organizations that must record responses for compliance or audit purposes without affecting scoring.

For example, a contract includes five assessment factors, each worth 10 points. One factor is marked Not Applicable (NA) with a score of 0.

  • Before this update

The NA factor remains in the calculation and contributes 0 points.

Result: 25 out of 50 = 50%

  • After excluding the NA factor

Costpoint removes the factor from the calculation.

Result: 25 out of 40 = 60%

In this scenario, excluding the NA factor prevents it from lowering the overall score.



Contract Risk Management in Ask Dela
2026.2

The Intelligent Contract Assistant in Ask Dela enhances contract management in Costpoint by providing accurate, context-aware contract responses and in-conversation actions based on authoritative contract data.

With this update, you can identify and manage contract risk directly in Ask Dela. This includes:

  • Reviewing risk-related context provided in responses

  • Marking a contract as "At Risk"

  • Removing the "At Risk" indicator

[image] [image]

The Intelligent Contract Assistant is an ongoing agent that continuously learns and adapts to deliver improved contract responses over time, supporting scenarios such as risk status, funding utilization, billing performance, and compliance checks.

To learn more about using Ask Dela for contracts, click the Help icon on the Ask Dela window, navigate to the Contracts section, and watch the Contracts overview video or click any of the suggested prompts.

[image] [image]

For additional details, visit the Ask Dela page in the Deltek Learning Hub.



CPARS Creation Agent (Opt-In Available)
2026.3

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2026.3 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

This enhancement extends Contract Performance Assessment Reporting System (CPARS) functionality in Manage Contracts by introducing AI-based extraction of CPARS documents and expanding the Performance Assessment data model. Uploaded CPARS documents can be scanned to populate structured assessment fields, reducing manual data entry.

 

AI-Based CPARS Data Extraction

You can upload CPARS documents using the Attach & Scan option in Manage Contracts. PDFs are supported (image format only). Costpoint performs the following logic:

  • For each scan, a new performance assessment record is created in the contract.

  • Extracted data is mapped to existing and new fields on the Performance Assessment tab.

  • Up to 10 assessment factors can be extracted and stored in dedicated fields.

  • For all AI-generated records:

  • Assessment Format defaults to an IMPORT format and is not required.

  • Extracted values are validated against existing lookup tables where applicable.

  • Unmatched required fields must be completed before saving the record.

 

Performance Assessment Tab Updates

The Performance Assessment tab includes new and updated fields to support structured CPARS data:

  • Contractor Comments: This new field stores contractor-provided inputs.

  • Recommended Comments: This new field stores additional recommendation information about the contractor’s ability to perform contract requirements.

  • Total Score now equals the sum of the Section Total Score from the Assessment Details subtask and Section Total Score from the Other Areas Details subtask. 

  • Existing fields on the Performance Assessment tab as well as on the Assessment Details subtask are populated using extracted values and validated against system records.

 

New Other Areas Details Subtask

A new Other Areas Details subtask on the Performance Assessment tab captures evaluation factors not included in standard assessment categories.

  • Fields are populated from the CPARS document during scanning.

  • Each row represents an extracted assessment factor with: 

  • Assessment Factor description

  • Rating (mapped to rating codes when matched)

  • Comments

  • Includes scoring fields: 

  • Section Total Score (sum of factor scores)

  • Percent = (Total Score / Maximum Score) × 100

  • If selected, the Exclude From Calculation checkbox indicates that specific factors are omitted from score calculations.

 

Manage Application/Content Links (SYMCMIAL)

This update adds a new ICR Scan Type drop-down list to this screen to support scan routing for different AI-driven document processing scenarios.

ICR Scan Type allows administrators to specify which scanning prompt is invoked when documents are processed using the Attach & Scan functionality on the Manage Contracts screen. Valid values include:

  • None: This uses the default contract document scanning behavior at runtime.

  • CPARS: This uses the CPARS document scanning behavior at runtime.

This new drop-down list displays only when the Show Scan button checkbox is selected in Manage Application/Content Links. The CPARS option is available only if CTMCNTR is selected in the Application field. 



Creating Contract Defaults
8.2.15

Costpoint has added a new feature that allows you to set up default field options within contract records. This enhancement helps speed up the creation of new contract records by letting you pre-fill key fields with default values, such as contract status, contract classification, and other general contract information. You or your contract administrator will be able to:

  • Standardize default values to maintain uniformity across contract records.

  • Save time and reduce manual data entry.

  • Simplify the contract creation process, making it quicker and more efficient. 

The new Manage Contract Defaults screen has been created and two other applications have been updated for this enhancement. 

To set up contract defaults, follow this general procedure: 

  1. On the Configure Contract Management Settings screen, set the Default Type. The initial value is Company Default, but you can change it to Contract Type or Project Type. Each time you change the Default Type setting, make sure to run Rebuild Global Settings before entering data in Manage Contract Defaults.

  2. Go to the Manage Contract Defaults screen and set up the defaults for the available contract fields. 

  3. Go to the Manage Contracts screen and create a new record. Depending on the default type selected in Configure Contract Management Settings, Costpoint automatically populates the default fields in Manage Contracts once you enter data in one of the trigger fields. Note, however, that opportunity defaults still take precedence over default values entered in Manage Contract Defaults.

 

Configure Contract Management Settings (CTMSETNG)

A new Default Type field has been added to this screen. Valid options are:

  • None: If you select this option, you will not be able to enter and view contract default records on the Manage Contract Defaults screen.

  • Company Default: This is selected by default, but you can modify it. Keep it selected to create contract defaults that are not tied to a specific contract or project type.

  • Contract Type: Select this option to create contract defaults for a specific contract type.

  • Project Type: Select this option to create contract defaults for a specific project type.

If you change the Default Type value, run Rebuild Global Settings before entering data in Manage Contract Defaults.

 

Manage Contract Defaults (CTMCNTRDFLT)

Use this new screen to specify default values for new contract records.

 

Accessing the New Screen

Enter the application name or ID in Costpoint’s search bar. Alternatively, you can navigate to Capture & Contracts » Contract Management Controls » Contract Management Controls » Manage Contract Defaults.

 

Default Type Configuration

What you can create or view on this screen depends on the Default Type setting in Configure Contract Management Settings:

  • If Default Type is None, you will not be able to create new records and edit or view existing ones. Manage Contract Defaults displays the following message instead: "The Default Type is currently disabled and will need to be enabled in Configure Contract Management Settings before records can be added."

  • If Default Type is Company Default, Contract Type, or Project Type, you will be able to create, edit, delete, or view records in Manage Default Contracts based on the selected default type in Configure Contract Management Settings. For existing records, only those records that match the default type in Configure Contract Management Settings will display in Manage Contract Defaults. Other existing records remain hidden but are not deleted.

 

Multiple Default Records

You can create multiple contract default records for the Contract Type and Project Type options. However, multiple records with the same contract or project type are not allowed.

For Company Default, only one contract default record is allowed.

 

Setting Contract Defaults

You must save the new record before you can populate the Manage Contract Defaults Details subtask. Here, you can specify contract defaults for relevant fields. None of the fields are mandatory. You can set defaults for one, two, or even up to 70 fields, depending on your company’s needs.

In addition to the Contract Record Field and Contract Default columns, this subtask provides an extra Contract Record Tab column so you can easily locate a specific field across the various tabs available on the Manage Contracts screen.

 

Activation and Deactivation

You have the option to activate and deactivate contract defaults. Active defaults apply only to new records in Manage Contracts, leaving existing records unaffected. When you deactivate contract defaults, default values will not be used in new contract records and will also not affect existing records where those defaults have been applied. 

 

Manage Contracts (CTMCNTR)

You can now load contract defaults when creating new records in this application. If you have active defaults, Costpoint will populate the fields in Manage Contracts using contract values specified on the Manage Contract Defaults screen. 

The application uses triggers in existing fields when loading contract defaults. Note, however, that defaults from the main opportunity linked to the contract still take precedence over defaults indicated in Manage Contract Defaults.

Default Option

Trigger Field in Manage Contracts

Default Logic

Company Default

Contract Name

When you enter the Contract Name and move out of the field, Costpoint checks if the default option in Configure Contract Management Settings is set to Company Default. If so, the defaults will populate from Manage Contract Defaults.

If you later enter a Costpoint opportunity ID after entering the Contract Name, the opportunity record’s default values will override those from Manage Contract Defaults (unless the opportunity ID defaults are null). Otherwise, Company Default values will be used.

If you enter a Costpoint opportunity ID before the Contract Name, the opportunity defaults will populate the record. After you enter the Contract Name, only blank fields will be populated based on the defaults set up in Manage Contract Defaults, without overwriting the opportunity defaults.

Contract Type

Contract Type

When you select the Contract Type and move out of the field, Costpoint checks if the default option in Configure Contract Management Settings is set to Contract Type. If so, the defaults will populate from Manage Contract Defaults along with the matching contract type, provided that the contract type default record is active. If that contract type default record is not active, no defaults will populate the contract record.

If you later enter a Costpoint opportunity ID after entering the Contract Type, the opportunity record’s default values will override those from Manage Contract Defaults (unless the opportunity ID defaults are null). Otherwise, Contract Type default values will be used.

If you enter a Costpoint opportunity ID before the Contract Type, the opportunity defaults will populate the record. After you enter the Contract Type, only blank fields will be populated based on the defaults set up in Manage Contract Defaults, without overwriting the opportunity defaults.

Project Type

Project Type

When you select the Project Type and move out of the field, Costpoint checks if the default option in Configure Contract Management Settings is set to Project Type. If so, the defaults will populate from Manage Contract Defaults along with the matching project type, provided that the project type default record is active. If that project type default record is not active, no defaults will populate the contract record.

If you later enter a Costpoint opportunity ID after entering the Project Type, the opportunity record’s default values will override those from Manage Contract Defaults (unless the opportunity ID defaults are null). Otherwise, Project Type default values will be used.

If you enter a Costpoint opportunity ID before the Project Type, the opportunity defaults will populate the record. After you enter the Project Type, only blank fields will be populated based on the defaults set up in Manage Contract Defaults, without overwriting the opportunity defaults.

 

For additional information on how the Manage Contracts fields are populated with defaults, see the following Online Help topic: Contract Default Triggers and Process Flow.

 

New Fields in Key Contract Dates

These fields have been added to the Key Contract Dates subtask on the Dates tab so you can specify more details about the key dates associated with the contract:

  • CLIN: Enter the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN) associated with the key contract date. This new field allows you to track and query contract values by CLIN. 

  • Exercised: Select this checkbox if the key contract date has been exercised. This marks that the key contract date is currently in effect and lets you move forward with the contract work.

  • Total: This field displays the total Amount associated with all the key dates linked to the contract. 



Domain Name Change from “CRM & Contracts” to “Capture & Contracts”
8.2.15

The CRM & Contracts domain has been renamed to Capture & Contracts to better reflect the domain’s focus and functionality. The term “Capture” more accurately represents the bridge that Costpoint provides between customer relationship management (CRM) and contract management solutions, allowing you to not only manage but also capture the different aspects of customer interactions and agreements. 

This change is automatically applied when you install or upgrade to Costpoint 8.2.15. The update will be visible across the platform, including the navigation menu, navigation toolbar (breadcrumbs), system messages, alerts, and notifications. No action is required on your part, but you may contact Deltek Support Center for any questions you may have. 



Enhanced Contract Closeout Form with Custom Questions, Unique Formats, and Notifications
2025.4

The updated Contract Closeout process in Costpoint introduces new capabilities that let you define custom questions, create tailored closeout formats for different contract types, and use built-in notifications to ensure all relevant information is captured and stakeholders are promptly informed. These enhancements help streamline closeout activities with greater precision and accountability.

The Manage Closeout Descriptions and Manage Closeout Formats screens have been updated to support closeout records for both contracts and subcontracts, making the process more centralized and consistent. The Contract Closeout tab in Manage Contracts has also been enhanced to accommodate multiple user-defined closeout formats.

The following sections detail the changes across all affected applications.

 

Manage Closeout Descriptions (CTMSCOD)

Renamed from Manage Subcontract Closeout Descriptions, this screen now reflects broader applicability. Validations have also been improved to prevent duplicate entries and ensure data integrity.

A new Application drop-down list lets you specify whether a format description applies to Contract, Subcontract, or Both (default). The selected value determines to which closeout formats the closeout description can be assigned. You can still edit this field even after the closeout format has been assigned to contract or subcontract records, and changes will not affect existing contracts or subcontracts.

Two new system-defined closeout codes have also been added:

  • CODECN_00000001: Customer Requested Closeout

  • CODECN_00000002: All Subcontracts Closed

 

Manage Closeout Formats (CTMSCOFRM)

Renamed from Manage Subcontract Closeout Formats, this screen includes the same Application drop-down list that allows you to select whether the closeout format will apply to Contract, Subcontract, or Both (default). The closeout descriptions that you can assign to a closeout format depend on the Application value selected in Manage Closeout Formats and Manage Closeout Descriptions:

  • Application = Both in closeout format: Only closeout descriptions with Application set to Both in Manage Closeout Descriptions can be assigned to the closeout format.

  • Application = Contract in closeout format: Closeout descriptions with Application set to Contract or Both in Manage Closeout Descriptions can be assigned to the closeout format.

  • Application = Subcontract in closeout format: Closeout descriptions with Application set to Subcontract or Both in Manage Closeout Descriptions can be assigned to the closeout format.

Once a format is assigned to a contract or subcontract, the Application field becomes read-only.

Note: For records created before Costpoint 2025.4, the Application field defaults to Subcontract upon upgrade. You can change it to Contract or Both if the format has not yet been used in any contract or subcontract record.

Two Costpoint-defined closeout formats are now available on this screen: the existing SUB_CO_0001 (Subcontract Closeout Code 1) format and the newly added CNTR_CO_0001 (Contract Closeout 1) format.

The Assigned to Subcontract Closeout checkbox has been removed. The Assigned Subcontracts subtask, on the other hand, has been renamed to Assigned Records, now displaying both contract and subcontract records. Additional updates to the subtask include the following:

  • The Contract ID field has been added.

  • The Subcontract Name field has been relabeled to Name.

 

Manage Contracts (CTMCNTR)

The Contract Closeout tab now supports multiple closeout formats per contract. A new subtask, Closeout Details, enables format-specific task tracking, employee signoff, notifications, and final acceptance.

A new field, All Subcontracts Closed?, indicates whether all subcontracts linked to a contract have been marked as paid and closed. This status is determined by the selection of the Final Acceptance checkbox on the Subcontract Closeout tab in Manage Subcontracts for each associated subcontract. The field displays a hyperlinked Yes or No value. Clicking the link opens the Subcontracts subtask, where you can view the subcontract records tied to the contract.

The enhanced Contract Closeout tab enables you to:

  • Assign one or more closeout formats to a contract. After you select a format, the closeout tasks or descriptions for the format will load on the Closeout Details subtask.

  • Assign tasks to employees and add notes.

  • Notify assigned employees via email with task details and contract links.

  • View and update the last notified date. This information is automatically updated when you use the Notify functionality, provided that an email address has been linked to the employee ID. You can also manually change this date.

  • Mark tasks as Completed (Yes, No, N/A) and specify completion dates.

  • Record notes on classified materials, patents, government property, and other issues.

  • Confirm task completion and contractor acceptance.

  • Indicate the signoff date and employee responsible for the signoff. 

Note: Existing records on the Contract Closeout tab will be migrated to the new CNTR_CO table upon upgrade to Costpoint 2025.4. 

For clients importing data into Manage Contracts via web services (Web Interface Console or WIC), the old fields will be hidden in version 2025.4. Following this release, one quarterly cycle will be provided for clients to update their WIC configuration, removing the old fields and incorporating the new table and fields.

By Costpoint 2026.1, the old fields will be permanently deleted. This timeline ensures that clients have sufficient opportunity to make the necessary updates and avoid disruptions.

 

Manage Subcontracts (CTMSBCNTR)

This screen now uses the Application field to filter closeout formats, ensuring only applicable formats can be selected for subcontract records. Filtering is based on the Application value set in Manage Closeout Formats, aligning the subcontract closeout process with the new shared format structure and validation rules.



Enhanced Contract Closeout Form with Validations and Reports
2026.1

In Costpoint 2025.4, the Contract Closeout process introduced features for defining custom questions, creating tailored closeout formats for different contract types, and leveraging built-in notifications.

With the Costpoint 2026.1 release, the closeout process has been further streamlined with embedded validations and report generation directly within the Contract Closeout tab of the Manage Contracts screen. This enhancement eliminates the need to switch between multiple applications, reducing effort while improving accuracy.

In the new Material Management Closeout group box on the Contract Closeout tab, the following validation fields are included:

  • All Subcontracts Closed?

  • Open PO Commitment Amount

  • All Purchase Orders Closed?

  • Inventory Dispositions?

  • All Vouchers Paid?

In the new Finance Closeout group box, these consolidated checks are included:

  • All Projects Inactive?

  • Open Sales Order?

  • All Billing Invoices Paid?

  • Final Billing Completed?

The Open PO Commitment Amount field displays the total outstanding purchase order commitment amount as a hyperlink, and clicking it opens to the View Purchase Order Commitments Summary screen, so you can do further research.

All other fields display Yes or No to indicate completion status. Where applicable, these values are hyperlinked, and clicking a link opens the corresponding subtask or application in Costpoint, so you can do further research as needed.

You can also generate a report by using the Print Report button next to the fields, except for All Subcontracts Closed? and All Projects Inactive?, where this option is not available.

Note: In the Final Billing Completed Report, a section may display NULL when a project has been billed but no record exists in Manage Project Billing Information for the specific project level displayed. This does not indicate an error or missing invoice; it typically means that billing occurred, but detailed configuration or tracking data for that level is not available.

 

Removal of Old Fields

Records on the Contract Closeout tab were migrated to the new CNTR_CO table during the Costpoint 2025.4 upgrade. For clients importing data into Manage Contracts via web services (Web Interface Console or WIC), the old fields were hidden in version 2025.4.

With the 2026.1 release, these old fields are permanently deleted. Please ensure that your WIC configurations have been updated to remove deprecated fields and incorporate the new table and fields to avoid disruptions.



Enhanced Security for Opportunities and Contracts (Opt-In Available)
2025.3

Note: For Costpoint Cloud, you can choose to opt in to this feature for the Costpoint 2025.3 release. The ability to opt in is temporary and will be removed when the feature becomes automatically enabled for all users as part of a future Costpoint release. For more information, see the Opt-In Features section of these release notes.

Enhanced security features have been implemented for opportunities and contracts within Costpoint. This update includes the relocation of security settings, the addition of new fields such as FedRamp and NIST 800-171, and seamless data transfer capabilities between opportunities and contracts. These enhancements aim to streamline security-related functionalities, improve data integrity, and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements.

 

Manage Opportunities (CTMOPP)

The new Security Requirements tab on this screen lets you specify security details, CMMC requirements, and other clearance information related to the opportunity. 

When you create a contract record from the opportunity, the details on this tab will automatically be transferred to the contract, ensuring seamless synchronization between opportunity and contract records.

The Security Requirements tab has the following fields.

Field

Description

Classified

Select this checkbox if the opportunity involves classified information or if the work is expected to require access to classified materials.

US Citizenship

Select this checkbox if the opportunity has restrictions requiring US citizenship.

DD254 Required

Previously located on the RFP Info tab, select this checkbox if a DD254 form (Department of Defense Contract Security Classification Specification) is necessary for the opportunity. This form is typically required for contracts involving access to classified information.

FedRamp

Select this checkbox if the opportunity involves cloud services that need to meet federal security standards as outlined by the Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (FedRamp).

NIST 800-53

Select this checkbox if the opportunity requires compliance with NIST Special Publication 800-53, which provides a catalog of security and privacy controls for federal information systems and organizations.

NIST 800-171

Select this checkbox if the opportunity requires compliance with NIST Special Publication 800-171, which outlines security requirements for protecting Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI) in non-federal systems and organizations.

ITAR

Select this checkbox if the opportunity must comply with the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR). This is important for opportunities involving export-controlled information.

Security Clearance

Enter or select the minimum level of security clearance required for the opportunity. Options include Confidential, Secret, Top Secret, and Top Secret with SCI.

Other Clearance

Enter or select any additional clearance requirements beyond standard security clearances (for example, Sensitive Compartmented Information or Special Access Program requirements).

CMMC Requirements

Previously located on the Status tab, use this field to enter any information on Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) requirements related to the opportunity. If the opportunity comes from GovWin IQ, this field displays CMMC information from GovWin IQ, but you can edit it.

 

Manage Contracts (CTMCNTR)

The same Security Requirements tab has been added to the Manage Contracts screen. When you create a contract from an opportunity, the details from the Security Requirements tab of Manage Opportunities are carried over to the contract record, but you can edit them in Manage Contracts. 

On the Classification tab, fields have been rearranged, and the following fields have been moved to the new tab:

  • Classified

  • US Citizenship Restrictions

  • DD254 Required

  • Security Clearance

  • Other Clearance

In addition, the CMMC Requirements field initially located on the Contract Info tab is now also on the Security Requirements tab.

To see how the new fields map from the opportunity record into the contract record, see the Contract Management Mapping File.

 

Manage Contract Defaults (CTMCNTRDFLT)

The fields on the new Security Requirements tab of the Manage Contracts screen are also available in the Manage Contract Defaults application, enabling you to set default values for these fields when creating new contract records.



Intelligent Character Recognition for Contract Creation (Phase 1)
2025.2

To automate the data entry process for new contract records, Costpoint will be integrating Intelligent Character Recognition (ICR) with contract record creation. This process will extract specific fields from contract documents and map them to corresponding fields on the Manage Contracts screen, reducing manual data entry errors and improving the accuracy and efficiency of entering new contracts into Costpoint. 

This enhancement will be rolled out in multiple phases.

In Costpoint 2025.2, new system roles have been added to the Manage Functional Roles (SYMROLE) and Manage Contract Management Roles (CTMROLES) screens:

  • Address Offer (AO)

  • Deliver To (DT)

  • Payments By (PB)

  • Ship To/Mark For (ST)

  • Submit Invoices To (SI)

In a future release, the contract ICR process will use these roles to assign client information during document scanning and mapping. However, contract managers will still have the option to manually assign these codes to a customer in Manage Contracts. 

The following existing system roles will also be used with the new contract ICR process:

  • Administered By (AB) 

  • Issuing Client (IC)

Note: To display a role on the Manage Contract Management Roles screen and use this role on screens in the Capture & Contracts domain, make sure that you select the Capture & Contracts checkbox on the Manage Functional Roles screen for that role.



Intelligent Character Recognition for Contract Creation (Phase 2)
2025.3

Costpoint now integrates Intelligent Character Recognition (ICR) into the contract record creation process, minimizing manual data entry, reducing errors, and improving the speed and accuracy of adding new contract records.

When you upload a contract document into the Manage Contracts screen, the ICR tool scans the contents of the file, extracts key fields from the file, and maps these fields to the appropriate fields in Costpoint. You will have the ability to review and manually input missing information as well as modify incorrect data as necessary.

 

Manage Application/Content Links (SYMCMIAL)

To enable ICR for contract creation, you or your system administrator must first select the Show Scan button checkbox for Manage Contracts on the Manage Application/Content Links screen. Once the configuration is saved, the Attach & Scan button will display in the Attach dialog box, and the Scan button will be visible on the Linked Content Files subtask within Manage Contracts.

Note: The Show Scan button checkbox is available only for applications that are configured for ICR.

 

Manage Contracts (CTMCNTR)

Once ICR is enabled for contracts, you can use the new Attach & Scan feature to upload and scan an electronic copy of a contract document. This tool supports both editable and image-based PDF files.

Note: Currently, the Attach & Scan functionality in Manage Contracts supports only PDF files. You will receive an error message if you attempt to upload a different file type. In addition, scanning is limited to page 1 of the following forms: DD1155, SF33, SF26, and SF1449.

To attach and scan a contract document:

    1. Click New on the application toolbar to add a record.

    2. Click the Attach drop-down list and then click Attach to open the Choose File dialog box. Alternatively, you can click the Attach button directly, which opens both the Choose File dialog box and the Linked Content Files subtask.

[image]

        1. In the Choose File dialog box, you can upload a local file from your device or attach a document from an alternate file location in Costpoint. After entering field values, click Attach & Scan to link the contract document to the record and automatically populate contract fields with scanned data.

Note: You may still click the Attach button to simply attach a file without scanning. However, this will not trigger ICR and will not pre-populate any contract fields.

[image]

    1. After attaching the file, click the Attach drop-down list and then click View Linked Content Files to access the Linked Content Files subtask, if it is not already open.

[image]

    1. On the Linked Content Files subtask, you can manage, view, or delete attachments. You can also use the new Scan button to review the information extracted from the document uploaded via Attach & Scan, and make any necessary corrections to the populated values.

[image]

    1. In the Scan results table window, you can directly edit field values within the Extracted Data column.